Table of Contents

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2015

Registration Statement No. 333-         

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

Equitable Bank Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland

 

6035

 

To be applied for

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Classification Code Number)

 

Identification Number)

 

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska 68801

(308) 382-3136

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number

Including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Mr. Thomas E. Gdowski

President and Chief Executive Officer

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska 68801

(308) 382-3136

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number

Including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Robert J. Routh, Esq.

David J. Routh, Esq.

Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P.

233 South 13 th  Street

1900 U.S. Bank Building

Lincoln, Nebraska 68503

(402) 474-6900

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company x

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Amount
to be registered

 

Proposed
Maximum Offering
Price Per Unit

 

Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price

 

Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

3,477,329 shares

 

$

8.00

 

$

27,818,632

(1)

$

3,233

 

Participation Interests

 

352,816 interests(2)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

(1)           Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Regulation 457(o) under the Securities Act.

(2)           The securities of Equitable Financial Corp. to be purchased by the Equitable Financial Corp. Bank Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock.  Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests.  In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act, the registration fee has been calculated based on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such Plan.

 


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

Prospectus Supplement

 

Interests in

 

EQUITABLE BANK

EMPLOYEES’ SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

 

Offering of Participation Interests in up to 352,816 Shares of

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

Common Stock

 

In connection with the conversion of Equitable Financial MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization, Equitable Financial Corp., a newly formed Maryland corporation (“New Equitable”), is offering shares of common stock for sale.  In connection with the conversion, New Equitable is allowing participants in the Equitable Bank Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”) to invest all or a portion of their accounts in the common stock of New Equitable (“Common Stock”).

 

Based upon the value of the Plan assets at December 31, 2014, the trustee of the Plan could purchase up to 352,816 shares of New Equitable Common Stock, at the purchase price of $8.00 per share.  This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest all or a portion of their Plan accounts in the New Equitable Stock Fund at the time of the stock offering.

 

The prospectus of New Equitable dated [Prospectus Date] is provided with this prospectus supplement.  It contains detailed information regarding the conversion and stock offering of New Equitable and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Equitable Bank.  This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan.  You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

 


 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of the prospectus.

 

The interests in the Plan and the offering of the shares of New Equitable Common Stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 



Table of Contents

 

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by New Equitable, in the stock offering, of interests or shares of Common Stock in the Plan’s New Equitable Stock Fund.  No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of Common Stock acquired through the Plan.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus.  New Equitable, Equitable Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

 

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of New Equitable Common Stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of New Equitable, Equitable Bank, or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

The date of this prospectus supplement is [Prospectus Date] .

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING

1

 

 

Securities Offered

1

New Equitable Stock Fund

1

Purchase Priorities

1

Purchase in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

2

Value of Plan Assets

3

How to Order Common Stock in the Offering

3

Order Deadline

4

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

5

Future Direction to Purchase New Equitable Common Stock

5

Voting Rights of Common Stock

5

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

6

 

 

Introduction

6

Eligibility and Participation

6

Contributions Under the Plan

6

Limitations on Contributions

7

Benefits Under the Plan

7

In-Service Distributions from the Plan

7

Distribution Upon Retirement, Disability, or Upon Termination of Employment

8

Forms of Distributions

8

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

9

Performance History

11

Description of Funds

11

Administration of the Plan

16

Amendment and Termination

16

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

17

Federal Income Tax Consequences

17

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

18

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

18

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

19

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

19

 

 

LEGAL OPINION

19

 


 


Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered

 

New Equitable is offering participants in the Equitable Bank Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”) the opportunity to purchase participation interests in the common stock of New Equitable (“Common Stock”).  The ownership of Common Stock of New Equitable in the Plan is referred to as a “participation interest” because the Common Stock will be titled in the name of the Plan and not directly in a participant’s name.   At the purchase price of $8.00 per share, the Plan may acquire up to 352,816 shares of New Equitable Common Stock in the stock offering, based on the fair market value of the Plan’s assets as of December 31, 2014.  A portion of this number reflects the shares of common stock of Equitable Financial Corp., a federally-chartered mid-tier holding company (“Old Equitable”), that are held by the Plan and that will automatically be exchanged for New Equitable Common Stock pursuant to the exchange ratio (as discussed in greater detail in the accompanying prospectus).

 

Only employees of Equitable Bank may become participants in the Plan, and only participants may purchase participation interests in the New Equitable Stock Fund. Your investment in Common Stock in connection with the stock offering through the New Equitable Stock Fund is subject to the purchase priorities listed below.

 

Information with respect to the Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement, and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of New Equitable and Equitable Bank is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of New Equitable and Equitable Bank is 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska and the telephone number at that address is (308) 382-3136.

 

All questions about this prospectus supplement should be addressed to April Jilg at Equitable Bank; telephone #: (308) 382-3136 ; email: ajilg@equitableonline.com .

 

Questions about the stock offering, the prospectus, or obtaining a stock order form to purchase stock in the offering outside the Plan may be directed to the Stock Information Center at [SIC Phone Number] .  The Stock Information Center will be open beginning [                    , 2015], between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time.  The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

 

 

 

New Equitable Stock Fund

 

In connection with the stock offering, you may elect to transfer all or part of your account balances in the Plan to the New Equitable Stock Fund, to be used to purchase Common Stock of New Equitable issued in the stock offering.  The New Equitable Stock Fund is a new fund in the Plan established to hold shares of Common Stock of New Equitable.

 

 

 

Purchase Priorities

 

All Plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the New Equitable Stock Fund.  However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial MHC, which provides for a subscription offering and a community offering.  In the offering, purchase priorities are as follows and apply in case more shares of New Equitable Common Stock are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

 



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Subscription Offering:

 

(1)   Depositors of Equitable Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on September 30, 2013, get first priority.

 

(2)   Equitable Bank’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and the Plan, get second priority.

 

(3)   Depositors of Equitable Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] get third priority.

 

(4)   Depositors of Equitable Bank as of the close of business on [Depositor Record Date] get fourth priority.

 

Community Offering:

 

(5)   Shares of Common Stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given to natural persons residing in the communities served by Equitable Bank (as more fully described in the prospectus) and existing stockholders of Old Equitable.

 

If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4), you have subscription rights to purchase New Equitable Common Stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the Plan to pay for the shares of New Equitable Common Stock.  You may also be able to purchase shares of New Equitable Common Stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4) through subscription offering category (2), reserved for New Equitable’s tax-qualified employee plans.  If your stock order cannot be filled through subscription offering category (2), your order will be treated as a community offering order.  Subscription offering orders will have preference over community offering orders in the event of oversubscription.

 

 

 

Purchase in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

 

The trustee of the New Equitable Stock Fund will purchase shares of New Equitable Common Stock in the stock offering in accordance with your directions.   Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of shares of New Equitable Common Stock in connection with the stock offering will be sold from your existing investment options and the proceeds transferred to the New Equitable Stock Fund and held in a money market account pending the formal closing of the stock offering, several weeks later.  At the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all, or any portion of, your order will be filled.  (If the offering is oversubscribed, you may not receive any, or all of, your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above.)  The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of shares of New Equitable Common Stock and will be denominated in stock in the Plan.

 

In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e. , there are more orders for New Equitable Common Stock than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase interests in New Equitable Common Stock in the offering, the amount that cannot be invested in New Equitable Common Stock, and any interest earned on such

 

2



Table of Contents

 

 

 

amount, will be reinvested in the existing funds of the Plan, in accordance with your then-existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions).  The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription.  If you choose not to direct the investment of your Plan account balances towards the purchase of interests in New Equitable Common Stock in the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you.

 

 

 

Value of Plan Assets

 

As of December 31, 2014, the market value of the assets of the Plan was approximately $2,822,528.

 

 

 

How to Order Common Stock in the Offering

 

You can elect to transfer (in whole percentages or dollar amounts) all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan to the New Equitable Stock Fund. This is done by following the procedures described below. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:

 

·       You can direct all or a portion of your current account to the New Equitable Stock Fund in increments of $8.00.

 

·       Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares, which equals $200.

 

·       Your election, plus any order you placed outside the Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase of 37,500 shares, which equals $300,000, or 37,500 shares ($300,000) if you purchase in concert with an associate or group of persons acting in concert (as more fully described in this prospectus).

 

·       The election period closes at 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on [                      ] , 2015.

 

·       Your election to purchase New Equitable Common Stock in the offering through the Plan will be accepted by Principal Financial Group, the recordkeeper of the Plan.  After your election is accepted by Principal Financial Group, it will be rounded down to the closest dollar amount divisible by $8.00, and will be used by the trustee to purchase shares of New Equitable Common Stock sold in the offering.  This difference will remain in the Stock Purchase account until the formal closing of the offering has been completed, several weeks after the election period ends.  At that time, the Common Stock purchased based on your election will be transferred to the New Equitable Stock Fund and any remaining funds will be transferred out of the Stock Purchase account for investment in other funds under the Plan, based on your election currently on file for future contributions.  During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts that are not directed to purchase stock in the New Equitable Stock Fund among all other investment funds.

 

·       The amount you elect to transfer to the New Equitable Stock Fund will be held separately until the offering closes.  Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans or withdrawals until the transaction is completed, which is expected to be several weeks after the closing of the subscription offering period.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Follow these steps to make your election to use all or part of your account balance in the Plan to purchase shares of New Equitable Common Stock in the stock offering.

 

·       Go to www.principal.com and log into your Plan account.  In Account Login, click on drop down and choose “Personal”, then “GO.”  Enter your Username and Password.  If you have not established your Username and Password, click on the link “Establish your Username and Password” and follow the prompts.

 

·       On your Personal Summary Page, choose the line for the Equitable Bank Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.

 

·       When you reach “Your Account Overview,” click on “Investments” at the top of the screen, and then click on “Manage.”

 

·       When you reach the “Manage Your Investments” screen, click on the orange box titled “Reallocate Existing Savings.”

 

·       If you want to transfer a percentage of some of your current investments, enter the percentage you would like to transfer “From” each investment.  If you would like to transfer a dollar amount , click on “Advanced Transfer Features” and choose “dollars,” then enter the amount you would like to transfer “From” each investment.  When you have completed transferring “From” each investment, choose “Continue.”

 

·       Enter the percentage or dollars that you will be transferring into the Stock Purchase account.  The Stock Purchase account is a money market investment that will hold the funds until the stock offering is concluded.  All of the funds that you transferred “From” other investments must be transferred to another investment.  The total percentage must be 100% or, if transferring dollars, all of the dollars must be transferred “To” another investment.

 

·       When you have completed the “To” portion of the transaction, click continue.  You will be taken to a confirmation page.  Please review your transaction for accuracy, if you need to make changes, click on “Cancel” or “Start Over” or “Previous” to make changes.  If the information is correct, click on the box, “I confirm the information above and authorize Principal Life Insurance Company to process this request.”  You will receive a communication in your Message Center confirming your transaction.

 

 

 

Order Deadline

 

If you wish to make an election, then you must make your election online at www.principal.com and return your Stock Information Form in the pre-paid envelope to April Jilg at Equitable Bank, 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska 68801 or by faxing it to (308) 381-0122, to be received no later than 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [                    ], [                  ], 2015.   Your election will not be processed until you have also returned the Stock Information Form.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

 

Once you make an election to transfer amounts in your Plan account to the New Equitable Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering, you may not change your election . Your election is irrevocable. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of interests in New Equitable Common Stock among all of the other investment funds in the Plan on a daily basis.

 

 

 

Future Direction to Purchase New Equitable Common Stock

 

You will be able to purchase New Equitable Common Stock after the stock offering through your investment in the   New Equitable Stock Fund.  You may direct that your future contributions or your account balance in the Plan be transferred to the New Equitable Stock Fund.  After the offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the Plan will acquire Common Stock of New Equitable at your election in open market transactions at the prevailing price.  You may change your investment allocation on a daily basis.  Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the New Equitable Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal stockholders of New Equitable.

 

 

 

Voting Rights of Common Stock

 

The Plan provides that you may direct the trustee as to how to vote any shares of New Equitable Common Stock held by the New Equitable Stock Fund, and the interest in such shares that is credited to your account.   If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the Plan administrator will exercise these rights as it determines in its discretion and will direct the trustee accordingly.   All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

 

Introduction

 

Equitable Bank originally adopted the Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of July 1, 2002.  The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

Equitable Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code.  Equitable Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”).   The Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except for the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan).  The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA.  The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.

 

Reference to Full Text of Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan.  Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan administrator at Equitable Bank, 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska 68801.  You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.

 

Eligibility and Participation

 

Employees who are at least age 21 and have completed six months of employment with Equitable Bank during which they worked at least 500 hours are eligible to enter the Plan on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 coinciding with or next following the date on which the employee meets the eligibility requirements. The Plan Year is July 1 to June 30.

 

As of December 31, 2014, there were approximately 70 employees and former employees eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

Contributions Under the Plan

 

The Plan provides for employee before-tax contributions and employee Roth after-tax contributions (“Roth contributions”), employer matching contributions made on behalf of employees who make employee before-tax contributions and Roth contributions, and discretionary employer contributions.  Each type is summarized below.

 

Employee Before-tax Contributions .  If you are an eligible employee, you are permitted to defer, on a pre-tax basis, between 1% and 75% of your compensation and to have that amount contributed to the Plan on your behalf.  For purposes of the Plan, “compensation” includes total compensation (including salary reduction contributions made under the Plan or the flexible benefits plan sponsored by Equitable Bank).  In 2015, the annual compensation of each participant taken into account under the Plan is limited to $265,000.  (Limits established by the Internal Revenue Service are subject to increase pursuant to an annual cost-of-living adjustment, as permitted by the Code).  You may change the amount of your employee before-tax contributions, including discontinuing or resuming them, by telephone through Principal Financial Group at (800) 547-7754 or through the Internet (which can be reached via www.principal.com).

 

Employee After-tax Roth Contributions .  You can elect to have your salary reduction contributions treated as after-tax Roth contributions.  The same contribution limits set forth above that apply to Employee before-tax contributions also apply to your Roth after-tax contributions.  You may also change the amount of your employee

 

6



Table of Contents

 

after-tax Roth contributions, including discontinuing or resuming them, by telephone through Principal Financial Group at [(800) 547-7754] or through the Internet (which can be reached via www.principal.com).

 

Catch-Up Contributions .  If you are over age 50 or will attain age 50 before the close of the plan year and have made the maximum elective deferral set forth above (or are prevented from making the maximum contribution due to one or more Plan limitations that prohibit you from otherwise contributing an additional before-tax contribution or Roth contribution), you may also make “catch-up” contributions, in accordance with the tax laws and subject to the tax law limits (for 2015, the limit on catch-up contributions is $6,000).  Your catch-up contributions may be either employee before-tax contributions or after-tax Roth contributions.

 

Employer Matching Contributions .  In its discretion, Equitable Bank may make matching contributions to the Plan equal to a uniform percentage of your salary deferrals.  Presently, Equitable Bank makes matching contributions equal to 50% of the first 6% of the compensation you contribute to the Plan through salary deferrals.

 

Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions .  Equitable Bank may make discretionary employer profit-sharing contributions to the Plan.

 

Rollover Contributions .  You are permitted to make rollover contributions to the Plan.

 

Limitations on Contributions

 

Limitations on Employee Before-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions.   For 2015, the amount of your employee before-tax contributions may not exceed   $18,000 per calendar year.  This amount may be adjusted periodically by law, based on changes in the cost of living.  Contributions in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals.  If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral.  In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed.  Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

 

Contribution Limit .  Generally, the law imposes a maximum limit on the amount of contributions you may receive under the Plan. This limit applies to all contributions to the Plan, including your salary deferrals and all other employer contributions made on your behalf during the year, excluding earnings and any transfers/rollovers. For 2015, this total cannot exceed the lesser of $53,000 or 100% of your annual base compensation.

 

Benefits Under the Plan

 

Vesting.   At all times, you have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in your elective deferral contributions and any rollover contributions.  Employer discretionary contributions credited to your account are subject to a five-year graded vesting schedule pursuant to which such amounts vest in 20% increments, beginning after the first completed year of service until a participant becomes 100% vested upon completion of five years of service.  In addition, you will also become 100% vested in the employer contributions credited to your account upon your death, disability or normal retirement upon attainment of age 65.

 

To earn a year of service, you must be credited with at least 1,000 hours of service during any Plan Year.

 

In-Service Distributions from the Plan

 

Loans .  You may apply for a loan under the Plan, subject to the rules and limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Plan document.  The amount of any loan is limited to the lesser of $50,000, or 50%, of your vested account balance under the Plan.  The minimum amount of loan and the term of the loan is determined in accordance with the guidelines of the loan policy established by Equitable Bank with respect to the Plan.

 

Rollover Withdrawals from the Plan .  A substantial federal tax penalty may be imposed on withdrawals made prior to your attainment of age 59½, regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during your employment with Equitable Bank or after termination of employment.  If you have not yet reached age 59½, you may request a

 

7



Table of Contents

 

withdrawal from rollover funds within your Plan accounts for any reason.  Non-hardship withdrawals are not allowed within the Plan, except in the case of rollover withdrawals.

 

Age 59½ Withdrawals .  Upon attainment of age 59½, you may withdraw from your vested elective deferral contributions, catch-up contributions, and employer discretionary contributions accounts for any reason.

 

Hardship Withdrawals .  You may be eligible for a hardship withdrawal if you have an immediate and substantial financial need to meet certain expenses and you have no other reasonably available resources to meet your need.  Among other requirements, you must first withdraw all amounts available to you under the non-hardship provisions of the Plan before you may apply for a hardship withdrawal.  Your hardship withdrawal may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties expected to result from the withdrawal.  The financial needs for which you can receive a hardship withdrawal are:

 

·                   Payment of post-secondary school education for the next 12 months for you, your spouse or dependents;

 

·                   Unreimbursed medical expenses which were previously incurred, or expenses which are necessary to obtain medical care for you, your spouse or dependents;

 

·                   Purchase of your principal residence (not including mortgage payments);

 

·                   Prevention of eviction from your principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of your principal residence;

 

·                   Payment of funeral expenses for your parent, spouse, child, or dependent; and

 

·                   Expenses for the repair of damage to your principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under the Code.

 

You must show that the amount does not exceed the amount you need to meet your financial need, you must have obtained all other distributions and non-taxable loans available to you under any employer plan, and you may not have any employee before-tax contributions, Roth contributions or matching contributions made on your behalf for at least six months.

 

Distribution Upon Retirement, Disability, or Upon Termination of Employment

 

You may choose to have retirement benefits begin on or after your normal retirement date (age 65).  If you continue working after your normal retirement date, your distribution will generally be deferred at least until your actual retirement date (your postponed retirement date).  You are also eligible for a benefit distribution if you become disabled while you are an active employee of Equitable Bank.  In addition, if you terminate your employment before you are eligible to retire, for any reason other than disability or death, you will be entitled to the vested value of your Plan accounts.

 

Forms of Distributions

 

Plan distributions at retirement, upon disability or upon termination of employment for reasons other than death will be made in the following standard forms of payment, unless you choose an optional form of payment.  If you terminate employment at your normal or postponed retirement date, or upon becoming permanently disabled, and the value of your Plan accounts is $1,000 or less, your benefits will be paid to you in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible following your termination of employment.

 

You may elect to defer receipt of your vested Plan accounts until after your normal retirement date or after your actual retirement date (if you retire after your normal retirement date), provided you receive at least a portion of your account balance no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which you  retire (or terminate employment due to disability) or, if later, you attain age 70½.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Regardless of the reason for which you terminate employment, you may request that the value of your Plan accounts be transferred to a rollover IRA, another employer’s qualified plan, a Section 403(b) annuity contract or a Section 457(b) governmental plan maintained by a state or agency of the state, if the other plan or contract permits it.

 

If you die and have not made a valid election as to how payments are to be made, the value of your vested Plan account will be paid to your beneficiary in a single cash payment.  If your vested account is $1,000 or less, your account will be paid to your beneficiary in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible.  If your designated beneficiary is your spouse and you die before attaining age 70½, payment to your spouse will be made no later than the date you would have attained age 70½.  If your designated beneficiary is your spouse and you die on or after attaining age 70½, payment to your spouse will be made as soon as administratively possible.  If your designated beneficiary is not your spouse, payment to your designated beneficiary will be made within one year of the date of your death.

 

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

 

All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust (the “Trust”) which is administered by the trustee appointed by Equitable Bank’s Board of Directors.  Prior to the effective date of the offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following investment options:

 

1.               Bond Market Index R3 Fund

2.               Bond & Mortgage Securities R3 Fund

3.               Eagle Small Cap Growth R3 Fund

4.               Equity Income R3 Fund

5.               Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value R Fund

6.               Inflation Protection R3 Fund

7.               International Equity Index R3 Fund

8.               Ivy Mid Cap Growth R Fund

9.               JPMorgan Mid Cap Value R2 Fund

10.        LargeCap Growth I R3 Fund

11.        LargeCap S&P 500 Index R3 Fund

12.        Lord Abbett Value Opportunities R3 Fund

13.        MFS Global Equity R2 Fund

14.        MidCap S&P 400 Index R3 Fund

15.        Principal Trust SM  Income Fund

16.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2010 Fund

17.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2015 Fund

18.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2020 Fund

19.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2025 Fund

20.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2030 Fund

21.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2035 Fund

22.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2040 Fund

23.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2045 Fund

24.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2050 Fund

25.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2055 Fund

26.        Principal Trust SM  Target 2060 Fund

27.        Real Estate Securities R3 Fund

28.        SmallCap S&P 600 Index R3 Fund

29.        Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option

 

You may stop making salary deferral contributions at any time.  You may change your salary deferral amount daily.  Changes will be implemented as soon as possible.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

You may change your investment direction of future contributions at any time by telephone through Principal Financial Group at (800) 547-7754 or through the Internet (which can be reached via www.principal.com).  For further information regarding changes to your investment directions, please contact April Jilg at Equitable Bank; telephone #: (308) 382-3136.

 

You can transfer existing investment account balances from one fund to another at any time, by telephone or through the Internet.

 

In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now provides that in addition to the funds specified above, you may direct the trustee, or its representative, to invest all or a portion of your account in the New Equitable Stock Fund.

 

Special rules may apply to investment in the New Equitable Stock Fund, for certain officers who are subject to restrictions on distributions under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  These special rules affect withdrawals, loans, investment direction and transfers of investment account balances for the officers who are subject to these restrictions.

 

Pending investment in shares of New Equitable Common Stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of New Equitable Common Stock in the stock offering will be held in a money market fund.   In the event of an oversubscription that prevents you from purchasing all of the shares of New Equitable Common Stock that you ordered in the stock offering, the amounts that you elected to invest but were unable to invest, plus any earnings on those amounts, will be reinvested among the other funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions).

 

Following the stock offering, you may elect to have both past contributions and earnings, as well as future contributions to your account invested among the funds listed above and the New Equitable Stock Fund.

 

10


 


Table of Contents

 

Performance History

 

The following provides performance data with respect to the investment options available under the Plan. The following performance data is as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Total Return
1 Yr

 

Total Return
Annualized
3 Yrs

 

Total Return
Annualized
5 Yrs

 

Total Return
Annualized
10 Yrs

 

Fund 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bond Market Index R3 Fund

 

4.89

 

1.68

 

3.40

 

N/A

 

Bond & Mortgage Securities R3 Fund

 

4.51

 

3.17

 

5.24

 

3.60

 

Eagle Small Cap Growth R3 Fund

 

4.77

 

16.87

 

16.16

 

8.59

 

Equity Income R3 Fund

 

12.04

 

16.78

 

14.07

 

7.38

 

Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value R Fund

 

6.60

 

19.39

 

16.44

 

8.43

 

Inflation Protection R3 Fund

 

2.51

 

-0.13

 

3.47

 

0.95

 

International Equity Index R3 Fund

 

-6.55

 

9.86

 

4.04

 

N/A

 

Ivy Mid Cap Growth R Fund

 

7.54

 

16.19

 

15.05

 

9.68

 

JPMorgan Mid Cap Value R2 Fund

 

14.29

 

21.42

 

17.38

 

9.30

 

LargeCap Growth I R3 Fund

 

8.12

 

19.41

 

14.98

 

8.14

 

LargeCap S&P 500 Index R3 Fund

 

12.82

 

19.50

 

14.59

 

6.89

 

Lord Abbett Value Opportunities R3 Fund

 

8.94

 

17.47

 

14.05

 

N/A

 

MFS Global Equity R2 Fund

 

3.50

 

17.45

 

11.50

 

7.86

 

MidCap S&P 400 Index R3 Fund

 

8.94

 

19.05

 

15.65

 

8.88

 

Principal Trust SM  Income Fund

 

4.18

 

4.96

 

5.47

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2010 Fund

 

4.72

 

8.26

 

7.74

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2015 Fund

 

4.99

 

9.56

 

8.49

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2020 Fund

 

5.58

 

10.91

 

9.30

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2025 Fund

 

5.97

 

11.87

 

9.82

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2030 Fund

 

6.18

 

12.71

 

10.25

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2035 Fund

 

6.31

 

13.38

 

10.63

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2040 Fund

 

6.45

 

14.07

 

10.94

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2045 Fund

 

6.50

 

14.46

 

11.21

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2050 Fund

 

6.54

 

14.85

 

11.41

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2055 Fund

 

6.58

 

14.91

 

11.39

 

N/A

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2060 Fund

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Real Estate Securities R3 Fund

 

31.66

 

16.67

 

16.57

 

8.91

 

SmallCap S&P 600 Index R3 Fund

 

4.96

 

19.34

 

16.33

 

8.22

 

 

* * * * * * **

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option

 

See discussion under Description of Funds below

 

Description of Funds

 

The following is a description of each of the Plan’s investment funds and other investments:

 

Bond Market Index R3 Fund .  The investment seeks to provide current income.  Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments designed to replicate the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (the “index”) at the time of each purchase.  The index is composed of investment grade, fixed rate debt issues, including government, corporate, asset-backed, and mortgage-backed securities, with maturities of one year or more.  It employs a passive investment approach designed to attempt to track the performance of the index.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Bond & Mortgage Securities R3 Fund .  The investment seeks to provide current income.  The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in intermediate maturity fixed-income of debt securities rated BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service (“S&P”) or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”).  It also invests in foreign securities, and up to 20% of its assets in below investment grade bonds.

 

Eagle Small Cap Growth R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in the stocks of small-capitalization companies.  The fund’s portfolio manager considers small-capitalization companies to be those companies that, at the time of initial purchase, have a market capitalization equal to or less than the largest company in the Russell 2000® Growth Index during the most recent 12-month period.

 

Equity Income R3 Fund .  The investment seeks to provide a relatively high level of current income and long-term growth of income and capital.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in dividend-paying equity securities.  It usually invests in equity securities of companies with large market capitalizations.  For this fund, companies with large market capitalizations are those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell 1000® Value Index.  The fund also invests in real estate investment trusts and securities of foreign issuers.

 

Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value R Fund .  The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at time of purchase) (“net assets”) in a diversified portfolio of equity investments in small-cap issuers with public stock market capitalizations within the range of the market capitalization of companies constituting the Russell 2000® Value Index at the time of investment.  Although it will invest primarily in publicly traded U.S. securities, including real estate investment trusts, it may also invest in foreign securities.

 

Inflation Protection R3 Fund .  The investment seeks to provide current income and real (after inflation) total returns.  The fund invests primarily in inflation-indexed bonds of varying maturities issued by the U.S. and non-U.S. governments, their agencies or instrumentalities, and U.S. and non-U.S. corporations.  It normally maintains an average portfolio duration that is within 20% of the duration of the Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index.  The fund also invests in foreign securities, U.S. Treasuries and agency securities.  It actively trades portfolio securities.

 

International Equity Index R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities held by MSCI EAFE NDTR D Index at the time of each purchase.  The index is a weighted equity index designed to measure the equity performance of developed markets, excluding the United States and Canada.  The fund employs a passive investment approach designed to attempt to track the performance of the index.  It invests in index futures and equity ETFs on a daily basis to gain exposure to the index in an effort to minimize tracking error relative to the benchmark.

 

Ivy Mid Cap Growth R Fund .  The investment seeks to provide growth of capital.  The fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in common stock of mid-capitalization companies that IICO believes are high quality and/or offer above-average growth potential.  Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in the securities of mid-capitalization companies, which, for purposes of this fund, typically are companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies in the Russell Midcap Growth Index at the time of acquisition.

 

JPMorgan Mid Cap Value R2 Fund .  The investment seeks growth from capital appreciation.  Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of mid cap companies.  “Assets” means net assets, plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes.  Mid cap companies are companies with market capitalizations equal to those within the universe of the Russell Midcap Value Index and/or between $1 billion and $20 billion at the time of purchase.

 

LargeCap Growth I R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies

 

12



Table of Contents

 

with large market capitalizations at the time of each purchase.  In invests in growth equity securities; growth orientation emphasizes buying equity securities of companies whose potential for growth of capital and earnings is expected to be above average.

 

LargeCap S&P 500 Index R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies that compose the S&P Index at the time of each purchase.  The index is designed to represent U.S. equities with risk/return characteristics of the large cap universe.  It invests in index futures and options and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) on a daily basis to gain exposure to the index in an effort to minimize tracking error relative to the benchmark.

 

Lord Abbett Value Opportunities R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation.  To pursue its objective, the fund normally invests at least 65% of its net assets in equity securities of small and mid-sized companies.  The remainder of the fund’s assets may be invested in companies of any size.  The fund may change this policy at any time.  The fund attempts to invest in companies the investment team believes have been undervalued by the market and whose securities are selling at reasonable prices in relation to an assessment of their potential or intrinsic value.

 

MFS Global Equity R2 Fund .  The investment seeks capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities.  Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into stocks, equity interests in real estate investment trusts (REITs), and depositary receipts for such securities.  It may invest its assets in the stocks of companies it believes to have above average earnings growth potential compared to other companies (growth companies), in the stocks of companies it believes are undervalued compared to their perceived worth (value companies), or in a combination of growth and value companies.

 

MidCap S&P 400 Index R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies that compose the S&P MidCap 400 Index at the time of each purchase.  The index is designed to represent U.S. equities with risk/return characteristics of the mid cap universe.  It invests in index futures and ETFs on a daily basis to gain exposure to the index in an effort to minimize tracking error relative to the benchmark.

 

Principal Trust SM  Income Fund .  The investment option seeks current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on investors who have reached their investment time horizon.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2010 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2015 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2020 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and

 

13



Table of Contents

 

may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2025 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2030 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2035 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2040 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2045 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2050 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2055 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Principal Trust SM  Target 2060 Fund .  The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income.  To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.  Over time, Principal Trust intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each Fund (other than the Principal Trust Income Fund) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years.  It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a Fund’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal Trust Income Fund.

 

Real Estate Securities R3 Fund .  The investment seeks to generate a total return.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies principally engaged in the real estate industry at the time of each purchase.  It invests in equity securities of small, medium, and large market capitalization companies.  The fund concentrates its investments (invest more than 25% of its net assets) in securities in the real estate industry.  It can invest a higher percentage of assets in securities of individual issuers than a diversified fund.  The fund is non-diversified.

 

SmallCap S&P 600 Index R3 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of companies that compose the S&P SmallCap 600 Index at the time of each purchase.  The index is designed to represent U.S. equities with risk/return characteristics of the small cap universe.  The fund invests in index futures and ETFs on a daily basis to gain exposure to the index in an effort to minimize tracking error relative to the benchmark.

 

Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option . The Fixed Income Guaranteed Option is a guaranteed general-account backed group annuity contract that has been issued by Principal Life Insurance Company to Principal Trust Company as custodian.  This contract provides an interest rate guaranteed for set period of time by Principal Life Insurance Company. The following is a history of the various rates at which interest has been credited under the Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option since March 2007:

 

12/14

 

6/14

 

12/13

 

6/13

 

12/12

 

6/12

 

12/11

 

6/11

 

12/10

 

6/10

 

12/09

 

6/09

 

12/08

 

6/08

 

12/07

 

3/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5/15

 

11/14

 

5/14

 

11/13

 

5/13

 

11/12

 

5/12

 

11/11

 

5/11

 

11/10

 

5/10

 

11/09

 

5/09

 

11/08

 

5/08

 

11/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.35

 

1.35

 

1.35

 

1.65

 

1.75

 

2.05

 

2.30

 

2.50

 

2.50

 

2.85

 

2.90

 

2.90

 

4.25

 

4.25

 

4.30

 

4.30

 

 

The crediting rate history is shown based on actual past interest rates and does not guarantee future rates.

 

New Equitable Common Stock .   The New Equitable Stock Fund will consist primarily of investments in New Equitable Common Stock.  The trustee will use all amounts allocated to the Stock Purchase account through participant online elections made at www.principal.com to acquire shares in the conversion and stock offering.  After the offering, the trustee will, to the extent practicable, use amounts held by it in the New Equitable Stock Fund to purchase shares of New Equitable Common Stock.  It is expected that all purchases will be made at prevailing market prices.  Under certain circumstances, the trustee may be required to limit the daily volume of

 

15



Table of Contents

 

shares purchased.  Pending investment in common stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of shares in the offering will be held in the New Equitable Stock Fund in an interest-bearing account.  In the event of an oversubscription, any earnings that result therefrom will be reinvested among the other funds of the Plan in accordance with your then-existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction allocation percentages).

 

Following the offering, New Equitable, a Maryland corporation, will be 100% owned by its public stockholders, including New Equitable’s and Equitable Bank’s tax-qualified plans.  Currently, Equitable Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Old Equitable, a federal mid-tier holding company, that is a majority-owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial MHC, a mutual holding company.  Performance of the New Equitable Stock Fund will be dependent upon a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of New Equitable and Equitable Bank and market conditions for the common stock generally.  An investment in the fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.  It is possible to lose money by investing in the fund.

 

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, none of the shares of New Equitable Common Stock have been issued or are outstanding and there is no established market for New Equitable Common Stock.  Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of the New Equitable Stock Fund.  Performance of the New Equitable Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of New Equitable and Equitable Bank and market conditions for New Equitable Common Stock generally.

 

Investments in the New Equitable Stock Fund involve special risks common to investments in the New Equitable Common Stock.

 

For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see the “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying prospectus and the section of the prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below).

 

An investment in any of the investment options listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any investment option, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the investment options listed above.

 

Administration of the Plan

 

The Trustee and Custodian .  The trustee of the Plan is April Jilg (the “Trustee”).  The custodian of the Plan is Delaware Charter Guarantee & Trust Company d/b/a Principal Trust Company.

 

Plan Administrator .  Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Plan administrator, Equitable Bank.  The address of the Plan administrator is 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska 68801, telephone number is (308) 382-3136.  The Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

 

Reports to Plan Participants .  The Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).

 

Amendment and Termination

 

It is the intention of Equitable Bank to continue the Plan indefinitely.  Nevertheless, Equitable Bank may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts.  Equitable Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any

 

16



Table of Contents

 

purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Equitable Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

 

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

 

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would, if either the Plan or the other plan terminates, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then terminated.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan.  You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan.  Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances.  Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws.  Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.

 

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:

 

(1)          The sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;

 

(2)          Participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and

 

(3)          Earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.

 

Equitable Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

 

Lump-Sum Distribution .   A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59½, and consists of the balance credited to participants under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by Equitable Bank.  The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Equitable Bank, which is included in the distribution.

 

New Equitable Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution .  If a lump-sum distribution includes New Equitable Common Stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to New Equitable Common Stock; that is, the excess of the value of New Equitable at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust.  The tax basis of New Equitable Common Stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of New Equitable Common Stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation.  Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of New Equitable Common Stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of New Equitable Common Stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of New Equitable Common Stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain.  The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA .  You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

 

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

 

Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities. Because you may in the future have investments in New Equitable Common Stock under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

 

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities .  The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in New Equitable Common Stock from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan.  You may contact the Plan administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election.  In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification.  All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of your investment in New Equitable Common Stock.

 

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings .   To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio.  Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money.  This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly.  If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

 

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan.  No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk.  Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in employer common stock through the Plan.

 

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

 

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

 

As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries.  The Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion.  Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Equitable Bank, the Plan administrator, or the Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.

 

Because you will be entitled to invest your account balance in the Plan in New Equitable Common Stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA.  These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to New Equitable Common Stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

 

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as New Equitable.  Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership.  Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of New Equitable, a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of New Equitable’s fiscal year.  Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of New Equitable Common Stock by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of New Equitable Common Stock generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

 

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 provides for the recovery by New Equitable of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of New Equitable Common Stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of New Equitable Common Stock within any six-month period.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met.  These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

 

Except for distributions of New Equitable Common Stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of New Equitable Common Stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of New Equitable Common Stock for six months after receiving such a distribution.

 

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

 

Financial information representing the net assets available for Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for Plan benefits at June 30, 2014, is available upon written request to the Plan administrator at the address shown above.

 

LEGAL OPINION

 

The validity of the issuance of New Equitable Common Stock has been passed upon Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., Lincoln, Nebraska, which firm acted as counsel to Equitable Bank in connection with New Equitable’s stock offering.

 

19


 


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS

 

GRAPHIC

 

(Proposed Holding Company for Equitable Bank)

Up to 1,725,000 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 1,983,750 Shares)

 

Equitable Financial Corp., a newly formed Maryland corporation, is offering up to 1,725,000 shares of common stock for sale at $8.00 per share on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of Equitable Financial MHC from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization.  The shares we are offering represent the ownership interest in Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation, currently owned by Equitable Financial MHC.  In this prospectus, we refer to Equitable Financial Corp., the Maryland corporation, as “New Equitable,” and we refer to Equitable Financial Corp., the federal corporation, as “Old Equitable.”  Transactions in Old Equitable’s common stock are currently quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “EQFC.”  We have applied to list the shares of New Equitable common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EQFC.”

 

The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and tax-qualified employee benefit plans of Equitable Bank, as described in this prospectus.  Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the communities served by Equitable Bank and existing stockholders of Old Equitable.  Any shares not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the syndicated offering.  The subscription, community and syndicated offerings are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the offering.  We must sell a minimum of 1,275,000 shares in order to complete the offering and the conversion.

 

In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, the shares of Old Equitable currently held by the public will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New Equitable based on an exchange ratio that will result in existing public stockholders of Old Equitable owning approximately the same percentage of New Equitable common stock as they owned in Old Equitable common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion.  The number of shares we expect to issue in the exchange ranges from 959,956 shares to 1,298,764 shares.

 

The minimum order is 25 shares.  The subscription offering and community offering (if commenced) are expected to expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] .  We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Extension Date] .  Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and/or community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [Extension Date] , or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 1,983,750 or decreased to less than 1,275,000 shares.  If the offering is extended past [Extension Date] , all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization.  If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,983,750 shares or decreased to less than 1,275,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings, and if applicable the syndicated offering, will be held in a segregated account at Equitable Bank and will earn interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company will assist us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as sole book-running manager for any syndicated offering.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are being offered for sale.

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price:  $8.00 per Share

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Midpoint

 

Maximum

 

Adjusted Maximum

 

Number of shares

 

1,275,000

 

1,500,000

 

1,725,000

 

1,983,750

 

Gross offering proceeds

 

$

10,200,000

 

$

12,000,000

 

$

13,800,000

 

$

15,870,000

 

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses

 

$

575,000

 

$

575,000

 

$

575,000

 

$

575,000

 

Selling agent fees and expenses(1)

 

$

325,000

 

$

325,000

 

$

325,000

 

$

325,000

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

$

9,300,000

 

$

11,100,000

 

$

12,900,000

 

$

14,970,000

 

Estimated net proceeds per share

 

$

7.29

 

$

7.40

 

$

7.48

 

$

7.55

 

 


(1)          The amounts shown assume that 100% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings.  The amounts shown further assume that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our selling agent, will receive:  (i) a success fee of $200,000; (ii) reimbursable expenses up to $100,000; and (iii) $25,000 for records management fees and expenses.  See “The Conversion and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be paid by us in the subscription, community and syndicated offerings.  If all shares of common stock were sold in the syndicated offering, the selling agent and broker-dealers’ commissions would be approximately $612,000, $720,000, $828,000 and $952,200 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.  Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

GRAPHIC

 

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at [SIC Phone Number]

 

The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus Date] .

 


 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

Summary

1

Risk Factors

17

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

29

Forward-Looking Statements

31

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering

32

Our Dividend Policy

33

Market for the Common Stock

34

Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance

36

Capitalization

37

Pro Forma Data

39

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

47

Business of New Equitable

63

Business of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank

64

Supervision and Regulation

89

Taxation

95

Management

97

Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock

105

Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers

106

The Conversion and Offering

107

Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Equitable Financial Corp.

129

Restrictions on Acquisition of New Equitable

135

Description of Capital Stock of New Equitable Following the Conversion

138

Transfer Agent

139

Experts

139

Legal Matters

139

Where You Can Find Additional Information

139

 

i


 


Table of Contents

 

SUMMARY

 

The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Old Equitable common stock for shares of New Equitable common stock.  It may not contain all of the information that is important to you.  Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

Our Business

 

Equitable Bank is a Nebraska-based community bank that traces its roots to 1882, when Grand Island Building and Loan Association was chartered by the State of Nebraska as a mutual building and loan association.  This building and loan association was converted to a federally chartered savings association in 1992.  At that time, it adopted the name of “The Equitable Building and Loan Association of Grand Island, Nebraska, A Federal Savings Bank.”  We adopted our present name in 2005, when our mutual holding company reorganization was completed.  We operate our business through our main office in Grand Island, Nebraska, three full-service branches in Grand Island, North Platte and Omaha, Nebraska and one additional limited service branch in Grand Island.  We believe our locations are strategically positioned within the State of Nebraska along the Interstate 80 corridor, from the eastern-most point of that corridor in Omaha, through Nebraska’s fourth largest city in Grand Island, and to the largest city in the western part of that corridor in North Platte.

 

We are engaged primarily in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using those funds to originate commercial loans, agricultural loans and one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  To a lesser extent, we also originate home equity loans, construction and land loans and consumer loans.  We invest a portion of our assets in securities issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies, U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and state and municipal governments.  We also invest in mortgage-backed securities primarily issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises.  Our principal sources of funds are deposits and principal and interest payments on loans and investments, as well as borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.  Our principal source of income is from interest income received on loans and investment securities.  Our principal expenses are interest paid on deposits and borrowings, employee compensation and benefits, data processing and facilities.

 

We also provide retail brokerage services in Grand Island and North Platte, under the name “Equitable Wealth Management.”   In the most recently completed fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, we had brokerage fee income of $538,000.  At December 31, 2014, our brokerage business had approximately $142.6 million in assets under management.

 

Equitable Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

 

Equitable Bank’s main office is located at 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska and the telephone number at that address is (308) 382-3136.  Its internet address is www.equitableonline.com. Information on our website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our business strategy is to operate and grow a well-capitalized, profitable, community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service.  For most of our history, we have operated as a traditional thrift institution, focusing on the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  In the past 10 years, however, we have expanded our lending focus and now offer a wide range of loans to commercial businesses, agricultural borrowers and consumers — in addition to our traditional residential loan products.  Highlights of our business strategy are as follows:

 

1



Table of Contents

 

·                   Continuing to grow and diversify our loan portfolio in our existing market areas.  We have been successful in growing and diversifying our loan portfolio over the past 10 years.  At December 31, 2004, we had total loans of $123.1 million, with $88.7 million, or 72.1%, consisting of one- to four-family real residential estate loans.  At December 31, 2014, we had total loans of $167.0 million, with $36.6 million, or 21.9%, consisting of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  At December 31, 2014, $65.9 million, or 39.5%, of our portfolio consisted of commercial operating or real estate loans, and $45.2 million, or 27.1%, of our portfolio consisted of agricultural operating or real estate loans.  Our strategy is to continue to focus on maintaining this type of diversified loan mix, which we believe will provide us with expanded lending opportunities in our existing market areas.

 

·                   Applying disciplined underwriting practices to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio.   We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success.  We have sought to grow and diversify our loan portfolio, while maintaining a high level of asset quality with moderate credit risk.  We seek to accomplish this by applying underwriting standards that we believe are conservative and by pursuing diligent monitoring and collection efforts.  As we have increased the amount of commercial and agricultural loans in our portfolio in recent years, we have sought to manage the larger loan exposures though our conservative approach to lending.  At December 31, 2014, our nonperforming loans (loans which are 90 or more days delinquent and loans which are less than 90 days delinquent but classified as nonaccrual) were less than 1.0% of our total loan portfolio.

 

·                   Continuing to grow our core deposits.  Over the past five years, we have been successful in growing our deposit base overall and in increasing the share of our deposit base that consists of core deposits.  From December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2014, our total deposits increased from $135.7 million to $164.9 million.  During the same period, our core deposits as a percentage of total deposits increased from 79.6% to 88.2%.  We believe core deposits have favorable cost and interest rate change resistance.  In addition, we believe core deposits allow us greater opportunity to connect with our customers and offer them other financial services and products.  Our strategy is to continue to focus on growing our deposit base as a source of funding for our loans and to continue our efforts to maintain core deposits as a high percentage of total deposits.

 

·                   Growing our business by expanding our branch network.   As opportunities arise and conditions permit, we will consider opportunities to expand our branch network through whole-bank or branch acquisitions, de novo branching or both.  We operate in a consolidating banking market in the State of Nebraska, with the total number of Nebraska-based banks and savings institutions decreasing from 270 in 2003 to 208 in 2013, according to the FDIC.  In the same period, the average size of Nebraska-based banks and savings institutions has increased from $169.1 million in total assets to $311.4 million in total assets, according to the FDIC.  Although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding specific acquisitions or de novo branching opportunities, our strategy is to grow our business within our consolidating market environment.

 

·                   Remaining a community-oriented institution.   We were established in 1882 and have been operating continuously since that time.  We have been, and we continue to be, committed to understanding and meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate.  Further, we strive to be a good corporate citizen within those communities.  In 2005, we established and funded the Equitable Bank Charitable Foundation as a private charitable foundation based in Grand Island.  Each year since 2005, our foundation has made grants and donations to non-profit organizations, community groups and community projects located within our market areas.  We believe that our community orientation is attractive to customers and distinguishes us from some of our larger competitors.

 

·                  Providing quality customer service.   We emphasize quality customer service.  We strive to meet the financial needs of our customer base by offering a full complement of loan and deposit products and by providing individualized customer service.  As part of this strategy, we seek to offer our customers a competitive package of on-line and mobile banking services. We believe we

 

2



Table of Contents

 

have a competitive advantage over some of our larger competitors based on our familiarity with our customers’ needs and our ability to make decisions, such as approving loans, more quickly through local decision-makers.  Our customers enjoy, and will continue to enjoy, access to senior officers at Equitable Bank and the flexibility it brings to their businesses.

 

In the future, if our business strategy leads to continued growth in our commercial loan portfolio, we may consider converting Equitable Bank’s charter from that of a savings association to that of a commercial bank.  Doing so could allow us to avoid operating restrictions and penalties that can be applied to savings associations which fail to satisfy the “qualified thrift lender” test.  See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Qualified Thrift Lender Test” for additional information on these restrictions and penalties.

 

Our Organizational Structure and the Proposed Conversion

 

Since 2005, we have operated in a two-tiered mutual holding company structure.  Old Equitable is our federally chartered stock holding company and the parent company of Equitable Bank.  At December 31, 2014, Old Equitable had consolidated assets of $197.8 million, deposits of $164.9 million and stockholders’ equity of $20.5 million. Old Equitable’s parent company is Equitable Financial MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company.  At December 31, 2014, Old Equitable had 3,183,004 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 1,369,374 shares, or 43.0%, were owned by the public and the remaining 1,813,630 shares, or 57.0%, were held by Equitable Financial MHC.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion and reorganization, we are now converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the stock holding company corporate structure.  Upon completion of the conversion, Equitable Financial MHC and Old Equitable will cease to exist, and New Equitable will become the successor corporation to Old Equitable.  The shares of New Equitable being offered in this offering represent the majority ownership interest in Old Equitable currently held by Equitable Financial MHC.  Public stockholders of Old Equitable will receive shares of common stock of New Equitable in exchange for their shares of Old Equitable at an exchange ratio intended to preserve the same aggregate ownership interest in New Equitable as they had in Old Equitable.  Equitable Financial MHC’s shares of Old Equitable will be cancelled.

 

The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, reflecting ownership percentages as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

3



Table of Contents

 

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public holding company, as follows:

 

 

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

 

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

·                   Enhance our regulatory capital position.    A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objective of building stockholder value.  While Equitable Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth and expansion.  Minimum regulatory capital requirements will also increase in the future under recently adopted regulations, and compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

·                   Transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure .   The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, which we believe will make our common stock more appealing to investors, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

·                   Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock .    The greater number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for New Equitable common stock than has existed for Old Equitable common stock.  A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

·                   Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions .    Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or financial services companies as opportunities arise, which will make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for such institutions.  The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions.  In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions.  Applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of New Equitable for three years following completion of the conversion.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

We are offering between 1,275,000 and 1,725,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Equitable Bank and to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans in a subscription offering.  To the extent shares remain available, we may offer shares in a community offering to the general public, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska, and then to our existing public stockholders.  We may also offer for sale shares not purchased in the subscription or community offerings to the general public in a syndicated offering.  The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 1,983,750 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions.  Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 1,983,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,275,000 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [Extension Date] , subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted.  If the offering is extended past [Extension Date] , all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders.  If you do not respond to this notice, your order will be cancelled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 1,983,750 shares or decreased to less than 1,275,000 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum.  We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time.

 

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $8.00.  All investors will pay the same purchase price per share.  Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the offering but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.  For a more complete discussion of the terms of the offering, see “The Conversion and Offering.”

 

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $8.00 Per Share Stock Price

 

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the exchange ratio for the exchange of shares of Old Equitable for shares of New Equitable are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of New Equitable, assuming the offering is completed.   RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 6, 2015, this market value was $21.0 million.  Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $17.9 million and a maximum of $24.2 million.   Based on this valuation range, the 57.0% pro forma ownership interest of Equitable Financial MHC in Old Equitable as of December 31, 2014 being sold in the offering and the $8.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by New Equitable ranges from 1,275,000 shares to 1,725,000 shares.  The $8.00 per share price was selected by us, taking into account, among other factors, the market price of our stock before adoption of the plan of conversion, the requirement under regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) that the common stock be offered in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the stock, and desired liquidity in the common stock after the offering.  The exchange ratio ranges from 0.7010 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 0.9484 shares at the maximum of the offering range, and will preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders of Old Equitable (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the stock offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares).  If demand for shares or market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%, which would result in an appraised value of $27.8 million, an offering of 1,983,750 shares of common stock, and an exchange ratio of 1.0907 shares.

 

The appraisal is based in part on Old Equitable’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to Old Equitable.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name 

 

Ticker Symbol

 

Headquarters

 

Total Assets(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

CHEV

 

Cheviot, OH

 

$

571

 

First Capital, Inc.

 

FCAP

 

Corydon, IN

 

473

 

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

FFNM

 

Alpena, MI

 

312

(2)

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IROQ

 

Watseka, IL

 

550

 

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

JXSB

 

Jacksonville, IL

 

312

 

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

LPSB

 

La Porte, IN

 

519

 

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

MCBK

 

Madison, NE

 

302

(2)

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

PBSK

 

Ashland, KY

 

412

(2)

United Community Bancorp

 

UCBA

 

Lawrenceburg, IN

 

509

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

WAYN

 

Wooster, OH

 

418

 

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

WBKC

 

Midland, MI

 

339

(2)

 


(1)          Assets as of December 31, 2014.

(2)          Assets as of September  30, 2014.

 

The selection of the peer group was based on both general and specific parameters.  The general parameters related to an institution’s geographic location, asset size, trading index, merger and acquisition involvement and timing of conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization.  Specific parameters related to an institution’s balance sheet characteristics, operating performance characteristics and asset quality characteristics.

 

The general parameter requirements for the selection of the peer group candidates included institutions headquartered in the Midwest region of the United States, assets less than $600.0 million, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.0%, positive core earnings and a trading exchange requirement that each candidate be traded on a major stock exchange such as the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.  In addition, a merger and acquisition parameter was established that eliminated any potential candidate that was involved in a merger and acquisition transaction as a target, and a recent conversion parameter was established that eliminated any institution that has not converted from the mutual to the stock form of organization for at least four quarters or prior to February 6, 2015.   Due to the general parameter requirement related to trading on NASDAQ or another major stock exchange, the asset size of the peer group institutions resulted in larger institutions.

 

The specific parameter requirements are tied to the financial characteristics of Equitable Bank and related to selected key balance sheet ratios, including cash and investments to assets, loans to assets, deposits to assets, borrowed funds to assets and equity to assets.  In addition, selected key performance ratios such as return on average assets, return on average equity, net interest margin, noninterest income to average assets and noninterest expenses to average assets were considered and compared to Equitable Bank as well as asset quality ratios such as non-performing assets to assets, repossessed assets to assets and allowance for loan losses to assets.

 

Each institution in the peer group must fulfill the general parameters identified and fulfill each of the specific financial parameters.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for New Equitable (on a pro forma basis) and the peer group companies used by RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, in its appraisal.  These ratios are based on Old Equitable’s book value, tangible book value and core earnings as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and the latest date for which complete financial data were publicly available for the peer group as of February 6, 2015, the date of the appraisal.  Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 5.8% on a price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 23.6% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 28.0% on a price-to-tangible book value basis.

 

 

 

Price-to-earnings
multiple(1)

 

Price-to-book
 value ratio

 

Price-to-tangible
 book value ratio

 

New Equitable (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Maximum

 

27.45x

 

82.05

%

82.05

%

Maximum

 

23.79x

 

75.54

%

75.54

%

Midpoint

 

20.63x

 

69.14

%

69.14

%

Minimum

 

17.49x

 

62.11

%

62.11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

19.49x

 

90.53

%

96.00

%

Medians

 

17.20x

 

88.14

%

95.73

%

 


(1)          Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC.  in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core,” or recurring, earnings on a trailing twelve-month basis through December 31, 2014 for New Equitable and December 31, 2014 or the most recent twelve-month period available for the peer group companies.  These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value.  Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $8.00 per share purchase price.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

 

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old Equitable Common Stock

 

If you are currently a common stockholder of Old Equitable, at the completion of the conversion your shares of common stock will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New Equitable.  The number of shares of common stock you will receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value and the percentage of outstanding shares of Old Equitable common stock owned by public common stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the conversion.  The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of New Equitable as of February 6, 2015, assuming public common stockholders of Old Equitable own 43.0% of Old Equitable common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion.  The table also shows the number of shares of New Equitable common stock a hypothetical owner of Old Equitable common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Old Equitable common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Shares to be Sold in
This Offering

 

Shares of New Equitable
to be Issued for Shares
of
Old Equitable

 

Total
Shares of
Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange
and

 

Exchange

 

Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering

 

Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book
Value Per
Exchanged

 

Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Offering

 

Ratio

 

Price(1)

 

Share(2)

 

Shares(3)

 

Minimum

 

1,275,000

 

57.0

%

959,956

 

43.0

%

2,234,956

 

0.7010

 

$

5.61

 

$

9.03

 

70

 

Midpoint

 

1,500,000

 

57.0

%

1,129,360

 

43.0

%

2,629,360

 

0.8247

 

$

6.60

 

$

9.54

 

82

 

Maximum

 

1,725,000

 

57.0

%

1,298,764

 

43.0

%

3,023,764

 

0.9484

 

$

7.59

 

$

10.04

 

94

 

Adjusted Maximum

 

1,983,750

 

57.0

%

1,493,579

 

43.0

%

3,477,329

 

1.0907

 

$

8.73

 

$

10.63

 

109

 

 


(1)          Represents the value of shares of New Equitable common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Old Equitable, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $8.00 per share offering price.

(2)          Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.

(3)          Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

If you own shares of Old Equitable common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be exchanged automatically within your account, so you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock.  If your shares are represented by physical Old Equitable stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion, our transfer agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificate(s).  You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.  A statement reflecting your ownership of New Equitable common stock will be mailed to you within five business days after the transfer agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your Old Equitable stock certificate(s).  New Equitable will not issue stock certificates.

 

No fractional shares of New Equitable common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old Equitable. For each fractional share of common stock that otherwise would be issued, New Equitable will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $8.00 per share offering price.

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

 

We intend to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the offering in Equitable Bank, loan funds to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock in the offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at New Equitable.  Therefore, assuming we sell 1,500,000 shares of common stock in the offering, and we have net proceeds of $11.1 million, we intend to invest $5.5 million in Equitable Bank, loan $720,000 to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, and retain the remaining $4.8 million of the net proceeds at New Equitable.

 

New Equitable may use the funds it retains for investment, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock, to acquire other financial institutions and for other general corporate purposes.  Equitable Bank may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending and other products and services, to expand its branch network, or to acquire other financial institutions or other financial services companies.

 

Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

 

We are offering the shares of New Equitable common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

(i)                                    To depositors with accounts at Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on September 30, 2013.

 

(ii)                                 To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Equitable Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and Equitable Bank’s 401(k) plan), which may subscribe for up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.  We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

(iii)                              To depositors with accounts at Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] .

 

(iv)                               To depositors of Equitable Bank at the close of business on [Depositor Record Date] .

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska, and then to Old Equitable’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] , 2015.  The community offering, if any, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering.  We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated offering.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated offering.  We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering.  Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

 

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering.  A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

 

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25 shares.

 

Generally, no individual (or group of individuals exercising subscription rights through a single deposit account held jointly) may purchase more than 37,500 shares ($300,000) of common stock.  If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 37,500 shares ($300,000) of common stock:

 

·                   Your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

·                   Most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or

 

·                   Other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

 

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 37,500 shares ($300,000).

 

In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for current stockholders of Old Equitable other than our employee stock ownership plan.  Shares of common stock that you purchase in the

 

9



Table of Contents

 

offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Old Equitable common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.  However, if, based on your current ownership level, you will own more than 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion following the exchange of your shares of Old Equitable common stock, you will not need to divest any of your shares.  You will be required to obtain the approval or non-objection of the Federal Reserve Board prior to acquiring more than 10% of New Equitable’s common stock.

 

Subject to applicable regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time.  See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

 

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

(i)                                      Personal check, bank check or money order made payable to Equitable Financial Corp.; or

 

(ii)                                   Authorizing us to withdraw available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from your deposit account(s) maintained with Equitable Bank.

 

Equitable Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  Additionally, you may not use an Equitable Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock.  Please do not submit cash or a wire transfer.  For orders paid for by check or money order, the funds must be available in the account.  You may not designate withdrawal from Equitable Bank’s accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check.  If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account.  You may not authorize direct withdrawal from an Equitable Bank retirement account.  See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

 

Withdrawals from certificates of deposit at Equitable Bank for the purpose of purchasing common stock in the offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty.  All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with Equitable Bank must be in the deposit accounts at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on those funds when your stock order is received, making the designated funds unavailable to you.  However, funds will not be withdrawn from the accounts until the offering is completed and will continue to earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until the completion of the offering. If a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at Equitable Bank’s current passbook rate thereafter.

 

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Equitable Financial Corp. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Equitable Bank deposit accounts without check-writing privileges, provided that the stock order form is received (not postmarked) before 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] , which is the end of the subscription offering period.  You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form.  You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to Equitable Bank’s main office located at 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska.  Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location.  We will not accept stock order forms at our other branch offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Equitable Bank’s branch offices.  Once submitted, your order is irrevocable.  We are not required to accept incomplete stock order forms, unsigned stock order forms, copies or facsimiles of stock order forms.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of our common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Equitable Bank, the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

Please see “The Conversion and Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

 

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or IRA.  If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Equitable Bank individual retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account.  If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee.  Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [Expiration Date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account you may have at Equitable Bank or elsewhere.  Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

 

See “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering.

 

Market for Common Stock

 

Old Equitable’s common stock is not currently listed on a national securities exchange.  Trades in the common stock are quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “EQFC.”  Upon completion of the conversion and offering, the shares of common stock of New Equitable will replace the existing shares of Old Equitable common stock, and we have applied to list the shares of New Equitable common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EQFC.” In order to have our stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

Following this offering, New Equitable’s Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on shares of its common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.  However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends.  We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends or that, if paid, we will not reduce or eliminate dividends in the future.  Any determination to pay dividends on our common stock will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant.  Our ability to pay dividends to stockholders may depend, in part, upon capital distributions we receive from Equitable Bank.

 

Purchases by Officers and Directors

 

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 43,550 shares of common stock in the offering, representing 3.4% of shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range.  The purchase price paid by them will be the same $8.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own 204,169 shares of common stock, or 9.1% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range, which includes shares they currently own that will be exchanged for shares of New Equitable.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

 

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering (if commenced) is 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] , unless we extend this deadline.  If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.  Orders received after 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] will be rejected unless the offering is extended.

 

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] (unless extended), whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

 

See “The Conversion and Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering.

 

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

 

Federal regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights.  If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares that you are purchasing.  We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights.  We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe you have sold or transferred your subscription rights.  On the stock order form, you cannot add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do.  You may add only those who are eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility.  In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

 

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued.  A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering.  The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.”  It is possible that until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading.  Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

 

We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

·                   The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a majority of votes eligible to be cast by depositors of Equitable Bank as of [Depositor Record Date] ;

 

12



Table of Contents

 

·                   The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by Old Equitable stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable as of [Stockholder Record Date] , including shares held by Equitable Financial MHC;

 

·                   The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by Old Equitable stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable as of [Stockholder Record Date] , excluding shares held by Equitable Financial MHC;

 

·                   We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering; and

 

·                   We receive the approval of the Federal Reserve Board to complete the conversion and offering.

 

Equitable Financial MHC intends to vote its shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization. At [Stockholder Record Date] , Equitable Financial MHC owned 57.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable.  At [Stockholder Record Date] , the directors and executive officers of Old Equitable and their affiliates owned 229,137 shares of Old Equitable (including exercisable options), or 7.2% of the outstanding shares of common stock and 16.7% of the outstanding shares of common stock excluding shares held by Equitable Financial MHC.  They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

 

If we do not receive orders for at least 1,275,000 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range.  Specifically, we may:

 

(i)                                      Increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or

 

(ii)                                  Seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [Extension Date] , so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the offering; and/or

 

(iii)                              Increase the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.

 

If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large purchasers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

 

Possible Change in the Offering Range

 

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering.  If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 1,983,750 shares in the offering without further notice to you.  If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $17.9 million or above $27.8 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

·                   Terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

·                   Set a new offering range; or

 

·                   Take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum for funds received for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.  We will then resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place a new stock order for a period of time.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Possible Termination of the Offering

 

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of depositors that has been called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after depositor approval with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

 

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all Equitable Bank employees, to purchase up to 6% of the shares of common stock we sell in the offering.   If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustee, the employee stock ownership plan’s subscription order will not be filled and the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Federal regulations permit us to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion.  Stockholder approval of these plans would be required.  Our current intention is to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans, but we have not determined whether we would adopt the plans within twelve months following the completion of the conversion or more than twelve months following the completion of the conversion.  If we implement stock-based benefit plans within twelve months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans would reserve a number of shares (i) up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering (reduced by amounts purchased by our 401(k) plan using its purchase priority in the stock offering) for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and (ii) up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options by key employees and directors.  If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than twelve months after the completion of the conversion, it would not be subject to the percentage limitations set forth above.  We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans.  For a description of our current stock-based benefit plan, see “Management—Benefit Plans.”

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the stock offering for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively.  The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market.  A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.  The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.

 

 

 

Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased

 

Dilution

 

Value of Grants
 (in Thousands)(1)

 

 

 

At Minimum
of Offering
 Range

 

At Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
 Range

 

As a
Percentage of
Common
Stock to be
Sold in the
 Offering

 

Resulting
from
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock-Based
 Benefit Plans

 

At Minimum
of Offering
 Range

 

At Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
 Range

 

Employee stock ownership plan

 

76,500

 

119,025

 

6.00

%

N/A

(2)

$

612

 

$

952

 

Restricted stock awards

 

51,000

 

79,350

 

4.00

%

2.23

%

408

 

635

 

Stock options

 

127,500

 

198,375

 

10.00

%

5.40

%

284

 

442

 

Total

 

255,000

 

396,750

 

20.00

%

7.40

%

$

1,304

 

$

2,029

 

 


(1)          The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made.  For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $8.00 per share.  The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.23 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:  a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $8.00; an expected option term of 10 years; a dividend yield of 0.00%; a risk-free rate of

 

14



Table of Contents

 

                        return of 2.17%; and expected volatility of 14.56%.  The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

(2)          No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the offering.

 

We may fund our stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock.

 

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2014 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and our proposed stock-based benefit plan.  The table below assumes that 3,023,764 shares are outstanding after the offering, which includes the sale of 1,725,000 shares in the offering at the maximum of the offering range and the issuance of new shares in exchange for shares of Old Equitable using an exchange ratio of 0.9484.  It also assumes that the value of the stock is $8.00 per share.

 

Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans

 

Participants

 

Shares at
Maximum of
Offering Range

 

Estimated Value
 of Shares

 

Percentage of
Shares
Outstanding after
the Conversion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:

 

Officers and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Existing shares(1)

 

Employees

 

122,592

(2)

$

980,736

 

4.1

%

Shares to be purchased in this offering

 

 

 

103,500

 

828,000

 

3.4

 

Total employee stock ownership plan shares

 

 

 

226,092

 

$

1,808,736

 

7.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards:

 

Directors, Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan(1)

 

and Employees

 

61,296

(3)

$

490,368

(4)

2.0

%

New shares of restricted stock

 

 

 

69,000

 

552,000

(4)

2.3

 

Total shares of restricted stock

 

 

 

130,296

 

$

1,042,368

 

4.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options:

 

Directors, Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan(1)

 

and Employees

 

153,240

(5)

$

341,725

 

5.1

%

New stock options

 

 

 

172,500

 

384,675

(6)

5.7

 

Total stock options

 

 

 

325,740

 

$

726,400

 

10.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total of stock benefit plans

 

 

 

682,128

 

$

3,577,504

 

22.6

%

 


(1)          The number of shares indicated has been adjusted for the 0.9484 exchange ratio at the maximum of the offering range.

(2)          As of December 31, 2014 , 79,519 of these shares, or 83,845 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been allocated.

(3)          As of December 31, 2014 , 54,931of these shares, or 57,920 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and 8,560 of these shares, or 9,026 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have vested.

(4)          The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made.  For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based benefit plan is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $8.00 per share.

(5)          As of December 31, 2014 , no options have been granted.

(6)          The weighted-average fair value of stock options to be granted has been estimated at $2.23 per option, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:  exercise price, $8.00; trading price on date of grant, $8.00; dividend yield, 0.00%; expected term, 10 years; expected volatility, 14.56%; and risk-free rate of return, 2.17%.  The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Tax Consequences

 

Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable, Equitable Bank and New Equitable have received opinions of counsel, Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., regarding the material federal income tax consequences and the material Nebraska state tax consequences of the conversion.  As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable (except for cash paid for fractional shares), Equitable Bank, New Equitable, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Old Equitable. Existing stockholders of Old Equitable who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of New Equitable will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.

 

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

 

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering.  If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center  toll-free number at [Telephone Number] .  The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time.  The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

16


 


Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our loan portfolio has greater risk than the portfolios of many savings institutions, due to the substantial amount of our commercial loans, which generally carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate.

 

At December 31, 2014, $14.6 million, or 8.7%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of commercial operating loans and $51.3 million, or 30.7%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of commercial real estate loans.  Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate.  Also, many of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding.  Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship may expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential real estate loan.  These loans also have greater credit risk than residential real estate for the following reasons:

 

·                   Commercial operating loans — repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business.

 

·                   Commercial real estate loans — repayment is generally dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.

 

If loans that are collateralized by real estate or other business assets become troubled and the value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would in turn adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our loan portfolio has greater risk than the portfolios of many savings institutions, due to the substantial amount of our agricultural loans, which generally carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate.

 

At December 31, 2014, $25.7 million, or 15.4%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of agricultural operating loans and $19.5 million, or 11.7%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of agricultural real estate loans.   The credit risk associated with these types of loans may be greater than the credit risk associated with one- to four-family residential loans because the repayment of agricultural loans typically depends on the successful operation and income of the borrower’s agricultural business, which can be significantly affected by economic conditions.  Additionally, these loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential loans.

 

Agricultural operating loans are often secured by collateral that may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value (such as accounts receivable, crops, livestock, inventory and equipment).  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may be worth less than the outstanding loan balance because of damage, loss or depreciation of the collateral.

 

The repayment of agricultural real estate loans depends on the profitable operation or management of the farm or ranch property securing the loan.  The success of a farm or ranch may be affected by many factors outside the control of the borrower, including adverse weather conditions that prevent the planting or harvesting of crops or limit crop yields, loss of livestock due to disease or other factors, increases in costs of agricultural inputs, declines in market prices for agricultural commodities and the impact of government regulation.  In addition, many farms are dependent on a limited number of key individuals whose injury, illness or death may significantly affect the successful operation of the farm or ranch.  If the cash flow from a farming or ranching operation is diminished, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.   If the borrower’s ability to repay is impaired, then we may

 

17



Table of Contents

 

not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would in turn adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Changing interest rates may have a negative effect on our results of operations.

 

Our earnings and cash flows are dependent on our net interest income.  Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board.  Changes in market interest rates may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  Our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets.  If rates increase rapidly, we may have to increase the rates we pay on our deposits, particularly our higher cost time deposits and borrowed funds, more quickly than any increase in interest rates that we earn on our loans and investments, which would adversely affect our net interest spread and net interest income.

 

Conversely, if market interest rates fall below current levels, our net interest margin may also be negatively affected if competitive pressures keep us from further reducing rates on our deposits, while the yields on our assets decrease more rapidly through loan prepayments and interest rate adjustments.  Decreases in interest rates often result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance their loans to reduce borrowings costs.  Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments in loans or other investments that have interest rates that are comparable to the interest rates on existing loans and securities.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Interest Rate Risk.”

 

The Federal Reserve Board, in an attempt to help the overall economy, has, among other things, adopted a low interest rate policy through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities.  If the Federal Reserve Board reduces its purchases of mortgage-backed securities and increases the federal funds rate, market interest rates would likely rise, which may negatively affect the housing markets and the U.S. economic recovery.

 

We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate in Nebraska, which makes our business highly susceptible to downturns in the state economy and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, we are a community banking franchise located in Nebraska.  At December 31, 2014, approximately 98.4% of our loans were secured by real estate or business operations located in Nebraska.  As a result, we have a greater risk of loan defaults and losses in the event of economic weakness in our market area, which may have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely payments of their loans.  A deterioration in economic conditions generally and in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

 

·                   Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

·                   Weak economic conditions may limit the demand for loans by creditworthy borrowers, limiting our capacity to leverage our retail deposits and maintain our net interest income; and

 

·                   The value of the collateral for our loans may decline.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.

 

At December 31, 2014, $36.6 million, or 21.9%, of our loan portfolio, was secured by one- to-four family residential real estate.  One- to four-family residential real estate lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict.   Some of our residential real estate loans are secured by liens on properties in which the borrowers have reduced equity because of recent declines in home values.  As a result, we have increased

 

18



Table of Contents

 

risk that we could incur losses if borrowers default on their loans because we may be unable to recover all or part of the defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.  In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, they may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds.  For these reasons, we may experience higher rates of delinquencies, default and loss on our residential real estate loans.

 

A portion of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans is comprised of non-owner occupied properties which increases the credit risk on this portion of our loan portfolio.

 

A portion of the housing stock in our primary lending market area is comprised of two-, three- and four-unit properties.  At December 31, 2014, of the $36.6 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans in our portfolio, $15.3 million, or 41.8% of this amount, were comprised of non-owner occupied properties.  We believe that there is a greater credit risk inherent in two-, three- and four-unit properties and especially in investor-owner and non-owner occupied properties, than in owner-occupied one-unit properties since, similar to commercial real estate loans, the repayment of these loans may depend, in part, on the successful management of the property and/or the borrower’s ability to lease the units of the property.  A downturn in the real estate market or the local economy could adversely affect the value of properties securing these loans or the revenues derived from these properties which could affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.

 

If our nonperforming assets increase, our earnings will be adversely affected.

 

At December 31, 2014, our nonperforming assets, which consist of non-performing loans (including non-accruing troubled debt restructurings) and foreclosed assets, were $1.2 million, or 0.61% of total assets.   Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways:

 

·                   We record interest income only on the cash basis or cost-recovery method for non-accrual loans and we do not record interest income for other real estate owned;

 

·                   We must provide for probable loan losses through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses;

 

·                   Noninterest expense increases when we write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values;

 

·                   There are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets, as well as carrying costs, such as taxes, insurance, and maintenance fees; and

 

·                   The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity.

 

If additional borrowers become delinquent and do not pay their loans and we are unable to successfully manage our nonperforming assets, our losses and troubled assets could increase significantly, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our results of operations would be negatively affected.

 

In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we analyze our loss and delinquency experience by loan categories and we consider the effect of existing economic conditions.  In addition, we make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans.  If the results of our analyses are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance and would decrease our net income. Our emphasis on loan growth and on increasing our portfolio of commercial real estate loans, as well as any future credit deterioration, could require us to further increase our allowance in the future.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs.  Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our inability to achieve profitability on de novo branches may negatively affect our earnings.

 

We currently intend to consider opportunities to expand our branch network through de novo branching, although we have no specific plans to do so at the present time.  The profitability of any future new de novo branches will depend on whether the income that we generate from the additional branches will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating new branches.  We expect that it may take time before new branches become profitable.  During this period, operating new branches may negatively affect our earnings.

 

We may not be able to successfully execute whole-bank or branch acquisitions, which could cause our business and future growth prospects to suffer.

 

We currently intend to consider opportunities to expand our branch network through whole-bank or branch acquisitions, although we do not have any agreements or understandings for specific acquisitions in place at the present time.  Suitable acquisition candidates may not be available on terms and conditions we find acceptable.  Further, in pursuing acquisitions, we will compete with other banks and bank holding companies, many of which have greater financial and other resources than we do.  If these other banks and bank holding companies are willing to pay more for acquisitions than we are, we may not be able to complete strategic acquisitions that we otherwise find desirable.  Further, if we succeed in growing our branch network through strategic acquisitions, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected because:

 

·                   The newly acquired branches may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flows;

 

·                   We may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us or exceed our estimates;

 

·                   We may be unable to integrate acquired branches successfully or realize anticipated financial, operational or other benefits in a timely manner;

 

·                   Acquisitions could disrupt our on-going business, distract our management or divert our resources;

 

·                   We may experience difficulties in operating in markets in which we have had no or only limited direct experience; and

 

·                   There is the potential for loss of customers and key employees of the newly acquired branches.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and we are subject to supervision, examination and enforcement action by various bank regulatory agencies.

 

We are subject to extensive supervision, regulation, and examination by the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board.  As a result, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing.  This system of regulation is designed primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund and our depositors, and not for the benefit of our stockholders.  Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that:  establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; determine the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes; and establish the timing and amounts of assessments and fees.

 

Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings and other factors.  These ratings are inherently subjective and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result

 

20



Table of Contents

 

in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution.  A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as Equitable Bank or New Equitable, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

 

Federal regulations governing the conversion require that we prepare a business plan that addresses, among other items, our projected operations and activities for three years following the conversion.  The business plan is a confidential document that is submitted to the banking regulatory agencies and may not reflect currently unanticipated potential business opportunities or activities, such as increased dividends or acquisitions of other financial institutions.  Federal regulations require that we operate within the parameters of the business plan, and that the Federal Reserve Board or the OCC, as applicable, approve any material deviation from the business plan.  This could affect our ability to conduct activities that deviate from the regulatory business plan that would otherwise benefit our stockholders.

 

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations.  Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

 

We recently became subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

 

In July 2013, the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board approved a new rule that substantially amends the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to Equitable Bank and New Equitable.  The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective for Equitable Bank and New Equitable on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are:  (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6.0% (increased from 4.0%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8.0% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%.  The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and results in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%.  The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019.  An institution is subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements for Equitable Bank and New Equitable could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions constraining us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares if we were unable to comply with such requirements.  Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets.

 

New regulations could restrict our ability to originate loans.

 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule that became effective in January 2014, requiring creditors to assess a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage loan.  Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard and enjoy special protection.  Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

·                   Excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3.0% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

21



Table of Contents

 

·                   Interest-only payments;

 

·                   Negative-amortization; and

 

·                   Terms longer than 30 years.

 

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%.  Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive/and or time consuming to make these loans, which could limit our growth or profitability.

 

A continuation or worsening of economic conditions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Although the U.S. economy has emerged from the severe recession that occurred in 2008 and 2009, economic growth has been slow and unemployment levels remain high despite the Federal Reserve Board’s efforts to maintain low market interest rates and encourage economic growth.  Recovery by many businesses has been impaired by lower consumer spending.  A discontinuation of the Federal Reserve Board’s bond purchasing program could result in higher interest rates and reduced economic activity.  Moreover, a return to prolonged deteriorating economic conditions could significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.  Further declines in real estate values and continued elevated unemployment levels may result in greater loan delinquencies, increases in our nonperforming, criticized and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services.  These events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense.  In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, money market funds, insurance companies and brokerage firms operating locally and elsewhere.  Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide, all of which benefit them in attracting business.  In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do.  For additional information, see “Business of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank—Competition.”

 

Our small size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

 

Our small asset size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are generally larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers.  Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios.  Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors.  Our lower earnings also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits.  In addition, our smaller customer base makes it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income.  Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by ongoing increased costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

 

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations.

 

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations.  Our management team is comprised of experienced executives, with our top five executives possessing an average of over 18 years of financial institution experience.  Members of our senior management

 

22



Table of Contents

 

team, or lending personnel who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, could be difficult to replace.  The loss of these persons or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete.  See “Management of Equitable Financial Corp.”

 

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank and our reputation is one of the most valuable assets of our business.  A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas.  As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation.  This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers.  If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers or otherwise, our business and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

Financial reform legislation is expected to increase our costs of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has changed the bank regulatory framework.  For example, it has created an independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that has assumed the consumer protection responsibilities of the various federal banking agencies, established more stringent capital standards for banks and bank holding companies and gives the Federal Reserve Board exclusive authority to regulate savings and loan holding companies.  The Dodd-Frank Act has also resulted in new regulations affecting the lending, funding, trading and investment activities of banks and bank holding companies.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Equitable Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices.  Banks and savings institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings and loan associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.  Bank regulatory agencies also have been responding aggressively to concerns and adverse trends identified in examinations.  Ongoing uncertainty and adverse developments in the financial services industry and in the domestic and international credit markets, and the effect of new legislation and regulatory actions in response to these conditions, may adversely affect our operations by restricting our business activities, including our ability to originate or sell loans, modify loan terms, or foreclose on property securing loans.

 

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will not be known until all of the regulations implementing the statute are adopted and implemented.  As a result, we cannot at this time predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition.  However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our business and operations and will likely result in additional costs and divert management’s time from other business activities, any of which may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

 

Changes in accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Accounting policies are essential to understanding our financial condition and results of operations.  Some of these policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results.  Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements.  These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations.  We could also be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, which may result in our restating our prior period financial statements.

 

In December 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued for public comment its proposal to improve financial reporting about expected credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial institutions and other public and private organizations.  Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15), proposes a new accounting model intended to require more timely recognition of credit losses, while also providing additional transparency about credit risk.  The FASB’s proposed model would utilize a single “expected credit loss” measurement objective for the recognition of credit losses, replacing the multiple existing impairment models in U.S. GAAP, which generally require that a loss be “incurred” before it is recognized.  Under the proposal, management would be required to estimate the cash flows that it does not expect to collect, using all available information, including historical experience and reasonable and supportable forecasts about the future.  It is widely believed that if this new model is ultimately adopted, financial institutions will be required to increase their allowance for loan losses on the statement of financial condition, with the associated addition to the provision for loan losses on the income statement .

 

The need to account for certain assets at estimated fair value may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We report certain assets, such as available-for-sale investment securities, at estimated fair value.  Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value, we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize observable market inputs to estimate fair value.  Because we carry these assets on our books at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses if an impairment in fair value is considered other-than-temporary.

 

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, we face significant operational risks.

 

The financial services market is complex and we rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions.  Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery.  Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits.  This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity.  In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to our reputation.

 

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

 

Information technology systems are critical to our business.  We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits and loans.  We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the effect of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur.  In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services.  Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from security breaches.

 

We rely on certain third party providers for a portion of our information technology systems.  If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected.  Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.

 

Our risk management framework is designed to minimize risk and loss to us.  We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to risk, including strategic, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks.  While we use a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, these techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks.  Recent economic conditions and heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have increased our level of risk.  Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

 

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are available to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.  We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis disclosure, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation.  We also will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the requirement that an independent registered public accounting firm attest to our internal control over financial reporting.  As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.  If we take advantage of any of these exemptions, some investors may find our common stock less attractive, which could hurt our stock price.  In addition, we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are made applicable to private companies.  Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

We may remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities in the stock offering; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (which would generally require us to have at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

Risks Related to the Offering

 

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $8.00 purchase price per share in the offering.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $8.00 purchase price in the offering.  In many cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price.  The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal.  The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock.  The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time.  After the shares begin trading, the trading price of

 

25



Table of Contents

 

our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of New Equitable and the outlook for the financial services industry in general.  Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

 

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

 

We intend to invest between $9.3 million and $12.9 million of the net proceeds of the offering in Equitable Bank.  We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or for other general corporate purposes.  We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

Equitable Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes.  However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds.  Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the OCC or the Federal Reserve Board.  We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds.  Our failure to utilize these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

Our new stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.

 

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans after the conversion, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to participants under the stock-based benefit plan.  The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards actually granted under the plans, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period and other factors which we cannot predict at this time.  In the event we adopt stock-based benefit plans within twelve months following the conversion, the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plans would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares of our common stock sold in the stock offering.  If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under stock-based benefit plans adopted more than twelve months after the completion of the conversion, our costs would increase further.

 

In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts, and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients.  The expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering and for our new stock-based benefit plans has been estimated to be approximately $229,000 ($166,000 after tax) at the maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $8.00 per share purchase price as fair market value.  Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock.  For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

 

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.  Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.

 

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the stock offering.  These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance.  While our intention would be to fund stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would

 

26



Table of Contents

 

experience a 7.4% dilution in ownership interest at the maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock in amounts equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering.  In the event we adopt the plan more than twelve months following the conversion, the plan would not be subject to these limitations and stockholders could experience greater dilution.

 

Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

 

We have not determined when we will adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than twelve months following the completion of the conversion may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within twelve months, which would further increase our costs.

 

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than twelve months following the completion of the conversion, then grants of stock options and shares of common stock under our existing and proposed stock-based benefit plans may exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.  Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.  Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.”  Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans would be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to when such plans would be implemented will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

 

Our return on equity may be low following the stock offering.  This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

 

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of financial institutions.  Our return on equity may be low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering.  Our return on equity will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt.  Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to be low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

 

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

 

Our Board of Directors has no current intention to sell control of New Equitable.  Our articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Maryland law, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we have granted or may grant to employees and directors and stock ownership by our management and directors, and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of New Equitable without the consent of our Board of Directors.  You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquiror could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock.  For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of New Equitable,” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

 

A significant percentage of our common stock will be held or controlled by our directors and executive officers and benefit plans.

 

We expect that our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, will subscribe for 43,550 shares of common stock in the offering.  In addition, we expect that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount of shares equal to 6% of the common stock sold in the offering.  As a result, assuming the offering closes at the minimum of the offering range, upon consummation of the offering and the exchange, we expect that our directors and executive officers will own a total of 204,169 shares (including 401(k) plan shares and

 

27



Table of Contents

 

vested but unexercised stock options), or 9.1% of our outstanding common stock, and our employee stock ownership plan will own a total of 119,435 shares, or 5.3% of our outstanding common stock.  These acquisitions of common stock by management, the Board of Directors and the employee stock ownership plan could result in ownership of insiders of New Equitable and Equitable Bank of approximately 14.5% of our outstanding common stock (assuming the offering closes at the minimum of the offering range).  Management and members of the Board of Directors may acquire additional shares of common stock following the adoption of one or more new stock-based benefit plans that we intend to adopt at least six months following the completion of the conversion and offering.  See “Summary—Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion.”  The ownership by executive officers, directors and our stock benefit plans could result in actions being taken that are not in accordance with other stockholders’ wishes, and could prevent any action requiring a supermajority vote under our articles of incorporation and bylaws (including the amendment of certain protective provisions of our articles and bylaws discussed immediately above).

 

There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of our common stock.

 

Prior to the conversion and offering, transactions in Old Equitable common stock have been quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., but the shares have not been actively traded.   We have applied to list the shares of New Equitable common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market following the conversion and offering.  In order to have our stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.  The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold.  Persons purchasing the common stock may not be able to sell their shares at or above the $8.00 price per share in the offering. Purchasers of our common stock should recognize that there are risks involved in their investment and that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock.

 

You may not revoke your decision to purchase our common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

 

Funds submitted or deposit account withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Extension Date] , or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 1,983,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,275,000 shares.

 

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

 

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors of Equitable Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value.  Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination.  We have received an opinion of counsel, Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

28


 


Table of Contents

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Old Equitable and its subsidiaries for the periods and at the dates indicated.  The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Old Equitable contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.  The information at June 30, 2014 and 2013, and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus.  The information at December 31, 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is unaudited and reflects only normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented.  The results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for all of the fiscal year or for any other period.

 

 

 

At

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Selected Financial Condition Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

197,798

 

$

182,234

 

$

166,729

 

Investment securities available for sale — at fair value

 

658

 

882

 

1,342

 

Investment securities held to maturity — at cost

 

3,438

 

3,642

 

842

 

Loans receivable, net

 

165,203

 

157,509

 

127,049

 

Deposits

 

164,876

 

149,763

 

134,758

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

10,870

 

10,768

 

10,563

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

20,480

 

19,966

 

18,718

 

 

 

 

For the Six Months

 

For the Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Ended December 31

 

Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

3,702

 

$

3,501

 

$

6,910

 

$

6,065

 

Total interest expense

 

563

 

498

 

1,013

 

1,324

 

Net interest income

 

3,139

 

3,003

 

5,897

 

4,741

 

Provision for loan losses

 

147

 

(769

)

(681

)

(97

)

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

2,992

 

3,772

 

6,578

 

4,838

 

Total non-interest income

 

1,165

 

890

 

1,917

 

2,306

 

Total non-interest expense

 

3,519

 

3,531

 

6,926

 

6,521

 

Net income before income taxes

 

638

 

1,131

 

1,569

 

623

 

Income tax expense

 

168

 

409

 

269

 

226

 

Net income

 

$

470

 

$

722

 

$

1,300

 

$

397

 

Income per share — basic

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.13

 

Income per share — diluted

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.13

 

 

29



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or for the Six Months

 

At or for the Fiscal Years

 

 

 

Ended December 31,(1)

 

Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

 

0.50

%

0.86

%

0.75

%

0.23

%

Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

 

4.66

 

7.57

 

6.71

 

2.13

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

10.63

 

11.42

 

11.17

 

11.02

 

Equity to total assets at end of period

 

10.35

 

11.25

 

10.96

 

11.23

 

Interest rate spread(2)

 

3.49

 

3.83

 

3.61

 

3.00

 

Net interest margin(3)

 

3.60

 

3.95

 

3.72

 

3.13

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

118.37

 

118.15

 

118.76

 

115.19

 

Total non-interest expenses to average total assets

 

3.71

 

4.23

 

4.00

 

3.86

 

Efficiency ratio(4)

 

81.76

 

90.70

 

88.64

 

92.54

 

Dividend payout ratio(5)

 

 

 

 

 

Return on common equity (ratio of net income available to common stockholders to average common equity)

 

4.66

 

7.57

 

6.71

 

2.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans

 

0.51

 

0.98

 

0.80

 

3.77

 

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets

 

0.61

 

0.98

 

0.93

 

3.85

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans

 

1.44

 

1.65

 

1.61

 

1.77

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans

 

279.74

 

169.31

 

202.20

 

47.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios (Bank Only):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

11.71

 

12.46

 

11.66

 

12.83

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

10.45

 

11.20

 

10.42

 

11.58

 

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted assets)

 

9.06

 

9.48

 

9.30

 

9.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity to total assets

 

10.35

 

11.25

 

10.96

 

11.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking offices

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

Full-time equivalent employees

 

68

 

67

 

67

 

66

 

 


(1)          Ratios are annualized where appropriate.

(2)          Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost on interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)          Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

(4)          Efficiency ratio represents the ratio of general, administrative and other expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.

(5)          The dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per share divided by net income per share.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEME NTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

·                   Statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

·                   Statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

·                   Statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

·                   Estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

·                   General economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

·                   Competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

·                   Inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

 

·                   Our success in continuing to emphasize agricultural and commercial loans;

 

·                   Changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

·                   Our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

·                   Our ability to successfully integrate acquired branches or entities;

 

·                   Adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

·                   Changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

·                   Changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

·                   Changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;

 

·                   Our ability to retain key employees;

 

·                   Changes in the level of government support for housing finance;

 

·                   Significant increases in our loan losses; and

 

·                   Changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

 

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFF ERING

 

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $9.3 million and $12.9 million, or $15.0 million if the offering range is increased to the adjusted maximum.

 

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

 

 

Based Upon the Sale at $8.00 Per Share of

 

 

 

1,275,000 Shares

 

1,500,000 Shares

 

1,725,000 Shares

 

1,983,750 Shares

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Net
Proceeds

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Net
Proceeds

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Net
Proceeds

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Net
Proceeds

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Offering proceeds

 

$

10,200

 

 

 

$

12,000

 

 

 

$

13,800

 

 

 

$

15,870

 

 

 

Less offering expenses

 

900

 

 

 

900

 

 

 

900

 

 

 

900

 

 

 

Net offering proceeds

 

$

9,300

 

100.0

%

$

11,100

 

100.0

%

$

12,900

 

100.0

%

$

14,970

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution of net proceeds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Equitable Bank

 

$

5,208

 

56.0

%

$

5,550

 

50.0

%

$

6,450

 

50.0

%

$

7,485

 

50.0

%

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

 

612

 

6.6

%

720

 

6.5

%

828

 

6.4

%

952

 

6.4

%

Retained by New Equitable

 

$

4,596

 

49.4

%

$

4,830

 

43.5

%

$

5,622

 

43.6

%

$

6,533

 

43.6

%

 


(1)          In the event the stock-based benefit plan providing for stock awards and stock options is approved by stockholders, and assuming shares are purchased for the stock awards at $8.00 per share, an additional $408,000, $480,000, $552,000 and $635,000 of net proceeds will be used by New Equitable to fund these purchases.  In this case, the net proceeds retained by New Equitable would be $3.6 million, $4.4 million, $5.1 million and $5.9 million, respectively, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Equitable Bank’s deposits.  The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates.  For example, our expenses would increase if fewer shares were sold in the subscription and community offerings and we sold a portion of the offering through a syndicated offering.

 

New Equitable may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

·                   To invest in securities;

 

·                   To pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

·                   To repurchase shares of our common stock;

 

·                   To finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial services companies, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction; and

 

·                   For other general corporate purposes.

 

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion.  Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

·                   To fund new loans;

 

·                   To enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;

 

·                   To expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;

 

·                   To invest in securities; and

 

·                   For other general corporate purposes.

 

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.  We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above.  The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions.  The use of the proceeds may also change depending on our ability to receive regulatory approval to establish new branches or acquire other financial institutions.

 

We expect our return on equity to be low until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering.  Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, we expect our return on equity to be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock.  See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.”

 

OUR DIVIDEND POLIC Y

 

Following this offering, New Equitable’s Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on shares of its common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.  However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends.  We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends or that, if paid, we will not reduce or eliminate dividends in the future.  Any determination to pay dividends on our common stock will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant.

 

New Equitable, similar to Old Equitable, is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s policy that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the company appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  In addition, New Equitable is subject to Maryland law, which generally permits a corporation to pay dividends on its common stock unless, after giving effect to the dividend, the corporation would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of its business or the total assets of the corporation would be less than its total liabilities.   Further, New Equitable will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by New Equitable in connection with the conversion.

 

New Equitable’s ability to pay dividends may depend, in part, on its receipt of dividends from Equitable Bank.  The OCC and Federal Reserve Board regulations limit dividends and other distributions from Equitable Bank to us.  No insured depository institution may make a capital distribution if, after making the distribution, the institution would be undercapitalized or if the proposed distribution raises safety and soundness concerns.  Further, Equitable Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock to New Equitable, its sole stockholder, if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion.  In addition, any payment of dividends by Equitable Bank to New Equitable that would be deemed to be drawn out of Equitable Bank’s bad debt reserves would require the payment of federal income taxes by Equitable Bank at the then current income tax rate on the amount deemed distributed. See “Federal and State

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Taxation—Federal Income Taxation. ”  New Equitable does not contemplate any distribution by Equitable Bank that would result in this type of tax liability.

 

Under OCC regulations, an application to and the prior approval of the OCC is required prior to any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for “expedited treatment” of applications under applicable regulations (i.e., generally examination ratings in the top two categories), the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OCC.  If an application is not required, an institution must still provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve Board of the distribution if it is a subsidiary of a holding company. In such circumstances, notice must also be provided to the OCC.

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

Old Equitable’s common stock is not currently listed on a national securities exchange.  Trades in the common stock are quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “EQFC.”  Upon completion of the conversion and offering, the shares of common stock of New Equitable will replace the existing shares of Old Equitable common stock, and we have applied to list the shares of New Equitable common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “EQFC.” In order to have our stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold.  Persons purchasing the common stock may not be able to sell their shares at or above the $8.00 price per share in the offering. Purchasers of our common stock should recognize that there are risks involved in their investment and that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock.

 

The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for Old Equitable’s common stock for each quarter during the last two fiscal years and during the current fiscal year, as obtained from the OTC Bulletin Board and the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., and the dividends paid during those periods.

 

 

 

Price Per Share

 

Dividends

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Paid

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third quarter (through March 11, 2015)

 

$

6.00

 

$

5.60

 

$

0.00

 

Second quarter

 

$

5.69

 

$

5.47

 

$

0.00

 

First quarter

 

$

5.90

 

$

4.90

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.00

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

7.00

 

$

4.25

 

$

0.00

 

Third quarter

 

$

4.25

 

$

4.10

 

$

0.00

 

Second quarter

 

$

4.70

 

$

4.00

 

$

0.00

 

First quarter

 

$

4.40

 

$

3.95

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2013

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.00

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

4.50

 

$

3.11

 

$

0.00

 

Third quarter

 

$

3.25

 

$

2.50

 

$

0.00

 

Second quarter

 

$

2.95

 

$

2.30

 

$

0.00

 

First quarter

 

$

2.85

 

$

2.32

 

$

0.00

 

 

On [           , 2015] , the latest practicable date before the printing of this document, and on March 3, 2015, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, the closing prices of Old Equitable’s common stock were [$           ] per share and $5.80 per share, respectively.  At December 31, 2014, Old Equitable had approximately 159 stockholders of record, not including those who hold shares in “street name.”  On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Old Equitable common stock, including shares held

 

34



Table of Contents

 

by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of New Equitable common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” The above table reflects actual prices and has not been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

 

At December 31, 2014, Equitable Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.”  The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Equitable Bank at December 31, 2014, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Equitable Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $8.00 per share.  The table assumes the receipt by Equitable Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

 

 

Equitable Bank
Historical at

 

Pro Forma at December 31, 2014, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of(1)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

1,275,000 Shares

 

1,500,000 Shares

 

1,725,000 Shares

 

1,983,750 Shares

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Assets(2)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

$

19,284

 

9.77

%

$

23,472

 

11.59

%

$

23,634

 

11.65

%

$

24,354

 

11.95

%

$

25,182

 

12.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital

 

$

17,737

 

9.06

%

$

21,925

 

10.91

%

$

22,087

 

10.97

%

$

22,807

 

11.28

%

$

23,635

 

11.63

%

Leverage requirement

 

9,791

 

5.00

 

10,051

 

5.00

 

10,068

 

5.00

 

10,113

 

5.00

 

10,165

 

5.00

 

Excess

 

$

7,946

 

4.06

%

$

11,874

 

5.91

%

$

12,019

 

5.97

%

$

12,694

 

6.28

%

$

13,470

 

6.63

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital(3)

 

$

17,737

 

10.45

%

$

21,925

 

12.84

%

$

22,087

 

12.93

%

$

22,807

 

13.34

%

$

23,635

 

13.81

%

Risk-based requirement

 

13,572

 

8.00

 

13,665

 

8.00

 

13,661

 

8.00

 

13,675

 

8.00

 

13,692

 

8.00

 

Excess

 

$

4,165

 

2.45

%

$

8,270

 

4.84

%

$

8,426

 

4.93

%

$

9,132

 

5.34

%

$

9,943

 

5.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital(3)

 

$

19,861

 

11.71

%

$

24,049

 

14.09

%

$

24,211

 

14.18

%

$

24,931

 

14.58

%

$

25,759

 

15.05

%

Risk-based requirement

 

16,965

 

10.00

 

17,069

 

10.00

 

17,076

 

10.00

 

17,094

 

10.00

 

17,115

 

10.00

 

Excess

 

$

2,896

 

1.71

%

$

6,980

 

4.09

%

$

7,135

 

4.18

%

$

7,837

 

4.58

%

$

8,644

 

5.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital

 

$

17,737

 

9.06

%

$

21,925

 

10.91

%

$

22,087

 

10.97

%

$

22,807

 

11.28

%

$

23,635

 

11.63

%

Common equity requirement

 

12,728

 

6.50

 

13,067

 

6.50

 

13,089

 

6.50

 

13,147

 

6.50

 

13,215

 

6.50

 

Excess

 

$

5,009

 

2.56

%

$

8,858

 

4.41

%

$

8,998

 

4.47

%

$

9,660

 

4.78

%

$

10,420

 

5.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into Equitable Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,208

 

 

 

$

5,550

 

 

 

$

6,450

 

 

 

$

7,485

 

 

 

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

 

 

 

 

 

(408

)

 

 

(480

)

 

 

(552

)

 

 

(635

)

 

 

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

 

 

 

 

 

(612

)

 

 

(720

)

 

 

(828

)

 

 

(952

)

 

 

Pro forma increase

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,188

 

 

 

$

4,350

 

 

 

$

5,070

 

 

 

$

5,898

 

 

 

 


(1)              Effective January 1, 2015, the Prompt Corrective Action Well Capitalized Thresholds are 5%, 8% and 10% for the Tier 1 leverage capital requirement, Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement and total risk-based capital requirement, respectively.  Additionally, effective January 1, 2015, a new capital standard, common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, has been implemented with a 6.5% well capitalized threshold.  At December 31, 2014, assuming the completion of the conversion and offering, Equitable Bank would have been classified as “well capitalized” under each of the Prompt Corrective Action requirements described in this footnote, which also includes the required conservation buffer of 2.5%.

(2)              Equity and Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets.  Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

(3)              Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

CAPITALIZATI ON

 

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Old Equitable at December 31, 2014 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of New Equitable after giving effect to the conversion and offering based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma at December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Old Equitable

 

Based Upon the Sale in the Offering at

 

 

 

Historical at

 

$8.00 per Share of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

1,275,000

 

1,500,000

 

1,725,000

 

1,983,750

 

 

 

2014

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits(1)

 

$

154,876

 

$

154,876

 

$

154,876

 

$

154,876

 

$

154,876

 

Borrowed funds

 

12,229

 

12,229

 

12,229

 

12,229

 

12,229

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

 

$

167,105

 

$

167,105

 

$

167,105

 

$

167,105

 

$

167,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected(2)(3)

 

$

33

 

$

22

 

$

26

 

$

30

 

$

35

 

Additional paid-in capital(2)

 

13,121

 

21,453

 

23,249

 

25,045

 

27,110

 

MHC capital contribution

 

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

Retained earnings(4)

 

9,735

 

9,735

 

9,735

 

9,735

 

9,735

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(3

)

(3

)

(3

)

(3

)

(3

)

Treasury stock

 

(979

)

 

 

 

 

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”)(5)

 

(899

)

(1,511

)

(1,619

)

(1,727

)

(1,851

)

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan(6)

 

(528

)

(936

)

(1,008

)

(1,080

)

(1,163

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

20,480

 

$

28,794

 

$

30,414

 

$

32,034

 

$

33,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares offered for sale

 

 

1,275,000

 

1,500,000

 

1,725,000

 

1,983,750

 

Exchange shares issued

 

 

959,956

 

1,129,360

 

1,298,764

 

1,493,569

 

Total shares outstanding

 

3,183,004

 

2,234,956

 

2,629,360

 

3,023,764

 

3,477,329

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets(1)

 

10.35

%

13.97

%

14.64

%

15.30

%

16.05

%

Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets

 

10.35

%

13.97

%

14.64

%

15.30

%

16.05

%

 


(1)          Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.

(2)          Old Equitable currently has 1,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 14,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.  On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of New Equitable common stock to be outstanding.

(3)          No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of New Equitable common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans.  If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of New Equitable common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans.

(4)          The retained earnings of Equitable Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion.  See  “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Limitation on Capital Distributions.”

(5)          Assumes that 6% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from New Equitable.  The loan will be repaid principally from Equitable Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan.  Since New Equitable will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on New Equitable’s consolidated financial statements.  Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock

 

37



Table of Contents

 

acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.

(6)          Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. The funds to be used by such plans to purchase the shares will be provided by New Equitable.  The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $8.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation.  This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering.  New Equitable will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to such stock-based benefit plans and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of such plans will require stockholder approval.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

PRO FORMA DA TA

 

The following tables summarize historical data of Old Equitable and pro forma data of New Equitable at and for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and at and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

 

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

(i)                                      All shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

(ii)                                   Our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with a loan from New Equitable.  The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, calculated as of the date of the origination of the loan) over a period of 20 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by Equitable Bank;

 

(iii)                                We will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. fees (including reimbursable expenses) equal to $325,000; and

 

(iv)                               Total expenses of the offering, other than the fees and expenses to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will be $575,000.

 

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 1.65% (1.05% on an after-tax basis).  These figures represent the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of December 31, 2014, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by federal regulations.

 

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

·                   The yield on the U.S Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

·                   We believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

 

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For purposes of pro forma earnings per share calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.  We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans.  Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering.  We assume that awards of common stock granted under such plans vest over a five-year period.

 

We have also assumed that options will be granted under stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.  In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $8.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years.   We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $2.23 for

 

39



Table of Contents

 

each option.  In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 14.56% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0.00%, an expected option term of 10 years and a risk-free rate of return of 2.17%.

 

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

 

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering,” we intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Equitable Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

 

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

·                   Withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

·                   Our results of operations after the stock offering; or

 

·                   Changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

 

The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations.  Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities.  The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated.  Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation accounts to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Equitable Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve.  See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights.”

 

40



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Base Upon the Sale at $8.00 per Share of

 

 

 

1,275,000

 

1,500,000

 

1,725,000

 

1,983,750

 

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

 

$

10,200

 

$

12,000

 

$

13,800

 

$

15,870

 

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

 

7,680

 

9,035

 

10,390

 

11,949

 

Pro forma market capitalization

 

$

17,880

 

$

21,035

 

$

24,190

 

$

27,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

 

$

10,200

 

$

12,000

 

$

13,800

 

$

15,870

 

Expenses

 

900

 

900

 

900

 

900

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

9,300

 

11,100

 

12,900

 

14,970

 

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

 

(612

)

(720

)

(828

)

(952

)

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans

 

(408

)

(480

)

(552

)

(635

)

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

 

$

8,280

 

$

9,900

 

$

11,520

 

$

13,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

470

 

$

470

 

$

470

 

$

470

 

Income on adjusted net proceeds

 

43

 

52

 

60

 

70

 

Income on MHC asset contribution

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(10

)

(11

)

(13

)

(15

)

Stock awards(2)

 

(26

)

(31

)

(35

)

(40

)

Stock options(3)

 

(26

)

(30

)

(35

)

(40

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

452

 

$

450

 

$

447

 

$

445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.13

 

Income on adjusted net proceeds

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

Income on MHC asset contribution

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

 

 

 

 

Stock awards(2)

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

Stock options(3)

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

Pro forma earnings per share(4)

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

 

19.05

x

22.22

x

26.67

x

30.77

x

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

 

2,160,368

 

2,541,610

 

2,922,851

 

3,361,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

20,480

 

$

20,480

 

$

20,480

 

$

20,480

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

9,300

 

11,100

 

12,900

 

14,970

 

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(612

)

(720

)

(828

)

(952

)

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans(2)

 

(408

)

(480

)

(552

)

(635

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

 

$

28,794

 

$

30,414

 

$

32,034

 

$

33,897

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity(5)

 

$

28,794

 

$

30,414

 

$

32,034

 

$

33,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

9.15

 

$

7.79

 

$

6.77

 

$

5.88

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

4.16

 

4.22

 

4.26

 

4.31

 

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

 

0.02

 

0.01

 

0.01

 

0.01

 

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(0.27

)

(0.27

)

(0.27

)

(0.27

)

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans(2)

 

(0.18

)

(0.18

)

(0.18

)

(0.18

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share(5)(6)

 

$

12.88

 

$

11.57

 

$

10.59

 

$

9.75

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share(5)(6)

 

$

12.88

 

$

11.57

 

$

10.59

 

$

9.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

 

62.11

%

69.14

%

75.54

%

82.05

%

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

 

62.11

%

69.14

%

75.54

%

82.05

%

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

 

2,234,956

 

2,629,360

 

3,023,764

 

3,477,329

 

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

41



Table of Contents

 


(1)          Assumes that 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.  For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from New Equitable, and the outstanding loan with respect to existing shares of Old Equitable held by the employee stock ownership plan will be refinanced and consolidated with the new loan from New Equitable.  Equitable Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt.  Equitable Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest.  Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718-40, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees.  The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Equitable Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 36.5%.  The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.  No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 1,912, 2,250, 2,587 and 2,976 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.

(2)          Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering.  Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.  The shares may be acquired directly from New Equitable or through open market purchases.  Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years.  The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by New Equitable.  The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $8.00  per share, (ii) 5% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the six months ended December 31, 2014, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 36.5%.  Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.2%.

(3)          Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering.  Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.  In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $8.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.23 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 36.5%.  The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share.  There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $8.00 price per share.  If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.4%.

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

42



Table of Contents

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(4)          Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old Equitable common stock that will be exchanged for shares of New Equitable common stock in the conversion.  See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Common Stockholders.”  Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the year.  See note 1.  The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.  Pro forma net income per share has been annualized to calculate the offering price to pro forma net earnings per share.

(5)          The retained earnings of Equitable Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion.  See “Our Dividend Policy,”  “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Limitation on Capital Distributions.”

(6)          Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old Equitable common stock that will be exchanged for shares of New Equitable common stock in the conversion.  Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.  The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 0.7010, 0.8247, 0.9484 and 1.0907 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.  The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

Base Upon the Sale at $8.00 per Share of

 

 

 

1,275,000

 

1,500,000

 

1,725,000

 

1,983,750

 

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

 

$

10,200

 

$

12,000

 

$

13,800

 

$

15,870

 

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

 

7,680

 

9,035

 

10,390

 

11,949

 

Pro forma market capitalization

 

$

17,880

 

$

21,035

 

$

24,190

 

$

27,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

 

$

10,200

 

$

12,000

 

$

13,800

 

$

15,870

 

Expenses

 

900

 

900

 

900

 

900

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

9,300

 

11,100

 

12,900

 

14,970

 

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

 

(612

)

(720

)

(828

)

(952

)

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans

 

(408

)

(480

)

(552

)

(635

)

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

 

$

8,280

 

$

9,900

 

$

11,520

 

$

13,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

1,300

 

$

1,300

 

$

1,300

 

$

1,300

 

Income on adjusted net proceeds

 

87

 

104

 

121

 

140

 

Income on MHC asset contribution

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(19

)

(23

)

(26

)

(30

)

Stock awards(2)

 

(52

)

(61

)

(70

)

(81

)

Stock options(3)

 

(52

)

(61

)

(70

)

(80

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

1,264

 

$

1,259

 

$

1,255

 

$

1,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

0.59

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.38

 

Income on adjusted net proceeds

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

Income on MHC asset contribution

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

Stock awards(2)

 

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

Stock options(3)

 

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

Pro forma earnings per share(4)

 

$

0.58

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

 

13.79

x

16.00

x

18.60

x

21.62

x

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

 

2,162,281

 

2,543,860

 

2,925,439

 

3,364,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

19,966

 

$

19,966

 

$

19,966

 

$

19,966

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

9,300

 

11,100

 

12,900

 

14,970

 

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(612

)

(720

)

(828

)

(952

)

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans(2)

 

(408

)

(480

)

(552

)

(635

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

 

$

28,280

 

$

29,900

 

$

31,520

 

$

33,383

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity(5)

 

$

28,280

 

$

29,900

 

$

31,520

 

$

33,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

8.92

 

$

7.59

 

$

6.59

 

$

5.73

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

4.16

 

4.22

 

4.27

 

4.31

 

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

 

0.02

 

0.01

 

0.01

 

0.01

 

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan(1)

 

(0.27

)

(0.27

)

(0.27

)

(0.27

)

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans(2)

 

(0.18

)

(0.18

)

(0.18

)

(0.18

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share(5)(6)

 

$

12.65

 

$

11.37

 

$

10.42

 

$

9.60

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share(5)(6)

 

$

12.65

 

$

11.37

 

$

10.42

 

$

9.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

 

63.24

%

70.36

%

76.78

%

83.33

%

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

 

63.24

%

70.36

%

76.78

%

83.33

%

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

 

2,234,956

 

2,629,360

 

3,023,764

 

3,477,329

 

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

44



Table of Contents

 


(1)          Assumes that 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.  For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from New Equitable, and the outstanding loan with respect to existing shares of Old Equitable held by the employee stock ownership plan will be refinanced and consolidated with the new loan from New Equitable.  Equitable Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Equitable Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest.  ASC 718-40 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees.  The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Equitable Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 36.5%.  The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.  No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan.  The pro forma net income further assumes that 3,825, 4,500, 5,175 and 5,951 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.

(2)          Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering.  Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.  The shares may be acquired directly from New Equitable or through open market purchases.  Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years.  The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by New Equitable.  The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $8.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 36.5%.  Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.2%.

(3)          Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering.  Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.  In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $8.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.23 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 36.5%.  The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share.  There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $8.00 price per share.  If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 5.4%.

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

45



Table of Contents

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(4)          Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old Equitable common stock that will be exchanged for shares of New Equitable common stock in the conversion.  See “The Conversion and Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Common Stockholders.”  Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the year.  See note 1.  The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

(5)          The retained earnings of Equitable Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion.  See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Limitation on Capital Distributions.”

(6)          Per share figures include publicly held shares of Old Equitable common stock that will be exchanged for shares of New Equitable common stock in the conversion.  Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.  The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 0.7010, 0.8247, 0.9484 and 1.0907 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.  The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations.  The information in this section has been derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.  You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Old Equitable and the financial statements provided in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a Nebraska-based community bank headquartered in Grand Island, Nebraska, with full-service branch offices in Grand Island, Omaha and North Platte, Nebraska.  For most of our history as a community bank, which dates back to 1882, we have operated as a traditional thrift institution, focusing on the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  In the past 10 years, however, we have expanded our lending focus and now offer a wide range of loans to commercial businesses, agricultural borrowers and consumers — in addition to our traditional residential loan products.  We also invest in securities, primarily U.S. government agency securities, municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities.  In addition, we offer insurance and investment products and services from locations in Grand Island, Omaha and North Platte.

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.  Our results of operations also are affected by our provisions for loan losses, non-interest income and non-interest expense.  Non-interest income currently consists primarily of service fees, rental income, gain on sales of loans and other income.  Non-interest expense currently consists primarily of expenses related to compensation and employee benefits, occupancy, data processing, advertising and promotion, professional and regulatory, federal deposit insurance premiums, net loss on other real estate owned ,write-downs, sales and other operating expenses.  Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our business strategy is to operate and grow a well-capitalized, profitable, community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service.  Highlights of our business strategy are as follows:

 

·                   Continuing to grow and diversify our loan portfolio in our existing market areas.  We have been successful in growing and diversifying our loan portfolio over the past 10 years.  At December 31, 2004, we had total loans of $123.1 million, with $88.7 million, or 72.1%, consisting of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  At December 31, 2014, we had total loans of $167.0 million, with $36.6 million, or 21.9%, consisting of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  At December 31, 2014, $65.9 million, or 39.5%, of our portfolio consisted of commercial operating or real estate loans, and $45.2 million, or 27.1%, of our portfolio consisted of agricultural operating or real estate loans.  Our strategy is to continue to focus on maintaining this type of diversified loan mix, which we believe will provide us with expanded lending opportunities in our existing market areas.

 

·                   Applying disciplined underwriting practices to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio.   We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success.  We have sought to grow and diversify our loan portfolio, while maintaining a high level of asset quality with moderate credit risk.  We seek to accomplish this by applying underwriting standards that we believe are conservative and by pursuing diligent monitoring and collection efforts.  As we have increased the amount of commercial and agricultural loans in our portfolio in recent years, we have sought to manage the larger loan exposures though our conservative approach to lending.  At December 31, 2014, our nonperforming loans (loans which are 90 or more days delinquent and loans which are less than 90 days delinquent but classified as nonaccrual) were less than 1.0% of our total loan portfolio.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

·                   Continuing to grow our core deposits.  Over the past five years, we have been successful in growing our deposit base overall and in increasing the share of our deposit base that consists of core deposits.  From December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2014, our total deposits increased from $135.7 million to $164.9 million.  During the same period, our core deposits as a percentage of total deposits increased from 79.6% to 88.2%.  We believe core deposits have favorable cost and interest rate change resistance.  In addition, we believe core deposits allow us greater opportunity to connect with our customers and offer them other financial services and products.  Our strategy is to continue to focus on growing our deposit base as a source of funding for our loans and to continue our efforts to maintain core deposits as a high percentage of total deposits.

 

·                   Growing our business by expanding our branch network.   As opportunities arise and conditions permit, we will consider opportunities to expand our branch network through whole-bank or branch acquisitions, de novo branching or both.  We operate in a consolidating banking market in the State of Nebraska, with the total number of Nebraska-based banks and savings institutions decreasing from 270 in 2003 to 208 in 2013, according to the FDIC.  In the same period, the average size of Nebraska-based banks and savings institutions has increased from $169.1 million in total assets to $311.4 million in total assets, according to the FDIC.  Although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding specific acquisitions or de novo branching opportunities, our strategy is to grow our business within our consolidating market environment.

 

·                   Remaining a community-oriented institution.   We were established in 1882 and have been operating continuously since that time.  We have been, and we continue to be, committed to understanding and meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate.  Further, we strive to be a good corporate citizen within those communities.  In 2005, we established and funded the Equitable Bank Charitable Foundation as a private charitable foundation based in Grand Island.  Each year since 2005, our foundation has made grants and donations to non-profit organizations, community groups and community projects located within our market areas.  We believe that our community orientation is attractive to customers and distinguishes us from some of our larger competitors.

 

·                   Providing quality customer service.   We emphasize quality customer service.  We strive to meet the financial needs of our customer base by offering a full complement of loan and deposit products and by providing individualized customer service.  As part of this strategy, we seek to offer our customers a competitive package of on-line and mobile banking services. We believe we have a competitive advantage over some of our larger competitors based on our familiarity with our customers’ needs and our ability to make decisions, such as approving loans, more quickly through local decision-makers.  Our customers enjoy, and will continue to enjoy, access to senior officers at Equitable Bank and the flexibility it brings to their businesses.

 

In the future, if our business strategy leads to continued growth in our commercial loan portfolio, we may consider converting Equitable Bank’s charter from that of a savings association to that of a commercial bank.  Doing so could allow us to avoid operating restrictions and penalties that can be applied to savings associations which fail to satisfy the “qualified thrift lender” test.  See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Qualified Thrift Lender Test” for additional information on these restrictions and penalties.

 

Anticipated Increase in Noninterest Expense

 

Following the completion of the conversion, our noninterest expense is expected to increase because of the increased costs associated with operating as a public company, and the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.  For further information, see “ “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.” In addition, after the conversion, we expect that we will add additional accounting staff, which will increase our compensation costs.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  By their nature, changes in these assumptions and estimates could significantly affect our financial position or results of operations.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) was signed into law.  The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies.  As an “emerging growth company” we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies.  We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.  Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

Discussed below are selected critical accounting policies that are of particular significance to us:

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a quarterly basis.  When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.  An allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered necessary to provide for loan losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio.  In determining the allowance for loan losses, we consider the losses inherent in the loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of the loan activities, along with the local economic and real estate market conditions.  We utilize a two-tier approach: (1) establishment of specific reserves for impaired loans, and (2) establishment of a general valuation allowance for the remainder of the loan portfolio.  We maintain a loan review system which allows for a periodic review of the loan portfolio and the early identification of impaired loans.  One- to four-family residential real estate loans and consumer installment loans are considered to be homogeneous and, therefore, are not separately evaluated for impairment unless they are considered troubled debt restructurings.  A loan is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring when, to maximize the recovery of the loan we modify the borrower’s existing loan terms and conditions in response to financial difficulties experienced by the borrower.

 

In establishing specific reserves for impaired loans, we take into consideration, among other things, payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.   Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  A loan is deemed to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  All loans identified as impaired are evaluated individually.  We do not aggregate such loans for evaluation purposes.  Loan impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  Payments received on impaired loans are generally applied first to principal and then to interest.

 

The general valuation allowance is based upon a combination of factors including, but not limited to, actual loan loss rates, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and management’s judgment.  Regardless of the extent of the analysis of customer performance, portfolio evaluations, trends or risk management processes established, certain inherent, but undetected losses are probable within the loan portfolio.  This is due to several factors including inherent delays in obtaining information regarding a customer’s financial condition or changes in their financial condition, the judgmental nature of individual loan evaluations, collateral assessments and the interpretation of economic trends, and the sensitivity of assumptions utilized to establish allocated allowances

 

49



Table of Contents

 

for homogeneous groups of loans among other factors.  These other risk factors are continually reviewed and revised by management using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.

 

Although we believe that we use the best information available to recognize losses on loans and establish the allowance for loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on estimates that are susceptible to change as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors.  In addition, the OCC, as an integral part of its examination process, periodically reviews the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses.  That agency may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on its judgments about information available to it at the time of its examination.

 

Foreclosed Assets.   Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis.  If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense.  Holding costs after acquisition are expensed.

 

Deferred Income Taxes.  We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  If currently available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities.  These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income.  The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets are inherently subjective and are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.  A valuation allowance that results in additional income tax expense in the period in which it is recognized would negatively affect earnings.  Management believes, based upon current facts, that it is more likely than not that there will be sufficient taxable income in future years to realize the deferred tax assets.

 

Fair Value Measurements.  We use our best judgment in estimating fair value measurements of Equitable Bank’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique.  We utilize various assumptions and valuation techniques to determine fair value, including, but not limited to cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, quoted market prices, and appraisals.  The fair value estimates are not necessarily indicative of the actual amounts that could have been realized in a sale transaction on the dates indicated.  The estimated fair value amounts have not been re-evaluated or updated subsequent to the respective reporting dates.  As such, the estimated fair values subsequent to the respective dates may be different than the amounts reported.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014

 

Assets.  Total assets at December 31, 2014 were $197.8 million, an increase of $15.6 million, or 8.6%, from $182.2 million at June 30, 2014.   The increase was primarily due to increases in federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits and net loans, partially offset by decreases in time deposits with financial institutions, securities and foreclosed assets.  Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits increased $9.4 million, or 391.7%, to $11.8 million at December 31, 2014 from $2.4 million at June 30, 2014.  We increased our liquidity levels in anticipation of extinguishing our FHLB advances maturing in the first and second quarters of 2015.  Liquidity was increased through a promotional program we ran in the fourth quarter of 2014 to increase our deposit levels and the redeployment of funds from time deposits we hold in other financial institutions. The redeployment of funds in the time deposits in other financial institutions accounted for the $750,000, or 57.7%, decrease in its balance to $500,000 at December 31, 2014 from $1.3 million at June 30, 2014.  Net loans increased $7.7 million, or 4.9%, to $165.2 million at December 31, 2014 from $157.5 million at June 30, 2014.  The increase in net loans was due to increased loan originations during the six months ended December 31, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013, primarily attributable to improved economic conditions throughout our market areas.  Securities decreased $429,000, or 9.5%, to $4.1 million at December 31, 2014 from $4.5 million at June 30, 2014.  The decrease was primarily attributable to contractual repayments.  Foreclosed assets decreased $63,000, or 15.3%, to $351,000 at December 31, 2014 from $413,000 at June 30, 2014.  The decrease was the result of our continued efforts to dispose

 

50



Table of Contents

 

of foreclosed property in a timely fashion to limit both the expense and loss exposure resulting from holding these assets.

 

Non-performing Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses.  We had non-performing assets of $1.2 million, or 0.6% of total assets, at December 31, 2014, and $1.7 million, or 0.9% of total assets as of June 30, 2014.   The decrease in non-performing assets primarily resulted from the charge-off of a commercial operating loan in the amount of $356,000.   The allowance for loan losses totaled $2.4 million at December 31, 2014 and $2.6 million at June 30, 2014.   This represents a ratio of the allowance for loan losses to gross loans receivable of 1.4% at December 31, 2014 and 1.6% at June 30, 2014.  The allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was 279.7% at December 31, 2014 and 202.2% at June 30, 2014.  The decrease in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to gross loans receivable was primarily due to reduction in non-performing loans and overall improvement in the portfolio.  The increase in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was primarily due to the charge-off of the large non-performing loan and improvement in the portfolio.

 

Deposits.  Total deposits increased $15.1 million, or 10.1%, to $164.9 million at December 31, 2014 from $149.8 million at June 30, 2014.   The increase in deposits occurred as a result of increases in all deposit accounts. Demand accounts increased $3.9 million to $24.5 million at December 31, 2014 from $20.6 million at June 30, 2014.  NOW accounts increased $3.2 million to $37.7 million at December 31, 2014 from $34.5 million at June 30, 2014.  Money market accounts increased $713,000 to $40.7 million at December 31, 2014 from $40.0 million at June 30, 2014.  Savings accounts increased $1.0 million to $12.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $11.6 million at June 30, 2014.  Certificates of deposit increased $6.2 million to $49.4 million at December 31, 2014 from $43.2 million at June 30, 2014.  We attribute these changes in deposits to more aggressive marketing through a promotional program involving interest rates and continued development of commercial accounts related to our effort to provide full-service banking to our commercial loan customers.  Commercial deposit accounts carry larger average balances than retail deposit accounts.

 

Borrowings.  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings increased $102,000, or 0.9%, to $10.9 million at December 31, 2014 from $10.8 million at June 30, 2014.   The increase was due to a reduction in the amount of the prepayment penalty fee associated with the borrowings.  This fee reduces the book value of the liability on our balance sheet.  The principal amount borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka was unchanged from June 30, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

 

Stockholders’ Equity.  Total stockholders’ equity increased $514,000, or 2.6%, to $20.5 million at December 31, 2014 from $20.0 million at June 30, 2014.   The increase in stockholders’ equity resulted primarily from net income of $470,000 during the first six months of fiscal 2015.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

 

Assets.  Total assets as of June 30, 2014 were $182.2 million, an increase of $15.5 million, or 9.3%, from $166.7 million at June 30, 2013.   The increase was primarily due to increases in cash, securities and net loans, partially offset by decreases in federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and foreclosed assets.  Cash increased $1.5 million, or 38.5%, to $5.4 million at June 30, 2014 from $3.9 million at June 30, 2013.  The increase was due to fluctuation in deposit balances at month end and core deposit growth.  Securities increased $2.3 million, or 104.5%, to $4.5 million at June 30, 2014 from $2.2 million at June 30, 2013.  The increase was attributable primarily to the purchase of a single local taxable municipal bond.  This bond was initially evaluated and approved by us as a loan but was later converted by the customer to a bond structure, resulting in the classification of the credit as a security on our balance sheet.  Net loans increased $30.5 million, or 24.0%, to $157.5 million at June 30, 2014 from $127.0 million at June 30, 2013.  The increase was due to increased loan origination during the fiscal year, primarily attributable to improved economic conditions in our market areas and growth in commercial loans originated by our Omaha branch.  Federal funds sold decreased $13.3 million, or 84.7%, to $2.4 million at June 30, 2014 from $15.7 million at June 30, 2013. Time deposits at other financial institutions decreased $2.0 million, or 60.6%, to $1.3 million at June 30, 2014 from $3.3 million at June 30, 2013.  The decreases in federal funds sold and time deposits both resulted from the redeployment of funds to the larger volume of securities and loans.  Federal Home Loan Bank stock decreased $2.0 million, or 76.9%, to $550,000 at June 30, 2014 from $2.6 million at June 30, 2013.  The decrease was due to lower Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings and a required

 

51



Table of Contents

 

stock buyback.  Foreclosed assets, net, decreased $1.2 million, or 74.2%, to $413,000 at June 30, 2014 from $1.6 million at June 30, 2013.  The decrease was due to the sale of a retail strip mall.

 

Non-performing Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses.  We had non-performing assets of $1.7 million, or 0.9% of total assets as of June 30, 2014, and $6.4 million, or 3.8% of total assets as of June 30, 2013.   The decrease in non-performing assets resulted from the sale of a retail strip mall held in OREO assets, the payoff of a land development loan and improvement in a relationship ship with a borrower in the business of one- to four-family rental houses.   The allowance for loan losses totaled $2.6 million at June 30, 2014 and $2.3 million at June 30, 2013.   This represents a ratio of the allowance for loan losses to gross loans receivable of 1.6% at June 30, 2014 and 1.8% at June 30, 2013.  The allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was 202.2% at June 30, 2014 and 47.2% at June 30, 2013.  The decrease in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to gross loans receivable was primarily due to reduction in non-performing loans and overall improvement in the portfolio, and the increase in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was primarily due to the payoff of the large non-performing loan and improvement in portfolio.

 

Deposits.  Total deposits increased $15.0 million, or 11.1%, to $149.8 million at June 30, 2014 from $134.8 million at June 30, 2013.   The increase in deposits occurred as a result of increases in balances of checking, NOW, money market and savings accounts, offset by a small decrease in certificates of deposit.   Demand accounts increased $2.0 million to $20.6 million at June 30, 2014 from $18.6 million at June 30, 2013.  NOW accounts increased $6.0 million to $34.5 million at June 30, 2014 from $28.5 million at June 30, 2013.  Money market accounts increased $5.7 million to $40.0 million at June 30, 2014 from $34.3 million at June 30, 2013.  Savings accounts increased $2.4 million to $11.6 million at June 30, 2014 from $9.2 million at June 30, 2013.  Certificates of deposit decreased $1.0 million to $43.2 million at June 30, 2014 from $44.2 million at June 30, 2013.  We attribute these changes in deposits to more aggressive marketing and continued development of commercial accounts related to our effort to provide full-service banking to our commercial loan customers.  Commercial deposit accounts carry larger average balances than retail deposit accounts.

 

Borrowings.  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings increased $205,000, or 1.9%, to $10.8 million at June 30, 2014 from $10.6 million at June 30, 2013.   The increase was due to a reduction in the amount of the prepayment penalty fee associated with the borrowings.  This fee reduces the book value of the liability on our balance sheet.  The principal amount borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka was unchanged from June 30, 2013 to June 30, 2014.

 

Stockholders’ Equity.  Total stockholders’ equity increased $1.3 million to $20.0 million at June 30, 2014 from $18.7 million at June 30, 2013.   The increase in stockholders’ equity resulted primarily from our $1.3 million in net income during fiscal 2014.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Average Balance Sheets

 

The following tables present for the periods indicated the total dollar amount of interest income on average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, as well as yields and costs at December 31, 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  No tax equivalent adjustments were made.  All average balances are monthly average balances.  Non-accruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

 

 

 

At

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

For the Six Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 

31, 2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Yield/
  Cost

 

Average
  Outstanding
  Balance

 

Interest
  Earned/
  Paid

 

Yield/
  Cost(4)

 

Average
  Outstanding
  Balance

 

Interest
  Earned/
  Paid

 

Yield/
  Cost(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

 

0.25

%

$

7,291

 

$

12

 

0.33

%

$

9,056

 

$

27

 

0.60

%

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

1,067

 

1

 

0.19

 

Securities

 

4.25

 

4,287

 

87

 

4.06

 

2,718

 

33

 

2.43

 

Loans receivable

 

4.59

 

162,241

 

3,591

 

4.43

 

137,386

 

3,429

 

4.99

 

FHLB common stock

 

4.44

 

551

 

12

 

4.36

 

2,000

 

11

 

1.10

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

4.29

 

174,369

 

3,702

 

4.25

 

152,227

 

3,501

 

4.60

 

Total noninterest-earning assets

 

 

 

15,480

 

 

 

 

 

14,804

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

$

189,849

 

 

 

 

 

$

167,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings accounts

 

0.24

 

$

12,372

 

$

16

 

0.26

 

$

9,953

 

$

12

 

0.24

 

NOW accounts

 

0.35

 

36,043

 

65

 

0.36

 

29,502

 

49

 

0.33

 

Money market accounts

 

0.60

 

40,580

 

117

 

0.58

 

35,550

 

92

 

0.52

 

Certificates of deposit

 

1.05

 

46,671

 

243

 

1.04

 

42,089

 

219

 

1.04

 

Total deposits

 

0.66

 

135,666

 

441

 

0.65

 

117,094

 

372

 

0.64

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

346

 

1

 

0.58

 

1,122

 

5

 

0.89

 

FHLB advances

 

0.35

 

11,297

 

121

 

2.14

 

10,623

 

121

 

2.28

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.64

 

147,309

 

563

 

0.76

 

128,839

 

498

 

0.77

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits-checking accounts

 

 

 

20,245

 

 

 

 

 

17,230

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

2,109

 

 

 

 

 

1,886

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

169,663

 

 

 

 

 

147,955

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

20,186

 

 

 

 

 

19,076

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

$

189,849

 

 

 

 

 

$

167,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,139

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,003

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.49

%

 

 

 

 

3.83

%

Net interest-earning assets(2)

 

 

 

$

27,060

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,388

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.60

%

 

 

 

 

3.95

%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118.37

%

 

 

 

 

118.15

%

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

53



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Average
  Outstanding
  Balance

 

Interest
  Earned/
  Paid

 

Yield/
  Cost(4)

 

Average
  Outstanding
  Balance

 

Interest
  Earned/
  Paid

 

Yield/
  Cost(4)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

 

$

9,484

 

$

43

 

0.45

%

$

17,228

 

$

62

 

0.36

%

Federal funds sold

 

533

 

1

 

0.19

 

6,142

 

7

 

0.12

 

Securities

 

3,711

 

128

 

3.45

 

2,888

 

70

 

2.43

 

Loans receivable

 

143,157

 

6,717

 

4.69

 

122,198

 

5,881

 

4.81

 

FHLB common stock

 

1,543

 

21

 

1.36

 

3,075

 

45

 

1.48

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

158,428

 

6,910

 

4.36

 

151,530

 

6,065

 

4.00

 

Total noninterest-earning assets

 

14,950

 

 

 

 

 

17,503

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

173,378

 

 

 

 

 

$

169,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings accounts

 

$

10,866

 

27

 

0.25

 

$

9,449

 

$

25

 

0.26

 

NOW accounts

 

32,219

 

114

 

0.35

 

26,091

 

89

 

0.34

 

Money market accounts

 

36,621

 

190

 

0.52

 

34,015

 

222

 

0.65

 

Certificates of deposit

 

42,427

 

435

 

1.03

 

46,319

 

594

 

1.28

 

Total deposits

 

122,133

 

766

 

0.63

 

115,874

 

931

 

0.80

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

597

 

6

 

1.01

 

705

 

8

 

1.07

 

FHLB advances

 

10,674

 

241

 

2.26

 

14,969

 

386

 

2.58

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

133,404

 

1,013

 

0.75

 

131,548

 

1,324

 

1.00

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits-checking accounts

 

18,350

 

 

 

 

 

15,812

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

2,259

 

 

 

 

 

3,038

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

154,013

 

 

 

 

 

150,399

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

19,365

 

 

 

 

 

18,635

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

173,378

 

 

 

 

 

$

169,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

5,897

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,740

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread(1)

 

 

 

 

 

3.61

%

 

 

 

 

3.00

%

Net interest-earning assets(2)

 

$

25,024

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,982

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin(3)

 

 

 

 

 

3.72

%

 

 

 

 

3.13

%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

118.76

%

 

 

 

 

115.19

%

 


(1)         Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)         Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)         Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

(4)         Annualized.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  It distinguishes between the changes related to outstanding balances and those due to the changes in interest rates.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and (ii) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
December 31, 2014 vs, 2013

 

Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2014 vs, 2013

 

 

 

Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

 

Total
Increase

 

Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

 

Total
Increase

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

(Decrease)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

 

$

(5

)

$

(10

)

$

(15

)

$

(32

)

$

13

 

$

(19

)

Securities

 

25

 

28

 

53

 

23

 

35

 

58

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

(6

)

Loans receivable

 

607

 

(445

)

162

 

987

 

(150

)

837

 

FHLB common stock

 

(12

)

13

 

1

 

(21

)

(3

)

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

615

 

(414

)

201

 

951

 

(105

)

846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings accounts

 

3

 

1

 

4

 

3

 

(1

)

2

 

NOW accounts

 

11

 

5

 

16

 

22

 

3

 

25

 

Money market accounts

 

14

 

12

 

26

 

16

 

(48

)

(32

)

Certificates of deposit

 

24

 

 

24

 

(48

)

(111

)

(159

)

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

(3

)

(2

)

(5

)

(2

)

 

(2

)

FHLB advances

 

7

 

(7

)

 

(101

)

(44

)

(145

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

56

 

9

 

65

 

(110

)

(201

)

(311

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

 

$

559

 

$

(423

)

$

136

 

$

1,061

 

$

96

 

$

1,157

 

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

General.   Net income for the six months ended December 31, 2014 was $470,000.  This represented a decrease of $252,000, or 34.9%, from net income of $722,000 for the same period in 2013.

 

Interest Income.   Total interest income increased $201,000, or 5.7%, to $3.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $3.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.   The increase in interest income was primarily due to increases in interest income on loans and securities during the period.

 

Interest income from loans increased $163,000, or 4.8%, to $3.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $3.4 million for the same period in 2013.   The increase in interest income from loans was due primarily to $22.6 million in net loan growth.  Average loan balances were $162.2 million and $137.4 million during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The increase in our average loan balance was primarily due to increased loan demand, primarily attributable to improved economic conditions in our market areas and growth in commercial loans originated by our Omaha branch.  The average yield on loans decreased 56 basis points to 4.43% during the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 4.99% for the comparable period in 2013 due to a continued low interest rate environment.

 

Interest income from securities increased by $41,000, or 64.1%, to $105,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to $64,000 for the same six month period ended December 31, 2013.   The increase was due to increases in the average balances of securities and the average yield of securities, both of which resulted from the purchase of a single local taxable municipal bond.   Average securities balances were $4.3 million during

 

55



Table of Contents

 

the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to average securities balances of $2.7 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013.   The average yield on securities increased to 4.06% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 2.43% for the same period in 2013.

 

Other interest income decreased $3,000, or 33.3%, to $6,000 from $9,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased $65,000, or 13.1%, to $563,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $498,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to increased interest expense on deposit accounts.  Interest expense on deposits increased $69,000, or 18.5%, to $441,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from $372,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  The increase in our cost of deposits reflected the increase in average interest-bearing deposits over the comparable periods in 2014 and 2013.  Average interest-bearing deposits increased to $135.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $117.1 million for the same period in 2013.   Our average cost of deposits increased two basis points to 0.65% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 0.64% for the six months ended December 31, 2013.   Interest expense on borrowings increased $1,000, or 0.8%, to $122,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $121,000 for the same period in 2013.

 

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $136,000, or 4.5%, to $3.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $3.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.   Average interest-earning assets were $174.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and $152.2 million for the same period in 2013, while the average yield was 4.25% and 4.60% for the respective periods.   Our net interest rate spread decreased 34 basis points to 3.49% in the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 3.83% in the six months ended December 31, 2013, while our net interest margin decreased 35 basis points to 3.60% from to 3.95% for the same periods in 2014 and 2013, respectively.   The ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities increased 20 basis points to 118.4% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from 118.2% for the six months ended December 31, 2013.   The decreases in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin reflected the interest rate environment we are currently experiencing.

 

Provision for Loan Losses.   We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations, at a level management believes is appropriate to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio.   In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers historical loss experience, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions.   This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change.   Based on our evaluation of these factors, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $147,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and a $769,000 negative provision for loan losses for the six months ended December 31, 2013. The negative provision for loan losses for the six months ended December 31, 2013 was a result of recoveries received on loans previously charged off.   The allowance for loan losses was $2.4 million, or 1.4% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 compared to $2.6 million, or 1.6% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2014.   The non-performing assets to total assets ratio at December 31, 2014 was 0.6% as compared to 1.1% at December 31, 2013.   The level of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates.

 

Management assesses the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and makes provisions for loan losses as necessary in order to maintain the adequacy of the allowance.  While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future loan loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions.   In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.   The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2014 was maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of inherent losses in the loan portfolio, such losses were both probable and reasonably estimable.

 

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income increased $275,000, or 30.9%, to $1.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, from $890,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013.   The increase in non-interest income for the six months ended December 31, 2014 from the same period in 2013 was primarily

 

56



Table of Contents

 

attributable to a $189,000 increase to $416,000 in gains on the sale of loans from $227,000 for the period ended December 31, 2013; an increase of $62,000  in loan fees generated on loans originated for sale for the six month period ended December 31, 2014 to $128,000 from $66,000 for the period ended December 31, 2013 and an increase of $17,000 in brokerage income to $273,000 from $256,000 for the comparable periods in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increases in the gains on the sale of loans and other loan fees during the period was the result of higher volumes loans originated for sale during the six month period ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The higher loan volume was attributable to lower mortgage interest rates. The increase in brokerage fee income was attributed to the improving economy in the areas serviced by the Bank.  Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $3,000 and other non-interest income increased between the periods, by $9,000.

 

Non-Interest Expense.   Non-interest expense remained unchanged at $3.5 million for both six months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Salaries and employee benefits increased $215,000 to $2.2 million for the six month period ended December 31, 2014 compared to $1.9 million for the six month period ended December 31, 2013.  This increase was primarily due to the hiring of additional staff in Omaha and Grand Island earlier in the year, as well as customary raises and increased benefits costs for existing personnel and bonuses tied to bank performance.   These increases were offset by total reductions of $220,000 in expenses for professional fees and other third-party vendors.  These reductions resulted primarily from a one-time rebate from a vendor.

 

Income Tax Expense.   For the six months ended December 31, 2014, income tax expense was $168,000 compared to $409,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease in income tax expense was due to the decrease in income before tax between the comparable six month periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

 

General.   We achieved net income of $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  This represented an increase of $903,000, or 227.5%, over the $397,000 in net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

Interest Income.   Total interest income increased to $6.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, up $846,000, or 13.9%, from $6.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The increase in our interest income was primarily due to increased loan volume.

 

Interest income from loans increased by $837,000, or 14.2%, to $6.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $5.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The increase in interest income from loans was due to $30.5 million in loan growth.  Average loan balances were $143.2 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to average loan balances of $122.2 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  The increase in our average loan balance was primarily due to increased loan demand, primarily attributable to improved economic conditions in our market areas and growth in commercial loans originated by our Omaha branch.  The average yield on loans decreased to 4.69% during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from 4.81% during 2013 due to a continued low interest rate environment.

 

Interest income from securities increased by $26,000, or 17.4%, to $175,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $149,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The increase was due to increases in the average balances of securities and the average yield of securities, both of which resulted from the purchase of a single local taxable municipal bond.   Average securities balances were $3.7 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to average securities balances of $2.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The average yield on securities increased to 3.45% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from 2.43% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

Other interest income decreased $17,000, or 48.6%, to $18,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $35,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The decreases resulted from decreases in the average balances of our interest-earning deposits, Federal Funds Sold and FHLB Stock.   Average balances of interest-earning deposits decreased to $9.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $17.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, while the average yield increased to 0.45% from 0.36%.  The decrease in the average

 

57



Table of Contents

 

balance of interest-earning deposits was caused primarily by increases in our loans and securities.  The average balance of Federal Funds sold decreased $5.6 million from June 30, 2013.  The average balance of FHLB Stock decreased to $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $3.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

Interest Expense.   Interest expense decreased by $311,000, or 23.5%, to $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, due to lower interest expense on deposits and borrowings.   Interest expense on deposits decreased by $165,000, or 17.7%, to $766,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $931,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The decrease in our cost of deposits reflected the change in mixture of our deposits and a low interest rate environment.   Average interest-bearing deposits increased to $122.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $115.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   Our average cost of deposits decreased to 0.63% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from 0.80% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   Interest expense on borrowings decreased $145,000, or 37.6%, to $241,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $386,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  The average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings decreased to $10.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $15.0 million the previous year.  Other interest expense decreased $2,000, or 25.0%, to $6,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $8,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

Net Interest Income.   Net interest income increased by $1.2 million, or 25.5%, to $5.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $4.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   Average interest-earning assets were $158.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 and $151.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, while the average yield was 4.36% and 4.00% for the respective periods.   Our net interest rate spread increased 61 basis points to 3.61% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from 3.00% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, while our net interest margin increased 59 basis points to 3.72% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from to 3.13% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 118.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from 115.2% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The increase in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin reflected the increase in loan volume along with the decreased cost of deposits and borrowings.

 

Provision for Loan Losses.   We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations, at a level management believes is appropriate to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio.   In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers historical loss experience, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions.   This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change.   Based on our evaluation of these factors, we recorded a negative provision of $681,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 and $97,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  The negative provision for loan losses for the year ended June 30, 2014 increased as compared to the prior year as a result of recoveries received on loans previously charged off.   The allowance for loan losses was $2.6 million, or 1.6% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2014 compared to $2.3 million, or 1.8% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2013.   The non-performing assets to total assets ratio at June 30, 2014 was 0.9% as compared to 3.8% at June 30, 2013.   The level of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates.

 

Management assesses the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and makes provisions for loan losses as necessary in order to maintain the adequacy of the allowance.   While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future loan loss provisions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions.   In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.   The allowance for loan losses as of June 30, 2014 was maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of inherent losses in the loan portfolio, and such losses were both probable and reasonably estimable.

 

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income decreased $389,000, or 16.9%, to $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 from $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The decrease was primarily attributable to a $430,000 decrease in gains on the sale of loans, partially offset by a $32,000 increase in brokerage income.  Gains on the sale of loans decreased to $537,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $967,000

 

58



Table of Contents

 

for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  Brokerage fee income increased to $538,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, from $506,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  Service charges on deposit accounts and other non-interest income also decreased marginally between the periods, by $8,000 and $3,000 respectively, while other loan fees increased by $19,000.

 

Non-Interest Expense.   Non-interest expense increased $405,000, or 6.2%, to $6.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $6.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.   The increase was primarily attributable to increases in salaries and employee benefits and other non-interest expenses, partially offset by decreases in regulatory fees and deposit insurance premiums, occupancy and equipment costs and data processing fees.  Salaries and employee benefits increased $293,000 to $3.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $3.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  This increase was primarily due to the hiring of additional staff in Omaha and Grand Island, as well as customary raises and increased benefits costs for existing personnel and bonuses tied to bank performance.   Other non-interest expenses increased $219,000 to $586,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $367,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  This increase was primarily due to expenses and valuation provisions on foreclosed assets.  Regulatory fees and deposit insurance premiums decreased $68,000 to $179,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $247,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.    Occupancy and equipment costs  and data processing fees decreased $41,000 and $67,000, respectively.  Other changes between the periods included a $13,000 increase in directors’ fees, a $13,000 increase in advertising expense, a $11,000 increase in insurance and bond premiums, a $19,000 increase in professional fees and a $13,000 increase in supplies, telephone and postage expense.

 

Income Tax Expense.   For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, we reported income tax expense of $269,000 compared to $226,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  The increase in income tax expense was due to the increase in income before tax between the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  Our effective tax rate was 17.1% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 and 36.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  The decrease in our effective tax rate was attributable to one-time tax adjustments made in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  See note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for the reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate.

 

Management of Interest Rate Risk

 

General.   Our earnings and the market value of our assets and liabilities are subject to fluctuations caused by changes in the level of interest rates.  We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment.  Deposit accounts typically react more quickly to changes in market interest rates than mortgage loans because of the shorter maturities of deposits.  As a result, sharp increases in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings while decreases in interest rates may beneficially affect our earnings.  To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread.  Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes originating balloon loans or loans with adjustable interest rates and core deposit products.

 

We have an Asset/Liability Management Committee to coordinate all aspects involving asset/liability management.  The committee establishes and monitors the volume, maturities, pricing and mix of assets and funding sources with the objective of managing assets and funding sources to provide results that are consistent with liquidity, growth, risk limits and profitability goals.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Economic Value of Equity Analysis.   We analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through an economic value of equity model provided by an outside consulting firm.  This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the present value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates.  The following table presents the changes in the economic value of equity of Equitable Bank at December 31, 2014 that would occur in the event of the scenarios referenced in the table, with no effect given to any steps that we might take to counteract that change.

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”)
 (Dollars in thousands)

 

EVE as % of
 Economic Value of Assets

 

Basis Point (“bp”)
Change in Interest Rates(1) 

 

Estimated
 EVE

 

$ Change

 

% Change

 

EVE Ratio

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

400 bp

 

$

22,697

 

$

3,179

 

16.3

%

12.43

%

245 bp

 

300

 

21,431

 

1,913

 

9.8

 

11.51

 

154

 

200

 

20,431

 

913

 

4.7

 

10.79

 

81

 

100

 

20,089

 

571

 

2.9

 

10.42

 

44

 

0

 

19,518

 

 

 

9.98

 

 

-100

 

18,728

 

(790

)

(4.0

)

9.44

 

(54

)

-200

 

15,800

 

(3,718

)

(19.0

)

7.88

 

(211

)

-300

 

10,698

 

(8,820

)

(45.2

)

5.29

 

(470

)

 


(1)          Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.

 

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement.  Modeling changes in the economic value of equity requires making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in interest rates, and certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgage loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset.  Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.  Furthermore, although the table above provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income.  Finally, the above table does not take into account the changes in the credit risk of our assets which can occur in connection with changes in interest rates.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We maintain liquid assets at levels we consider adequate to meet our liquidity needs.  Liquid assets, which include cash and cash equivalents, interest-earning time deposits with other financial institutions and securities available for sale, totaled $17.8 million, or 9.0% of total assets at December 31, 2014, as compared to $9.9 million, or 5.4% of total assets, at June 30, 2014 and $24.2 million, or 14.5% of total assets, at June 30, 2013.   We adjust our liquidity levels to fund deposit outflows, pay real estate taxes on mortgage loans, repay our borrowings and to fund loan commitments.  We also adjust liquidity as appropriate to meet asset and liability management objectives.

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are deposits, amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investment securities and other short-term investments, and earnings and funds provided from operations.  While scheduled principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition.  We set the interest rates on our deposits to maintain a desired level of total deposits.  In addition, we invest excess funds in short-term interest-earning investments and other assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements.  Short-term interest-earning deposits with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka, Midwest Independent Bank and Bankers Bank of the West amounted to $15.1 million at December 31, 2014, $6.3 million at June 30, 2014, and $16.3 million at June 30, 2013.

 

A significant portion of our liquidity consists of securities classified as available-for-sale and cash and cash equivalents, which are a product of our operating, investing and financing activities.  Our primary sources of cash

 

60



Table of Contents

 

are net income, principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and increases in deposit accounts, along with advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management.  If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka which provides an additional source of funds.  At December 31, 2014, we had $10.9 million in advances outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.  Of this amount, $7.9 million is due within one year and $3.0 million is due between one and two years.

 

Our cash flows are comprised of three classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities.  Net cash provided by operating activities was $867,000 and $656,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013 was $1.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively.  Net cash used by investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations and the purchase of securities, offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from the sales, calls, and maturities of securities and proceeds from the pay downs on mortgage-backed securities, were $7.1 million and $13.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  During the six months ended December 31, 2014, no securities were purchase or sold.  During the six months ended December 31, 2013, we purchased $3.2 million in securities held as held-to-maturity.  Net cash used by investing activities for the years ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013 was $27.6 million and $4.7 million.  During the year ended June 30, 2014, we purchased $3.2 million in securities held as held-to-maturity, and during the year ended June 30, 2013, we purchased $1.1 million in securities held as available-for-sale.  Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting primarily of deposit account activity, was $15.1 million and $5.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  Net cash provided by financial activities was $14.0 million and $601,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively.  For additional information about cash flows from our operating, financing, and investing activities, see “Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows” included in the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

 

At December 31, 2014, we had outstanding commitments of $2.5 million to originate loans.  This amount does not include the unfunded portion of loans in process.  At December 31, 2014, certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in less than one year totaled $28.9 million.  Based on prior experience, management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.  In addition, the cost of such deposits may be significantly higher upon renewal in a rising interest rate environment.

 

At December 31, 2014, we exceeded all our regulatory capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital level of $17.7  million, or 9.1% of adjusted total assets, which is above our individual minimum capital required level of $7.8  million, or 4.0%; and total risk-based capital of $19.9 million, or 11.7% of risk-weighted assets, which is above our individual minimum capital required level of $13.6 million, or 8.0%.  At June 30, 2014, we exceeded all our regulatory capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital level of $16.7 million, or 9.3% of adjusted total assets, which is above our individual minimum capital required level of $7.2 million, or 4.0%; and total risk-based capital of $18.7 million, or 11.7% of risk-weighted assets, which is above our individual minimum capital required level of $12.9 million, or 8.0%.  Accordingly, Equitable Bank was classified as well-capitalized at December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014.  Management is not aware of any conditions or events since the most recent notification that would change our classification.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements.  In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles are not recorded in our financial statements.  These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk.  Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit.  For information about our loan commitments, letters of credit and unused lines of credit, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

For the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, we did not engage in any off-balance-sheet transactions other than loan origination commitments, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit in the normal course of our lending activities.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

For information with respect to recent accounting pronouncements that are applicable to Old Equitable, please see note 1 of the notes to Old Equitable’s consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-9.

 

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and related consolidated financial data presented herein regarding Old Equitable have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which generally require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in relative purchasing power over time due to inflation.  Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of Old Equitable’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature.  As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on Old Equitable’s performance than does the effect of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services, because such prices are affected by inflation to a larger extent than interest rates.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS OF NEW EQUITABLE

 

New Equitable is a Maryland corporation that was organized in February 2015.  Upon completion of the conversion, New Equitable will become the holding company of Equitable Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Old Equitable.  Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC will cease to exist as a result of the conversion.

 

Initially following the completion of the conversion, New Equitable will have approximately $200,000  in cash and securities held by Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC as of December 31, 2014, plus the net proceeds it retains from the offering.   A portion of the net proceeds from the offering will be used to make a loan to the Equitable Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.  New Equitable will have no significant liabilities.  New Equitable intends to use the support staff and offices of Equitable Bank and will pay Equitable Bank for these services.  If New Equitable expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

 

New Equitable intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.”  In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations.  There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS OF OLD EQUITABLE AND EQUITABLE BANK

 

Old Equitable

 

Old Equitable is a federally chartered corporation organized in November 2005 that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Equitable Bank.  At December 31, 2014, Old Equitable had consolidated assets of $197.8 million, deposits of $164.9 million and stockholders’ equity of $20.5 million.

 

Equitable Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Old Equitable in November 2005 when Equitable Bank reorganized from a federally chartered mutual savings bank into the two-tiered mutual holding company structure.  At December 31, 3014, Old Equitable had 3,183,004 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 1,369,374 shares, or 43.0%, were owned by the public and will be exchanged for shares of common stock of New Equitable as part of the conversion.  The remaining 1,813,630 shares of common stock of Old Equitable are held by Equitable Financial MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company.  The shares of common stock being offered by New Equitable represent Equitable Financial MHC’s ownership interest in Old Equitable.  Upon completion of the conversion and offering, Equitable Financial MHC’s shares will be cancelled and Old Equitable will no longer exist.

 

Old Equitable’s executive office is located at 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska, and the telephone number at that address is (308) 382-3136.  Its internet address is www.equitableonline.com. Information on our website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

 

Equitable Bank

 

Equitable Bank is a Nebraska-based community bank that traces its roots to 1882, when Grand Island Building and Loan Association was chartered by the State of Nebraska as a mutual building and loan association.  This building and loan association was converted to a federally chartered savings association in 1992.  At that time, it adopted the name of “The Equitable Building and Loan Association of Grand Island, Nebraska, A Federal Savings Bank.”  We adopted our present name in 2005, when our mutual holding company reorganization was completed.  We operate our business through our main office in Grand Island, Nebraska, three full-service branches in Grand Island, North Platte and Omaha, Nebraska and one additional limited service branch in Grand Island.  We believe our locations are strategically positioned within the State of Nebraska along the Interstate 80 corridor, from the eastern-most point of that corridor in Omaha, through Nebraska’s fourth largest city in Grand Island, and to the largest city in the western part of that corridor in North Platte.

 

We are engaged primarily in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using those funds to originate commercial loans, agricultural loans and one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  To a lesser extent, we also originate home equity loans, construction and land loans and consumer loans.  We invest a portion of our assets in securities issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies, U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and state and municipal governments.  We also invest in mortgage-backed securities primarily issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises.  Our principal sources of funds are deposits and principal and interest payments on loans and investments, as well as borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.  Our principal source of income is from interest income received on loans and investment securities.  Our principal expenses are interest paid on deposits and borrowings, employee compensation and benefits, data processing and facilities.

 

We also provide retail brokerage services in Grand Island and North Platte, under the name “Equitable Wealth Management.”   In the most recently completed fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, we had brokerage fee income of $538,000.  At December 31, 2014, our brokerage business had approximately $142.6 million in assets under management.

 

Equitable Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the OCC and by the FDIC and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Bank’s main office is located at 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska and the telephone number at that address is (308) 382-3136.  Its internet address is www.equitableonline.com. Information on our website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

 

Market Area

 

We are headquartered in Grand Island, Nebraska in Hall County.  In addition to our main office, we also operate an additional full service facility and two drive-through facilities in Grand Island, Nebraska.  We also provide retail brokerage services in Grand Island and North Platte, Nebraska under the company name of Equitable Wealth Management.   In the beginning of 2005, our Board of Directors made the strategic decision to expand into other select markets in Nebraska.  As a result, we now operate one full service location, which includes Equitable Wealth Management, in North Platte, and one full service location in Omaha.  All of these cities are connected by Interstate 80, which runs across central Nebraska.  The region in which our current offices are located was once dominated by agriculture, but now consists of a diverse blend of industries, urban centers and significant corporate investment.

 

Historically, we have considered Grand Island and the surrounding communities in Hall County as our primary market area.  With the fourth largest population in Nebraska, Grand Island is a regional population and employment center for central Nebraska.  Grand Island has a diverse employment base and serves as a center for agriculture, manufacturing, healthcare, tourism, retail and other related industries.  The surrounding communities in Hall County are primarily rural and have an agriculture-based economy.

 

Omaha is the leading urban market in Nebraska, located in eastern Nebraska.  Omaha, which is Nebraska’s largest city, is a leader in the central United States in the insurance, telecommunications and transportation industries.  North Platte, located in central-western Nebraska, has an economy primarily based on agriculture and the transportation industry.

 

Competition

 

We face significant competition for the attraction of deposits and origination of loans.  Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the several financial institutions operating in our market areas and, to a lesser extent, from other financial service companies such as brokerage firms, credit unions and insurance companies.  We also face competition for investors’ funds from money market funds, mutual funds and other corporate and government securities.  At June 30, 2014, which is the most recent date for which data is available from the FDIC, we held approximately 5.2% of the deposits in Hall County, which was the fifth largest market share out of the fourteen financial institutions with offices in Hall County.  In addition, banks owned by large bank holding companies also operate in our market areas.  These institutions are significantly larger than us and, therefore, have significantly greater resources.

 

Our competition for loans comes primarily from financial institutions in our market areas, and, to a lesser extent, from other financial service providers such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers.  Competition for loans also comes from non-depository financial service companies in the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies.

 

We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry.  Technological advances, for example, have lowered the barriers to market entry, allowed banks and other lenders to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks.  Changes in federal law permit affiliation among banks, securities firms and insurance companies, which promotes a competitive environment in the financial services industry. Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our future growth.

 

Lending Activities

 

General.   Our principal lending activity is to originate commercial operating loans, commercial real estate loans, agricultural operating loans, agricultural real estate loans and one- to four-family residential real estate

 

65



Table of Contents

 

loans.  To a lesser extent, we also originate home equity loans, construction and land loans and consumer loans.   As a long-standing community lender, we believe that our knowledge of our communities allows us to compete effectively in commercial, agricultural and residential lending by emphasizing superior customer service and local underwriting, which we believe differentiates us from larger commercial banks in our market areas.

 

Loan Portfolio Composition.   The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

14,612

 

8.7

%

$

18,138

 

11.4

%

$

16,968

 

13.1

%

Real estate

 

51,266

 

30.7

 

45,289

 

28.4

 

32,482

 

25.2

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

25,719

 

15.4

 

24,884

 

15.6

 

18,420

 

14.3

 

Real estate

 

19,494

 

11.7

 

19,677

 

12.3

 

15,418

 

12.0

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family(1)

 

36,615

 

21.9

 

34,021

 

21.3

 

33,514

 

26.0

 

Home equity

 

9,536

 

5.7

 

9,669

 

6.1

 

6,667

 

5.2

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

6,484

 

3.9

 

5,044

 

3.2

 

2,437

 

1.9

 

Consumer

 

3,317

 

2.0

 

2,796

 

1.7

 

2,944

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

167,043

 

100.0

%

159,518

 

100.0

%

128,850

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs, net

 

563

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

491

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(2,403

)

 

 

(2,574

)

 

 

(2,293

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

$

165,203

 

 

 

$

157,509

 

 

 

$

127,049

 

 

 

 


(1)          At December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, included $15.3 million, $13.0 million and $12.1 million, respectively, of loans collateralized by non-owner occupied properties.

 

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields.   The following tables set forth certain information regarding the dollar amounts maturing and the interest rate sensitivity of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2014.  Mortgages which have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the contract is due.  Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.  The schedule does not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due on sale clauses.

 

 

 

Commercial —
Operating

 

Commercial —
Real Estate

 

Agricultural —
Operating

 

Agricultural —
Real Estate

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 year or less

 

$

5,727

 

5.53

%

$

4,057

 

4.72

%

$

22,211

 

4.41

%

$

2,333

 

4.57

%

Greater than 1 to 3 years

 

5,333

 

4.80

 

10,003

 

4.92

 

1,418

 

4.85

 

3,668

 

4.41

 

Greater than 3 to 5 years

 

4,726

 

4.64

 

14,944

 

4.27

 

871

 

5.00

 

3,834

 

4.16

 

Greater than 5 to 10 years

 

1,476

 

5.14

 

11,571

 

4.43

 

384

 

4.60

 

8,834

 

4.93

 

Greater than 10 to 20 years

 

876

 

4.00

 

4,676

 

4.37

 

 

 

1,008

 

4.26

 

More than 20 years

 

 

 

38

 

5.50

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

18,138

 

4.98

 

$

45,289

 

4.50

 

$

24,884

 

4.46

 

$

19,677

 

4.61

 

 

66



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Residential Real
Estate — One- to
Four-Family

 

Residential Real
Estate — Home Equity

 

Other — Construction
and Land

 

Other — Consumer

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 year or less

 

$

2,155

 

5.51

%

$

2,902

 

4.93

%

$

3,789

 

4.49

%

$

200

 

5.01

%

Greater than 1 to 3 years

 

4,642

 

5.15

 

3,095

 

5.03

 

54

 

5.41

 

1,517

 

6.29

 

Greater than 3 to 5 years

 

7,396

 

4.61

 

2,869

 

4.37

 

60

 

5.59

 

1,000

 

5.55

 

Greater than 5 to 10 years

 

6,386

 

4.99

 

357

 

5.50

 

1,141

 

4.50

 

79

 

5.46

 

Greater than 10 to 20 years

 

7,952

 

4.48

 

218

 

5.11

 

 

 

 

 

More than 20 years

 

5,490

 

4.84

 

228

 

4.50

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

34,021

 

4.82

 

$

9,669

 

4.81

 

$

5,044

 

4.52

 

$

2,796

 

5.91

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 year or less

 

$

43,374

 

4.61

%

Greater than 1 to 3 years

 

29,730

 

4.93

 

Greater than 3 to 5 years

 

35,700

 

4.44

 

Greater than 5 to 10 years

 

30,228

 

4.75

 

Greater than 10 to 20 years

 

14,730

 

4.41

 

More than 20 years

 

5,756

 

4.83

 

Total

 

$

159,518

 

4.65

 

 

Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loan Schedule. The following table sets forth at June 30, 2014, the dollar amount of all fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans with a maturity date after June 30, 2015.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014 and
Due After June 30, 2015

 

 

 

Fixed

 

Adjustable

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

11,025

 

$

2,646

 

$

13,671

 

Real estate

 

29,717

 

11,819

 

41,536

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

2,298

 

457

 

2,755

 

Real estate

 

10,359

 

7,082

 

17,441

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

20,350

 

11,731

 

32,081

 

Home equity

 

3,406

 

3,602

 

7,008

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

1,395

 

 

1,395

 

Consumer

 

2,458

 

25

 

2,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

81,008

 

$

37,362

 

$

118,370

 

 

Commercial — Operating Loans.  At December 31, 2014, approximately $14.6 million, or 8.7% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial operating loans, including commercial lines of credit and term loans.  Our commercial lines of credit are generally used by our customers to finance short-term working capital needs, like accounts receivable and inventory.  Our commercial lines of credit generally are priced on an adjustable-rate basis and may be secured or unsecured.  We generally obtain personal guarantees with all commercial lines of credit.  Business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, furniture and fixtures may be used to secure lines of credit.  Our lines of credit typically have a maximum term of 12 months.   Our commercial term loans are generally used by our customers to fund longer-term borrowing needs, such as purchasing equipment, property improvements or other fixed assets.  We typically fix the maturity of a term loan to correspond to 80% of the useful life of any equipment purchased or 7 years, whichever is less.  Term loans can be secured with a variety of collateral, including business assets such as equipment, furniture, fixtures or real estate.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2014, our largest lending relationship for commercial operating loans involved total loan balances of $1.6  million and was secured by commercial vehicles, equipment and other business assets.  At December 31, 2014, the borrower in this relationship was performing in accordance with the required repayment terms.

 

Borrowers of commercial operating loans are required to supply current financial statements and tax returns.  Additionally, some borrowers are required to produce cash flow projections which are updated on an annual basis. In addition, on larger loans, the loan officer responsible for the loan and/or our in-house evaluator will perform an annual site visit, obtain financial statements and perform a financial review of the loan.

 

Unlike one- to four-family residential real estate loans, which we generally originate on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, we typically originate commercial operating loans on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business or rental income produced by the property.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial operating loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business or rental property itself and the general economic environment.  Therefore, commercial operating loans that we originate generally have greater credit risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate or, generally, consumer loans.  In addition, commercial loans often result in larger outstanding balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers, and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.

 

Commercial — Real Estate Loans.  At December 31, 2014, approximately $51.3 million, or 30.7% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans.   Our commercial real estate loans are secured primarily by office buildings, retail buildings, owner-occupied offices, apartment buildings and developed lots.  At December 31, 2014, our commercial real estate loans had an average loan balance of approximately $266,000.  At December 31, 2014, our largest lending relationship for commercial real estate loans involved total loan balances of $2.6 million and was secured by an industrial building.  At December 31, 2014, the borrower in this relationship was performing in accordance with the required repayment terms.

 

We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans to our customers.  At the present time, a large number of our customers are selecting a five-year fixed-rate loan product with a balloon payment due after five years.  As a result, at December 31, 2014, 70.9% of our commercial real estate loans had fixed interest rates.  The rates on our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans are generally tied to a variety of indices including the prime interest rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.  A portion of our commercial real estate represent permanent financing for borrowers who have completed real estate construction for which we previously provided construction financing.

 

In underwriting commercial real estate loans, we generally lend up to 70% of the property’s appraised value.   We base our decisions to lend on the economic viability of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower.  In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 1.25 times), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor and property expenses we deem appropriate.   Personal guarantees are obtained from commercial real estate borrowers.  We require title insurance insuring the priority of our lien, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property.

 

Commercial real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  Commercial real estate loans, however, entail additional credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential real estate loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate project, and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.

 

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate loans.  We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including credit history, profitability and expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan.  When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we

 

68



Table of Contents

 

consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions.  In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service).  All commercial real estate loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers approved by the Board of Directors or by internal evaluations, where permitted by regulation.  Personal guarantees generally are obtained from the principals of commercial real estate loans.

 

Agricultural — Operating Loans.  At December 31, 2014, $25.7 million, or 15.4% of our loan portfolio, consisted of agricultural operating loans.  These loans include seasonal crop operating loans that are used to fund the borrower’s crop production operating expenses; livestock operating and revolving loans used to purchase livestock for resale and related livestock production expense; and loans used to finance the purchase of machinery, equipment and breeding stock.  Agricultural operating loans are originated at an adjustable- or fixed-rate of interest and generally for a term of up to 12 months.  In the case of agricultural operating loans secured by breeding livestock and/or farm equipment, such loans are originated at fixed rates of interest for a term of up to five years.  At December 31, 2014, the average outstanding principal balance of our agricultural operating loans was $160,000, excluding lines of credit with zero balances at this date.

 

At December 31, 2014, our largest lending relationship for agricultural operating loans involved total loan balances of $4.5 million and was secured by cattle.  At December 31, 2014, the borrower in this relationship was performing in accordance with the required repayment terms.

 

Borrowers of agricultural operating loans are required to supply current financial statements and tax returns.  Additionally, some borrowers are required to produce cash flow projections which are updated on an annual basis.  In addition, on larger loans, the loan officer responsible for the loan and/or our in-house evaluator will perform an annual site visit, obtain financial statements and perform a financial review of the loan.

 

Unlike one- to four-family residential real estate loans, which we generally originate on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, we typically originate agricultural operating loans on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s agricultural business.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of agricultural operating loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment.  Therefore, agricultural operating loans that we originate generally have greater credit risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate or, generally, consumer loans.  In addition, generally loans often result in larger outstanding balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers, and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.

 

Our agricultural operating loans present an additional risk, as a significant number of our borrowers with these types of loans may qualify for relief under 11 U.S.C. Section 1201 et seq. of the United States Bankruptcy Code (generally known as Chapter 12-Adjustment of Debts of a Family Farmer or Fisherman with Regular Annual Income) (“Chapter 12”).  Chapter 12, which was enacted by the United States Congress in response to the recession in agriculture in 1986, is designed specifically for the reorganization of financial obligations of family farmers.

 

Pursuant to Chapter 12, a family farmer may be permitted through an order of the Bankruptcy Court to modify a loan with Equitable Bank without the consent of Equitable Bank, including the following types of modifications:  (1) the sale of a portion of the property that serves as collateral for a loan (typically grain or livestock) and the use of the cash proceeds for the borrower’s operating expenses (which reduces the overall value of the Bank’s collateral securing the loan); (2) non-payment by the borrower of unsecured indebtedness; (3) a reduction in the amount of the loan to the current fair market value of secured property; (4) establishing a repayment schedule which extends the original repayment schedule for the loan; and (5) establishing a lower interest rate on the unpaid balance of the loan.  Although we have had exposure to Chapter 12 since its enactment, we never have had a loan that we were required to modify involuntarily under Chapter 12.

 

Agricultural — Real Estate Loans.  At December 31, 2014, $19.5 million, or 11.7% of our loan portfolio consisted of agricultural real estate loans, which are loans to finance the acquisition, development or refinancing of

 

69



Table of Contents

 

agricultural real estate.   We consider a number of factors in originating agricultural real estate loans.   We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including credit history, profitability and expertise, as well as the value and condition of the agricultural property securing the loan.  When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions.  In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service).

 

We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate agricultural real estate loans to our customers.  At the present time, a large number of our customers are selecting a five-year fixed-rate loan product with a balloon payment due after five years.  As a result, at December 31, 2014, 56.1% of our agricultural real estate loans had fixed rates of interest.  Generally, our agricultural real estate loans amortize over periods not in excess of 20 years and have a loan-to-value ratio of 50%, although we will originate such loans with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 65%.  In recent years, with the substantial increases in the price of the agricultural real estate in our market area, consistent with our conservative underwriting practices, the loan-to-value ratio on the majority of our agricultural real estate loans has not exceeded 50%.

 

We also originate agricultural real estate loans directly and through programs sponsored by the Farmers Home Administration, an agency of the United States Department of Agriculture (“FmHA”), which provides a partial guarantee on loans underwritten to FmHA standards.

 

Agricultural real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one-to-four-family residential real estate loans.  Agricultural real estate loans, however, entail additional credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential real estate loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  In addition, payments on agricultural real estate loans are dependent on the successful operation or management of the farm property securing the loan.  The success of the loan may also be affected by many factors outside the control of the borrower.

 

Weather presents one of the greatest risks to agricultural real estate lending as hail, drought, floods, or other conditions, can severely limit crop yields and thus impair loan repayments and the value of the underlying collateral.  This risk can be reduced by the farmer with a variety of insurance coverages which can help to ensure loan repayment.  For instance, we generally require farmers to obtain multi-peril crop insurance coverage through a program partially subsidized by the Federal government.  Grain and livestock prices also present a risk as prices may decline prior to sale resulting in a failure to cover production costs.  These risks may be reduced by the farmer with the use of futures contracts or options to mitigate price risk.  Another risk is the uncertainty of government programs and other regulations.  During periods of low commodity prices, the income from government programs can be a significant source of cash to make loan payments and if these programs are discontinued or significantly changed, cash flow problems or defaults could result.  Finally, many farms are dependent on a limited number of key individuals upon whose injury or death may result in an inability to successfully operate the farm.

 

At December 31, 2014, our largest lending relationship for agricultural real estate loans involved total loan balances of $2.2 million.  At December 31, 2014, the borrower in this relationship was performing in accordance with the required repayment terms.

 

Like our agricultural operating loans, our agricultural real estate loans present the additional risks associated with Chapter 12 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  See “—Agricultural — Operating Loans” above for additional information regarding Chapter 12.

 

Residential Real Estate — One- to Four-Family Loans.  Historically, our primary lending consisted of originating one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans, substantially all of which were secured by properties located in our market areas.  Over the past several years, we have begun to shift our lending focus towards originating commercial and agricultural operating and real estate loans.  Nevertheless, at December 31, 2014, $36.6 million, or 21.9% of our loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

A portion of the housing stock in our market areas is comprised of two-, three- and four-unit properties, all of which are classified as one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  At December 31, 2014, of the $36.6 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans in our portfolio, $15.3 million, or 41.8% of this amount, were comprised of non-owner occupied properties.

 

The average loan balance of one- to four-family residential real estate loans held in our portfolio at December 31, 2014 was $65,000 and our largest outstanding balance at that date was $466,000, which was secured by residential property located in Waterloo, Nebraska.   At December 31, 2014, this loan was performing in accordance with it repayment terms.

 

We currently offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms up to 30 years that are generally underwritten according to Federal National Mortgage Corporation (“Fannie Mae”) guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.”  We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, which as of December 31, 2014 was generally $417,000 for single-family homes in our market area.  We generally sell our one- to four-family residential fixed-rate real estate loans in the secondary market.

 

Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans include loans that generally amortize on a monthly basis over periods between 10 to 30 years.  Fixed rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans often remain outstanding for significantly shorter periods than their contractual terms because borrowers have the right to refinance or prepay their loans.  At December 31, 2014, 61.5% of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans held in our portfolio (and not sold in the secondary market) were fixed-rate loans.

 

Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally consist of loans with initial interest rates fixed for one, three, or five years, and annual adjustments thereafter are indexed based on changes in the one-year United States Treasury bill constant maturity rate.  Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally have an interest rate adjustment limit of 200 basis points per adjustment, with a maximum lifetime interest rate adjustment limit of 500 basis points. In the current low interest rate environment, we have not originated a significant dollar amount of adjustable-rate mortgage loans.

 

Although adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans may reduce, to an extent, our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically re-price, as interest rates increase, the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the borrower.  At the same time, the ability of the borrower to repay the loan and the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates.  Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by our maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments.

 

Regulations limit the amount we may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal of the property at the time the loan is originated.  For borrowers who do not obtain private mortgage insurance (“PMI”), our lending policies limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans to 80% of the appraised value of the collateralized property, with the exception for a limited use product which allows for loans up to 90% with no PMI.  For most one- to four-family residential real estate loans with loan-to-value ratios of between 80% and 95%, we require the borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance.  For first mortgage loan products, we require the borrower to obtain title insurance . We also require homeowners’ insurance, fire and casualty, and, if necessary, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.  We do not, and have never offered or invested in, one- to four-family residential real estate loans specifically designed for borrowers with sub-prime credit scores, including interest-only, negative amortization or payment option adjustable-rate mortgage loans.

 

Residential Real Estate — Home Equity Loans.  At December 31, 2014, home equity loans totaled $9.5 million, or 5.7% of our loan portfolio, and are made up of lines of credit secured by owner-occupied and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residences and second and third real estate mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2014, the total unused commitments with respect to our home equity loans were $3.5  million.  The average outstanding home equity loan balance at December 31, 2014 was $29,000 and our largest outstanding home equity

 

71



Table of Contents

 

loan balance at that date was $400,000, which was secured by residential property located in Grand Island, Nebraska.   At December 31, 2014, this loan was performing in accordance with it repayment terms.

 

Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  We typically originate home equity loans and home equity lines of credit on the basis of the applicant’s credit history, an assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan.  Home equity loans are offered with fixed and adjustable interest rates.  Lines of credit also are offered with fixed and adjustable rates, which generally are indexed to the prime rate, and with a draw period up to five years. The loan-to-value ratio for our home equity loans is generally limited to 85% when combined with the first security lien, if applicable.  The loan to value of our home equity lines of credit are generally limited to 85%, unless we hold the first mortgage.  If we hold the first mortgage, we will permit a loan to value of up to 90% and adjust the interest rate and underwriting standards to compensate for the additional risk.

 

For all first lien position mortgage loans, we utilize outside independent appraisers.  For second position mortgage loans where we also hold the existing first mortgage, we will use the lesser of the existing appraisal used in underwriting the first mortgage or assessed value.   For all other second mortgage loans, we will use a third-party service which gathers all data from real property tax offices and gives the property a low, middle and high value, together with similar properties for comparison.  The middle value from the third-party service will be the value used in underwriting.  If the valuation method for the loan amount requested does not provide a value, or the value is not sufficient to support the loan request and it is determined that the borrower(s) are credit worthy, a full appraisal will be ordered.

 

Home equity loans have greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by first-position mortgages or deeds of trust.  We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure, after repayment of the senior mortgages, if applicable.  When customers default on their loans, we attempt to work out the relationship in order to avoid foreclosure because the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Moreover, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect our ability to fully recover the loan balance in the event of a default.

 

Other — Construction and Land Loans.   At December 31, 2014, construction and loans totaled $6.5 million, or 3.9% of our loan portfolio.  We originate loans to individuals and, to a lesser extent, builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings.  We also make construction loans for commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, restaurants, motels, shopping centers and owner-occupied properties used for businesses.  The average outstanding construction loan balance at December 31, 2014 was $216,000.  Our largest lending relationship for construction loans at that date involved a $1.8 million commitment with $1.7  million outstanding, which was secured by a hotel property.  At December 31, 2014, the borrower in this relationship was performing in accordance with the required repayment terms.

 

Our construction loans generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is usually 12 months for residential properties and 12 to 18 months for commercial properties.  At the end of the construction phase, the loan generally converts to a permanent mortgage loan.  Loans generally can be made with a maximum loan to value ratio of 80% on residential construction and 70% on commercial construction at the time the loan is originated.  Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser.  We also will require an inspection of the property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.

 

Consumer Loans.   We are authorized to make loans for a variety of personal and consumer purposes.  As of December 31, 2014, consumer loans totaled $3.3 million, or 2.0% of our loan portfolio, and consisted primarily of automobile, recreational vehicles and unsecured personal loans, as well as unsecured lines of credit and loans secured by deposit accounts.  As of December 31, 2014, $828,000 of our consumer loans were unsecured.  The average outstanding consumer loan balance at December 31, 2014 was $6,000 and our largest outstanding consumer loan balance at that date was $50,000, which is secured by automobiles.  At December 31, 2014, this loan was performing in accordance with it repayment terms.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Our procedure for underwriting consumer loans includes an assessment of the applicant’s credit history and ability to meet existing obligations and payments of the proposed loan, as well as an evaluation of the value of the collateral security, if any.

 

Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans, particularly in the case of loans that are unsecured or are secured by assets that tend to depreciate in value, such as automobiles.  As a result, consumer loan collections are primarily dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. In these cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan, and the remaining value often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower.

 

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing.   We benefit from a number of sources for our loan originations, including existing customers, borrowers, builders, real estate broker referrals, attorneys, and “walk-in” customers.  We also advertise in newspapers that are widely circulated in our market areas of Grand Island, North Platte and Omaha.  Our loan origination activity may be affected adversely by a rising interest rate environment which may result in decreased loan demand.  Other factors, such as the overall health of the local economy and competition from other financial institutions, can also impact our loan originations.  Although we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon borrower demand, market interest rates, borrower preference for fixed-versus adjustable-rate loans, and the interest rates offered on each type of loan by other lenders in our market area.  These lenders include commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies that also actively compete for local real estate loans.  Accordingly, the volume of loan originations may vary from period to period.

 

The majority of the fixed rate residential loans that are originated each year meet the underwriting guidelines established by Fannie Mae.  We sell the majority of originations of residential real estate loans into the secondary market. We continue to service them once they are sold.  We sold 118 one- to four-family residential real estate loans during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 124 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

From time to time, we also purchase loan participations in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. At December 31, 2014, we had twelve purchased loan participations for which we were not the lead lender, which totaled $4.3 million.  All purchased loan participations were performing in accordance with their terms at December 31, 2014, although one participation in the amount of $849,000 was classified as “substandard” as of that date.

 

From time to time, we also sell loan participations in which we remain the lead lender.  Participations are sold primarily when the total loan amount exceeds our legal lending limit or concentration limit.  At December 31, 2014, we had nine sold loan participations for which we remained the lead lender.  The participated loans totaled $11.0 million, of which $4.8 million was retained by us and $6.2 million was sold to other financial institutions.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows our loan origination, purchase and repayment activities for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended
December 31,

 

For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable at beginning of period

 

$

159,518

 

$

128,850

 

$

128,850

 

$

123,743

 

Originations by type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

8,073

 

13,075

 

22,128

 

15,041

 

Real estate

 

10,451

 

13,098

 

26,302

 

15,737

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

31,987

 

25,971

 

54,526

 

48,398

 

Real estate

 

3,448

 

4,270

 

14,683

 

9,718

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

21,427

 

15,526

 

29,555

 

48,986

 

Home equity

 

4,698

 

4,544

 

8,706

 

5,188

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

5,671

 

3,749

 

6,938

 

4,972

 

Consumer

 

1,734

 

1,129

 

2,485

 

2,563

 

Total loans originated

 

87,489

 

81,362

 

165,323

 

150,603

 

Loans purchased

 

542

 

 

947

 

1,000

 

Transfer to foreclosed assets

 

 

 

(277

)

(28

)

Loans sold

 

15,125

 

9,923

 

(5,783

)

(38,477

)

Charge-offs

 

410

 

11

 

(90

)

(97

)

Principal repayments

 

64,971

 

55,816

 

(129,452

)

(107,894

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable at end of period

 

$

167,043

 

$

144,462

 

$

159,518

 

$

128,850

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.  Equitable Bank’s lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination policies established by management and the Board of Directors.  Our policies are designed to provide loan officers with guidelines on acceptable levels of risk, given a broad range of factors.  The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, the viability of the loan and the adequacy of the value of the property that will secure the loan, if applicable.

 

The Board of Directors grants loan officers individual lending authority to approve extensions of credit. The level of authority for loan officers varies based upon the loan type, total relationship, form of collateral and risk rating of the borrower.  Each loan officer is charged with the responsibility of achieving high credit standards. Individual lending authority can be increased, suspended or removed by the Board of Directors, as recommended by the President or Chief Lending Officer.

 

If a loan relationship is in excess of any individual loan officer’s lending authority, the extension of credit must be referred to the Branch Loan Committee for each market, which consists of all loan officers of that branch.  Each Branch Loan Committee can approve loan relationships up to $500,000.  Loan relationships over $500,000 are referred to our Senior Loan Committee, which consists of all Market Presidents and our Chief Executive Officer.  The Senior Loan Committee has the authority to approve loan relationships up to $750,000.  Loan relationships above $750,000 are referred to the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors or the entire Board of Directors.  The Executive Committee or the entire Board of Directors must approve all loans over the limits described above.  In addition, the Executive Committee ratifies all consumer loan relationships over $100,000 and all commercial loan relationships over $500,000.

 

In some instances for all loan types, it may be appropriate to originate or purchase loans that are exceptions to the guidelines and limits established within the lending policy described above and below.  In general, exceptions to the lending policy do not significantly deviate from the guidelines and limits established within the lending policy and, if there are exceptions, they are clearly noted as such and specifically identified in loan approval documents.

 

Loans to One Borrower.   Federal savings banks are subject to the same loans-to-one-borrower limits as those applicable to national banks, which restrict loans to one borrower to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus on an unsecured basis, and an additional amount equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral (generally, financial instruments and

 

74



Table of Contents

 

bullion, but not real estate).  At December 31, 2014, our lending limit was $3.0 million and $5.0 million for loans secured by readily marketable collateral.  At December 31, 2014, our largest lending relationship to one borrower totaled $4.5 million, which was secured by cattle and complied with our legal lending limit at the time of origination.  This lending relationship was performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2014.  Our second largest lending relationship at December 31, 2014 was $3.2 million and is secured by cattle.  This lending relationship also was performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2014.

 

Asset Quality

 

Loan Delinquencies and Collection Procedures.  When a loan becomes delinquent, we make attempts to contact the borrower to determine the cause of the delayed payments and seek a reasonable solution to permit the loan to be brought current within a reasonable period of time.  The outcome can vary with each individual borrower.  In the case of mortgage loans and consumer loans, a late notice is sent 15 days after an account becomes delinquent.  If delinquency persists, notices are sent at the 30 day delinquency mark, the 45 day delinquency mark and the 60 day delinquency mark.  After 15 days, we attempt to establish telephone contact with the borrower.  In the case of mortgage loans, included in every late notice is a letter that includes information regarding home-ownership counseling.  As part of a workout agreement, we will accept partial payments during the month in order to bring the account current.  If attempts to reach an agreement are unsuccessful and the customer is unable to comply with the terms of the workout agreement, we will review the account to determine if foreclosure is warranted, in which case, consistent with Nebraska law, we send a 90 day notice of foreclosure and then a 30 day notice before legal proceedings are commenced.  A consumer final demand letter is sent in the case of a consumer loan.  In the case of commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans, we follow a similar notification practice with the exception of the previously mentioned information on home-ownership counseling.  In addition, commercial loans do not require 90 day notices of foreclosure.  Generally, commercial borrowers only receive 10 day notices before legal proceedings can be commenced.  Commercial loans may experience longer workout times which may trigger a need for a loan modification that could meet the requirements of a troubled debt restructured loan.

 

Impaired and Non-Performing Loans.  A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  A loan is non-performing when it is greater than ninety days past due.  Some loans may be included in both categories, whereas other loans may only be included in one category.  Specific allocations are made for loans that are determined to be impaired.  Our policy requires that all non-homogeneous loans past due greater than ninety days be classified as impaired and non-performing.  However, loans past due less than 90 days may also be classified as impaired when management does not expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses as compared to the loan carrying value.

 

As of December 31, 2014, our total non-accrual loans were $857,000, or 0.51% of total loans, compared to $1.3 million, or 0.79% of total loans, at June 30, 2014.  At December 31, 2014, our largest non-accrual loan was a one- to four-family residential real estate loan with an outstanding balance of $346,000.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings.    Troubled debt restructurings are loan restructurings in which we, for economic or legal reasons related to an existing borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the debtor that we would not otherwise consider.  Typically, a troubled debt restructuring involves a modification of terms of a debt, such as reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the debt or extension of the maturity date.  We consider modifications only after analyzing the borrower’s current repayment capacity, evaluating the strength of any guarantors based on documented current financial information, and assessing the current value of any collateral pledged.  These modifications are made only when there is a reasonable and attainable workout plan that has been agreed to by the borrower and that is in our best interests.  No additional loan commitments were outstanding to our troubled debt restructured borrowers at December 31, 2014.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth our troubled debt restructurings by concession type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Extension of maturity

 

$

2,169

(1)

$

2,243

 

$

5,263

 

Reduced rate below market

 

2,226

(2)

2,740

 

2,991

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

$

4,395

 

$

4,983

 

$

8,254

 

 


(1)          $342,000 of the troubled debt restructurings of this concession type were non-accruing.

(2)          $367,000 of the troubled debt restructurings of this concession type were non-accruing.

 

Loans on non-accrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as non-accrual troubled debt restructurings.  At December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, we had $709,000 and $1.1 million in non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, respectively.  Our policy provides that troubled debt restructured loans are returned to accrual status after a period of satisfactory and reasonable future payment performance under the terms of the restructuring.  Satisfactory payment performance is generally no less than six consecutive months of timely payments and demonstrated ability to continue to repay.  At December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, we had $3.7 million and $3.9 million in accruing troubled debt restructurings, respectively.  As of December 31, 2014, no loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months defaulted after their restructure.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Non-Performing Assets.   The following table sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets in our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Non-accrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

1

 

$

110

 

$

163

 

Real estate

 

38

 

39

 

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

27

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

90

 

50

 

232

 

Home equity

 

21

 

22

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

 

150

 

221

 

422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

69

 

441

 

172

 

Real estate

 

197

 

200

 

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

435

 

402

 

1,787

 

Home equity

 

 

 

23

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

2,440

 

Consumer

 

8

 

9

 

13

 

Total non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

709

 

1,052

 

4,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

 

859

 

1,273

 

4,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed commercial real estate loans

 

336

 

336

 

1,557

 

Foreclosed agricultural real estate loans

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed residential real estate loans

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed other assets

 

15

 

77

 

 

Total foreclosed assets

 

351

 

413

 

1,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

1,210

 

$

1,686

 

$

6,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing troubled debt restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

39

 

$

44

 

$

434

 

Real estate

 

2,015

 

2,168

 

2,103

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

1,564

 

1,716

 

1,206

 

Home equity

 

66

 

 

71

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

2

 

3

 

5

 

Total accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

$

3,686

 

$

3,931

 

$

3,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to total loans

 

0.51

%

0.80

%

3.77

%

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

0.61

%

0.93

%

3.85

%

 

For the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the non-performing loans been current in accordance with their

 

77



Table of Contents

 

original terms amounted to $42,000 and $60,000, respectively.   We recognized $37,000 and $45,000 of interest income on such loans during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

 

Foreclosed assets.    Foreclosed assets consist of property acquired through formal foreclosure, in-substance foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, and are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell, establishing a new cost basis.  Write-downs to fair value, which are required at the time of foreclosure, are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  After transfer, adjustments to the carrying value of the properties that result from subsequent declines in value are charged to operations in the period in which the declines occur.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and assets are marked to current fair value, not to exceed the initial cost basis.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as, changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering management’s plans for disposition.  Either change could result in adjustment to lower the property value estimates indicated in the appraisals.

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2014, there were no loans transferred into foreclosed assets.  For the year ended June 30, 2014, $198,180 of loans were transferred into foreclosed assets.  We had $351,000 and $413,000 in foreclosed assets at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, respectively.

 

Delinquent Loans.  The following tables set forth our loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type, amount and percentage at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

Loans Delinquent For:

 

 

 

61-90 Days

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Delinquent Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

2

 

235

 

0.5

%

2

 

235

 

0.5

%

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

 

 

6

 

494

 

1.4

 

6

 

494

 

1.4

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

$

 

 

8

 

$

729

 

0.4

 

8

 

$

729

 

0.4

 

 

78



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Loans Delinquent For:

 

 

 

61-90 Days

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Delinquent Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

$

 

%

3

 

$

106

 

0.6

%

3

 

$

106

 

0.6

%

Real estate

 

1

 

200

 

0.4

 

1

 

38

 

0.1

 

2

 

238

 

0.5

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

1

 

349

 

1.0

 

2

 

70

 

0.2

 

3

 

419

 

1.2

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

2

 

$

549

 

0.3

%

6

 

$

214

 

0.1

%

8

 

$

763

 

0.5

%

 

 

 

Loans Delinquent For:

 

 

 

61-90 Days

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Delinquent Loans

 

 

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Loan
Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Loan
Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Percent
of
Loan
Category

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

 

$

 

%

Real estate

 

 

 

 

1

 

2,440

 

7.5

 

1

 

2,440

 

7.5

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

1

 

8

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

1

 

8

 

0.0

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

1

 

$

8

 

0.0

%

1

 

$

2,440

 

1.9

%

2

 

$

2,448

 

1.9

%

 

Classified Assets.  Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the OCC to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific allowance for loan losses is not warranted.  Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

 

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover losses that were both probable and reasonable to estimate.  General allowances represent allowances which have been established to cover accrued losses associated with lending activities that were both probable and reasonable to estimate, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets.  When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that

 

79



Table of Contents

 

portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount.  An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific allowances.

 

In connection with the filing of our periodic regulatory reports and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we continuously assess the quality of our loan portfolio and we regularly review the problem loans in our loan portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.  Loans are listed on the “watch list” initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed, or delinquency status, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although currently performing.  Management reviews the status of our loan portfolio delinquencies, by product types, with the full Board of Directors on a monthly basis.  Individual classified loan relationships are discussed as warranted.  If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to “special mention,” “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation.  Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified “substandard.”

 

We also employ a risk grading system for our loans to help assure that we are not taking unnecessary and/or unmanageable risk.  The primary objective of the loan risk grading system is to establish a method of assessing credit risk to further enable management to measure loan portfolio quality and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified loans and loans designated as special mention as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013. The classified loans totaled $2.0 million at December 31, 2014 and includes $860,000 of nonperforming loans.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Classification of Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard

 

$

1,964

 

$

2,657

 

$

4,603

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

 

 

 

Total classified loans

 

$

1,964

 

$

2,657

 

$

4,603

 

Special Mention

 

$

0

 

$

52

 

$

2

 

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth information regarding our allowance for loan losses and other ratios at or for the dates indicated.

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended
 December 31,

 

For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

2,574

 

$

2,293

 

$

2,293

 

$

2,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

(406

)

 

(65

)

(9

)

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

 

(11

)

(53

)

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

 

 

 

(33

)

Consumer

 

(4

)

(11

)

(14

)

(2

)

Total charge-offs

 

(410

)

(11

)

(90

)

(97

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

3

 

311

 

367

 

74

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

13

 

1

 

2

 

18

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

76

 

561

 

678

 

104

 

Consumer

 

 

2

 

5

 

5

 

Total recoveries

 

92

 

875

 

1,052

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

 

(318

)

864

 

962

 

104

 

Provision for loan losses

 

(147

)

769

 

(681

)

(97

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

2,403

 

$

2,389

 

$

2,574

 

$

2,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs) during the period to average loans outstanding during the period(1)

 

0.2

%

0.6

%

0.7

%

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs) during the period to non-performing loans at end of period

 

37.0

 

53.3

 

75.6

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of period

 

279.7

 

148.1

 

202.2

 

47.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period

 

1.4

 

1.7

 

1.6

 

1.8

 

 


(1)          Annualized.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.  Non-

 

81



Table of Contents

 

residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, unless productive collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be charged off earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount that is deemed uncollectible.  No portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan product and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses.

 

The allowance is based on two components, which are: (i) specific reserves for impaired loans; and (ii) a general valuation allowance for the remainder of the loan portfolio.

 

The first component is the specific reserves that relate to loans that are classified as impaired.  For these loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan.  A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impairment is measured by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The majority of our loans utilize the fair value of the underlying collateral.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  One- to four-family residential real estate loans and consumer installment loans are considered to be homogeneous and, therefore, are not separately evaluated for impairment unless they are considered troubled debt restructurings.  A loan is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring when, to maximize the recovery of the loan we modify the borrower’s existing loan terms and conditions in response to financial difficulties experienced by the borrower.

 

The second component of the allowance for loan losses is the general valuation allowance.   The general valuation allowance is determined by historical loss experience and consideration of a variety of current factors including, but not limited to; levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.  This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision based on new information as it becomes known. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.

 

In addition, the OCC, as an integral part of its examination process, periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available at the time of the examination, which may not be currently available to management.  Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, we believe the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following table presents our allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans at the periods indicated.  Management believes that the allowance can be allocated by category only on an approximate basis.  The allocation of the allowance by category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Loan
Amounts
by
Category

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Loan
Amounts
by
Category

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Loan
Amounts
by
Category

 

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

246

 

$

14,612

 

8.7

%

$

489

 

$

18,138

 

11.4

%

$

375

 

$

16,968

 

13.2

%

Real estate

 

770

 

51,266

 

30.7

 

748

 

45,289

 

28.4

 

635

 

32,482

 

25.2

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

368

 

25,719

 

15.4

 

359

 

24,884

 

15.6

 

251

 

18,420

 

14.3

 

Real estate

 

279

 

19,494

 

11.7

 

287

 

19,677

 

12.3

 

200

 

15,418

 

12.0

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

475

 

36,615

 

21.9

 

432

 

34,021

 

21.3

 

606

 

33,514

 

26.0

 

Home equity

 

148

 

9,536

 

5.7

 

154

 

9,669

 

6.1

 

112

 

6,667

 

5.1

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

80

 

6,484

 

3.9

 

68

 

5,044

 

3.2

 

80

 

2,437

 

1.9

 

Consumer

 

37

 

3,317

 

2.0

 

37

 

2,796

 

1.7

 

34

 

2,944

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

2,403

 

$

167,043

 

100.0

%

$

2,574

 

$

159,518

 

100.0

%

$

2,293

 

$

128,850

 

100.0

%

 

Investment Activities

 

General.   We are permitted under federal law to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Government obligations, securities of various federal agencies and of state and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka, certificates of deposit at federally insured institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances and federal funds.  Within certain regulatory limits, we also may invest a portion of our assets in commercial paper and corporate debt securities.  We are also required to maintain an investment in stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.

 

Securities are categorized as “held to maturity,” “trading securities” or “available for sale,” based on management’s intent as to the ultimate disposition of each security.  Debt securities are classified as “held to maturity” and reported in financial statements at amortized cost only if we have the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity.  Securities that might be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security’s prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as “held to maturity.”

 

Trading securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded through earnings.  We typically do not use a trading account with the intent to purchase and sell securities.  Debt and equity securities not classified as “held to maturity” or “trading” are classified as “available for sale.” These securities are reported at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses on the securities are excluded from earnings and reported, net of deferred taxes, as a separate component of equity.  None of our securities are classified as trading securities.

 

All of our securities carry market risk insofar as increases in market rates of interest may cause a decrease in their fair value.  Investments in securities are made based on certain considerations, which include the interest rate, tax considerations, yield, settlement date and maturity of the security, our liquidity position, and anticipated cash needs and sources.  The effect that the proposed security would have on our credit and interest rate risk and risk-based capital is also considered.  We purchase securities to provide necessary liquidity for day-to-day operations, and when investable funds exceed loan demand.

 

Generally, our investment policy is to invest funds in various categories of securities and maturities based upon our liquidity needs, asset/liability management policies, investment quality, marketability and performance objectives.  The Board of Directors reviews our securities portfolio on a monthly basis.

 

Securities classified as held to maturity totaled $3.4 million at December 31, 2014; $378,000 of this amount was mortgage-backed securities.  We had no securities classified as available for sale, other than mortgage-backed securities, at December 31, 2014.  Mortgage-backed securities are discussed below.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

We also have a $550,000 investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock at December 31, 2014, which is classified separately from securities due to the restrictions on sale or transfer.  For further information regarding our securities portfolio, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Municipal Obligations.  At December 31, 2014, our municipal securities portfolio totaled $3.1 million and was comprised of taxable bonds issued by cities and other political subdivisions in Nebraska.  At December 31, 2014, all of our municipal securities were classified as held to maturity.  At this date, none of these securities had maturities of more than 10 years.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of one- to four-family or multi-family mortgages.  The mortgage originators use intermediaries (generally U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises) to pool and repackage the participation interests in the form of securities, with investors such as Equitable Bank receiving the principal and interest payments on the mortgages.  Such U.S. government agencies and government sponsored enterprises guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors.

 

Mortgage-backed securities are typically issued with stated principal amounts, and the securities are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with interest rates that are within a specific range and have varying maturities.  The characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages, i.e., fixed-rate or adjustable-rate, as well as prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder.  The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security thus approximates the life of the underlying mortgages.  Our mortgage-backed securities consist of Ginnie Mae securities.

 

At December 31, 2014, our available for sale mortgage-backed securities totaled $658,000 and held to maturity mortgage-backed securities totaled $378,000, which represented 0.52% of our total assets at that date.  At December 31, 2014, 100% of our mortgage-backed securities had fixed rates of interest.  No purchases of mortgage-backed securities occurred during the six months ended December 31, 2014 or fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the mortgage loans underlying such securities because of their payment guarantees or credit enhancements, which offer nominal credit risk to the security holder.  In addition, mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and we may use them to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of Equitable Bank.

 

Amortized Cost and Estimated Fair Value of Securities. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and estimated fair values of our securities as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal obligations

 

$

3,060

 

$

3,058

 

$

3,141

 

$

3,142

 

$

 

$

 

Ginnie Mae

 

378

 

397

 

501

 

526

 

842

 

877

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

 

3,438

 

3,455

 

3,642

 

3,668

 

842

 

877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ginnie Mae

 

662

 

658

 

887

 

882

 

1,371

 

1,342

 

Total investment securities available for sale

 

662

 

658

 

887

 

882

 

1,371

 

1,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

$

4,100

 

$

4,113

 

$

4,529

 

$

4,550

 

$

2,213

 

$

2,219

 

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Carrying Values, Yields and Maturities.  The following tables set forth certain information regarding the carrying value, weighted average yields and contractual maturities of our securities portfolio as of December 31, 2014.  Adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust.

 

 

 

At December 30, 2014

 

 

 

One Year or Less

 

More than One Year
 Through Five Years

 

More than Five Years
 Through Ten Years

 

 

 

Amortized
 Cost

 

Weighted
 Average
 Yield

 

Amortized
 Cost

 

Weighted
 Average
 Yield

 

Amortized
 Cost

 

Weighted
 Average
 Yield

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal obligations 

 

$

 

 

$

3,060

 

4.64

%

$

 

 

Ginnie Mae

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

 

$

 

 

$

3,060

 

4.64

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ginnie Mae

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

 

 

 

More than Ten Years

 

Total Securities

 

 

 

Amortized
 Cost

 

Weighted
 Average
 Yield

 

Amortized
 Cost

 

Estimated
 Fair
 Value

 

Weighted
 Average
 Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal obligations

 

$

 

 

$

3,060

 

$

3,058

 

4.64

%

Ginnie Mae

 

378

 

4 07

%

378

 

397

 

4 07

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

 

$

378

 

4.07

 

$

3,438

 

$

3,455

 

4.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ginnie Mae

 

$

662

 

3.75

 

$

662

 

$

658

 

3.75

 

Total investment securities available for sale

 

$

662

 

3.75

 

$

662

 

$

658

 

3.75

 

 

Sources of Funds

 

General.    Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities.  We also rely on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Promontory Products as a form of brokered deposits.  In addition to deposits and borrowings, we derive funds from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on interest earning assets.  While scheduled loan payments and income on interest earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing market interest rates, economic conditions and competition from other financial institutions.

 

Deposits.    A majority of our depositors are persons or businesses who work or reside or operate in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties in Nebraska.  We offer a selection of deposit products, including checking, savings, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit.  Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.  We establish interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties on a periodic basis.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Management determines the rates and terms based on rates paid by competitors, our need for funds or liquidity, overall growth goals and federal and state regulations.  The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition.  The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers’ demands.  We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates.

 

The Promontory network is a form of brokered deposit program.  In addition to offering depositors enhanced FDIC insurance coverage, being a participant in the Promontory network allows us to fund our balance sheet through CDARS’ One-Way Buy program.  This program uses a competitive bid process for available deposits at specified terms.  These deposits work well for us because of their weekly availability, coupled with their short term, which allows us to more closely mirror our funding needs.  We believe this arrangement is a viable source of funding provided that we maintain our “well-capitalized” status.  Brokered deposit holdings are limited to 10% of reported total assets or $19.8 million as of December 31, 2014.  At December 31, 2014, brokered deposits totaled $2.2 million (all of which are in products with the Promontory network).  At December 31, 2014, we had $49.4 million in total time deposits.

 

Deposit Accounts .  The following tables set forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in the various types of deposit programs we offered as of and for the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At or For the Six Months Ended
 December 31, 2014

 

At or For the Fiscal Year Ended
 June 30, 2014

 

 

 

Average
 Balance

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Weighted
 Average
 Rate

 

Average
 Balance

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Weighted
 Average
 Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing NOW

 

$

36,043

 

$

37,700

 

22.9

%

0.33

%

$

32,219

 

34,500

 

23.0

%

0.35

%

Money market

 

40,580

 

40,684

 

24.7

 

0.61

 

36,621

 

39,970

 

26.7

 

0.56

 

Savings

 

12,372

 

12,600

 

7.7

 

0.26

 

10,866

 

11,559

 

7.7

 

0.26

 

Certificates of deposit

 

46,671

 

49,368

 

29.9

 

1.04

 

42,427

 

43,151

 

28.8

 

1.02

 

Noninterest bearing demand

 

20,245

 

24,475

 

14.8

 

 

18,350

 

$

20,583

 

13.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

$

155,911

 

$

164,876

 

100.0

%

0.65

%

$

140,483

 

$

149,763

 

100.0

%

0.54

%

 

 

 

At or For the Fiscal Year Ended
 June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Average
 Balance

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Weighted
 Average
 Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing NOW

 

$

26,091

 

$

28,531

 

21.2

%

0.33

%

Money market

 

34,015

 

34,265

 

25.4

 

0.53

 

Savings

 

9,449

 

9,235

 

6.9

 

0.24

 

Certificates of deposit

 

46,319

 

44,172

 

32.8

 

1.10

 

Noninterest bearing demand

 

15,812

 

18,555

 

13.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

$

131,686

 

$

134,758

 

100.0

%

0.58

%

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Maturities of Certificates of Deposit Accounts.   The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of deposit accounts at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Less than
 Six Months

 

Six Months
 to
 One Year

 

Over One
 Year to
 Three Years

 

Over
 Three Years

 

Total

 

Percent of
 Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50% and below

 

$

9,180

 

$

3,458

 

$

2,403

 

$

1,377

 

$

16,418

 

33.3

%

0.51% to 1.00%

 

2,268

 

1,558

 

2,120

 

2,644

 

8,590

 

17.4

 

1.01% to 2.00%

 

1,319

 

6,577

 

11,359

 

465

 

19,720

 

39.9

 

2.01% to 3.00%

 

3,184

 

1,281

 

65

 

 

4,530

 

9.2

 

3.01% to 4.00%

 

10

 

100

 

 

 

110

 

0.2

 

Total

 

$

15,961

 

$

12,974

 

$

15,947

 

$

4,486

 

$

49,368

 

100.0

%

 

Large Certificates.   As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit at Equitable Bank in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $19.4 million.  The following table presents the maturity of these certificates of deposit at such date.

 

Maturity Period 

 

At December 31,
 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Less than three months

 

$

2,472

 

Three to six months

 

4,001

 

Six months to one year

 

4,610

 

Over one year to three years

 

6,882

 

Over three years

 

1,441

 

Total

 

$

19,406

 

 

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50% and below

 

$

16,418

 

$

19,039

 

$

19,973

 

0.51% to 1.00%

 

8,590

 

8,094

 

10,783

 

1.01% to 2.00%

 

19,720

 

10,437

 

4,987

 

2.01% to 3.00%

 

4,530

 

5,461

 

6,797

 

3.01% to 4.00%

 

110

 

120

 

1,632

 

Total

 

$

49,368

 

$

43,151

 

$

44,172

 

 

Borrowings .  We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka upon the security of the common stock we own in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and our qualifying residential real estate loans and mortgage-backed securities, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness are met.  These advances are made pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.  Federal Home Loan Bank advances are generally available to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposit accounts and to permit increased lending.  The following table sets forth information with respect to our Federal Home Loan Bank advances, which were our only outstanding borrowings for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

At or for the Six Months Ended
 December 31,

 

At or for the Fiscal Year Ended
 June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end

 

$

12,229

 

$

10,666

 

$

10,768

 

$

19,542

 

Balance at the end of period

 

10,870

 

10,666

 

10,768

 

10,563

 

Average balance during period

 

11,297

 

10,623

 

10,674

 

14,969

 

Weighted average interest rate at the end of period

 

0.31

%

0.32

%

0.31

%

0.33

%

Weighted average interest rate during period

 

0.32

%

0.33

%

0.34

%

1.12

%

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Properties

 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our properties as of December 31, 2014.

 

Location 

 

Year
 Opened

 

Owned/
 Leased

 

Date of Lease
 Expiration

 

Net Book Value
as of
December 31,
 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Main Office:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113 North Locust Street Grand Island, Nebraska

 

1959

 

Owned

 

Not applicable

 

$

1,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full Service Branches:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

619 North Diers Avenue Grand Island, Nebraska

 

2000

 

Owned

 

Not applicable

 

1,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

920 South Jeffers Street North Platte, Nebraska

 

2005

 

Owned

 

Not applicable

 

1,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10855 West Dodge Road, Suite 110 Omaha, Nebraska

 

2006

 

Leased

 

2017

 

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited Service Branch:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3012 South Locust Street Grand Island, Nebraska

 

2005

 

Owned

 

Not applicable

 

552

 

 

We believe that our facilities are adequate for the business conducted.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits against us, such as claims to enforce liens and contracts, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business.  We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Personnel

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had 61 full-time employees and nine part-time employees, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Old Equitable’s only direct subsidiary is Equitable Bank.  Equitable Bank has no subsidiaries.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

Equitable Bank, as a federal savings association, is currently subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC, as its primary federal regulator, and by the FDIC as the insurer of its deposits. Equitable Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. Equitable Bank must file reports with the OCC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals before entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions.  There are periodic examinations by the OCC to evaluate Equitable Bank’s safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements.  This regulatory structure is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors.  The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of an adequate allowance for loan losses for regulatory purposes.   Any change in such policies, whether by the OCC, the FDIC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on New Equitable and Equitable Bank and their operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act made extensive changes to the regulation of Equitable Bank.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Office of Thrift Supervision was eliminated and responsibility for the supervision and regulation of federal savings associations such as Equitable Bank was transferred to the OCC on July 21, 2011.  The OCC is the agency that is primarily responsible for the regulation and supervision of national banks.  Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations and has authority to impose new requirements.  However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as Equitable Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their prudential regulators.

 

Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Equitable Bank and New Equitable are described below.  This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Equitable Bank and New Equitable.

 

Federal Banking Regulation

 

Business Activities.   The activities of federal savings banks, such as Equitable Bank, are governed by federal laws and regulations.  Those laws and regulations delineate the nature and extent of the business activities in which federal savings banks may engage.  In particular, certain lending authority for federal savings banks, e.g. , commercial, non-residential real property loans and consumer loans, is limited to a specified percentage of the institution’s capital or assets.

 

Capital Requirements.   The applicable capital regulations require savings associations to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital to total assets ratio, a 4% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.  In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS system) and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard. The regulations also require that, in meeting the tangible, leverage and risk- based capital standards, institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank.

 

The risk-based capital standard for savings associations requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital less certain specified deductions from total capital such as reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and equity investments) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively.  In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet activities, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, are

 

89



Table of Contents

 

multiplied by a risk-weight factor assigned by the capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Tier 1 (core) capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships.  The components of supplementary capital (Tier 2 capital) include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible debt securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values.  Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

 

The OCC also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s capital level is or may become inadequate in light of the particular risks or circumstances.

 

Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements.  The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies, including savings and loan holding companies, that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves.  In early July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC approved revisions to their capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules that implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  “Basel III” refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009, the rules text released in December 2010, and loss absorbency rules issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements.

 

The rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were effective January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios.  The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to New Equitable and Equitable Bank is:  (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less.  The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements, which must consist entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital and result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution is subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.   Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept broker deposits.  The OCC is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization.  In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion.  The OCC could also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors. Significantly and critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to additional mandatory and discretionary measures.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts.   Equitable Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. Deposit insurance per account owner is currently $250,000.  Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned a risk category based on supervisory evaluations,

 

90



Table of Contents

 

regulatory capital levels and certain other factors.  An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations.  Institutions deemed less risky pay lower assessments.  The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment.  No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits.  The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.

 

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments.  A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Equitable Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Loans to One Borrower.   Federal law provides that savings associations are generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower applicable to national banks.  Generally, subject to certain exceptions, a savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus.  An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by specified readily-marketable collateral.

 

Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  Federal law requires savings associations to meet a qualified thrift lender test. Under the test, a savings association is required to either qualify as a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less:  (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential real estate loans and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities but also including education, credit card and small business loans) in at least nine months out of each twelve-month period.

 

A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test is subject to certain operating restrictions and the Dodd-Frank Act also specifies that failing the qualified thrift lender test is a violation of law that could result in an enforcement action and dividend limitations.  As of December 31, 2014, Equitable Bank maintained 79.9% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, met the qualified thrift lender test.

 

In the future, if our business strategy leads to continued growth in our commercial loan portfolio, we may consider converting Equitable Bank’s charter from that of a savings association to that of a commercial bank.  Doing so could allow us to avoid operating restrictions and penalties that can be applied to savings associations which fail to satisfy the qualified thrift lender test.

 

Limitation on Capital Distributions.   Federal regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by a savings association, including cash dividends, payments to repurchase its shares and payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash-out merger.  Under the regulations, an application to and the prior approval of the OCC is required before any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for “expedited treatment” of applications under OCC regulations ( i.e. , generally, examination and Community Reinvestment Act ratings in the two top categories), the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OCC.  If an application is not required, the institution must still provide 30 days prior written notice to, and receive the nonobjection of, the Federal Reserve Board of the capital distribution if, like Equitable Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company, as well as an informational notice filing to the OCC.  If Equitable Bank’s capital ever fell below its regulatory requirements or the OCC notified it that it was in need of increased supervision, its ability to make capital distributions could be restricted.  In addition, the OCC could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OCC determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

Community Reinvestment Act.  All federal savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including

 

91



Table of Contents

 

low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.  An institution’s failure to satisfactorily comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could result in denials of regulatory applications.  Responsibility for administering the Community Reinvestment Act, unlike other fair lending laws, is not being transferred to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.  Equitable Bank received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recently completed examination.

 

Transactions with Related Parties.   Federal law limits Equitable Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with “affiliates” ( e.g ., any entity that controls or is under common control with Equitable Bank, including New Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC and their other subsidiaries).  The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings association.  The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings association’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type specified by federal law.  The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited.  Transactions with affiliates must generally be on terms and under circumstances that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings associations are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings association may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by New Equitable to its executive officers and directors.  However, the law contains a specific exception for loans by a depository institution to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking laws.  Under such laws, Equitable Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is limited.  The laws limit both the individual and aggregate amount of loans that Equitable Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on Equitable Bank’s capital level and requires that certain board approval procedures be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment.  There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional limitations based on the type of loan involved.

 

Enforcement.   The OCC currently has primary enforcement responsibility over savings associations and has authority to bring actions against the institution and all institution-affiliated parties, including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful actions likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution.  Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to institution of receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance.  Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to $25,000 per day, or even $1.0 million per day in especially egregious cases.  The FDIC has the authority to recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association.  If action is not taken by the OCC, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.  Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. Equitable Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Equitable Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that Federal Home Loan Bank. Equitable Bank was in compliance with this requirement with an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock at December 31, 2014 of $550,000.

 

Federal Reserve Board System.   The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings associations to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts).  For 2014, the regulations provided that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $71.0 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $71.0 million.  The first $11.5 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The amounts are adjusted annually and, for 2014, require a 3% ratio for up to $79.5 million and an

 

92



Table of Contents

 

exemption of $12.4 million. Equitable Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.  In October 2008, the Federal Reserve Board began paying interest on certain reserve balances.

 

Other Regulations

 

Equitable Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, including the:

 

·                   Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

·                   Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

·                   Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

·                   Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

·                   Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

 

·                   rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of Equitable Bank also are subject to laws such as the:

 

·                   Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

·                   Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

·                   Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

General.  As a savings and loan holding company, Old Equitable is, and New Equitable will be, subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations, examinations, supervision, reporting requirements and regulations regarding its activities.  Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to Equitable Bank.

 

Pursuant to federal law and regulations and policy, a savings and loan holding company such as New Equitable may generally engage in the activities permitted for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act and certain other activities that have been authorized for savings and loan holding companies by regulation.

 

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company from, directly or indirectly or through one or more subsidiaries, acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings association, or savings and loan holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board or from acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary holding company or savings association.  A savings and loan holding company is also prohibited from acquiring more than 5% of a company engaged in

 

93



Table of Contents

 

activities other than those authorized by federal law or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC.  In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings associations, the Federal Reserve Board must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

 

The Federal Reserve Board is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings associations in more than one state, except:  (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and (ii) the acquisition of a savings association in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings association specifically permit such acquisitions.  The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

 

Capital Requirements.   Savings and loan holding companies historically have not been subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements.  However, in July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved a new rule that implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rule established consolidated capital requirements for many savings and loan holding companies, including New Equitable. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

 

Source of Strength.  The Dodd-Frank Act also extends the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies.  The regulatory agencies must promulgate regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy that holding companies act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

 

Dividends and Stock Repurchases.   The Federal Reserve Board has the power to prohibit dividends by savings and loan holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices.  The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which also applies to savings and loan holding companies and which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends.  Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”

 

Federal Reserve Board policy also provides that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve Board supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred.

 

Acquisition of New Equitable.   Under the federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of a savings and loan holding company or savings association.  Under certain circumstances, a change of control may occur, and prior notice is required, upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the company or institution, unless the Federal Reserve Board has found that the acquisition will not result in a change of control.  Under the Change in Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition.  Any company that acquires control would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status.   The JOBS Act, which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets.  Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.”  New Equitable qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

 

94



Table of Contents

 

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes).  An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation; however, New Equitable will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).  Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company.  New Equitable has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

 

A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of:  (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

TAXATION

 

Federal Taxation

 

General Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable and Equitable Bank are, and New Equitable will be, subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below.  The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Equitable -Federal, New Equitable or Equitable Bank.

 

Method of Accounting For federal income tax purposes, Old Equitable currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending June 30 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.

 

Bad Debt Reserves Prior to 1996, Equitable Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve.  These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at our taxable income.  As a result of tax law changes in 1996, Equitable Bank was required to use the specific charge-off method in computing its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal tax return.  Savings institutions were required to recapture any excess reserves over those established as of December 31, 1987 (base year reserve). At June 30, 2014, Equitable Bank had approximately $1.1 million in reserves subject to recapture in excess of its base year reserves.

 

Old Equitable is required to use the specific charge-off method to account for bad debt tax deductions.

 

Taxable Distributions and Recapture Prior to 1996, bad debt reserves created prior to 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Equitable Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests or made certain distributions. Tax law changes in 1996 eliminated thrift-related recapture rules.  However, under current law, pre-1988 tax bad debt reserves remain subject to recapture if Equitable Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its common stock, pays dividends in excess of earnings and profits, or fails to qualify as a “bank” for tax purposes.  At December 31, 2014, our total federal pre-base year bad debt reserve was approximately $2.1 million.

 

Alternative Minimum Tax The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less any available exemption.  The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the regular income tax.  Net operating losses can offset no more

 

95



Table of Contents

 

than 90% of alternative taxable income.  Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years.  At June 30, 2014, Old Equitable had approximately $82,000 in available credits for carryover.

 

Net Operating Loss Carryovers.   A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  A 2009 federal tax law change allows for a one-time carry back of either 2008 or 2009 taxable losses for up to five years.  At June 30, 2014, Old Equitable had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.0 million.

 

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction Old Equitable may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Equitable Bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary by filing consolidated tax returns.  The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns at least 20% of the stock of the distributing corporation.  The dividends-received deduction is 70% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns less than 20% of the distributing corporation.

 

State Taxation

 

Nebraska Taxation .  Under Nebraska law, Equitable Bank pays a franchise tax in lieu of a corporate income tax.  The franchise tax is the lesser of two amounts computed based on our average deposits and net financial income, respectively.  Presently, the tax is $0.47 per $1,000 of average deposits but not to exceed an amount determined by applying 3.81% to our net financial income.  Net financial income is our income as reported to the OCC after ordinary and necessary expenses but before income taxes.  In addition, Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC are required, and New Equitable will be required, to file a Nebraska income tax return because we will be doing business in Nebraska.  For Nebraska tax purposes, corporations are presently taxed at a rate equal to 5.58% of the first $50,000 of taxable income and 7.81% of taxable income in excess of $50,000.  For this purpose, “taxable income” generally means federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments (including addition of interest income on non-Nebraska municipal obligations and excluding interest income from qualified U.S. governmental obligations).

 

96



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Shared Management Structure

 

Each executive officer of New Equitable is also an executive officer of Equitable Bank.  We expect that New Equitable and Equitable Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of New Equitable and Equitable Bank

 

New Equitable has nine directors.  Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected annually.  Directors of Equitable Bank will be elected by New Equitable as its sole stockholder.  The following table states our directors’ and executive officers’ names, their ages as of February 28, 2015, the years when they began serving as directors of Equitable Bank and when their current terms as directors expire.  The executive officers of New Equitable and Equitable Bank are elected annually.

 

Name 

 

Age

 

Position

 

Director
 Since

 

Term to
 Expire

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

54

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

2007

 

2017

 

David L. Richardson

 

36

 

Community Bank President (Grand Island), Chief Lending Officer and Director

 

2013

 

2016

 

Levi D. Fisher

 

37

 

Community Bank President (North Platte) and Director

 

2014

 

2015

 

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.

 

72

 

Chairman of the Board

 

1985

 

2015

 

Vincent J. Dugan

 

53

 

Director

 

2007

 

2017

 

Gary L. Hedman

 

71

 

Director

 

2003

 

2016

 

Pamela L. Price

 

70

 

Director

 

2003

 

2015

 

Jack E. Rasmussen

 

85

 

Director

 

1987

 

2017

 

Douglas J. Redman

 

55

 

Director

 

2001

 

2016

 

Douglas J. Nodgaard

 

52

 

Community Bank President (Omaha)

 

 

 

Darcy M. Ray

 

34

 

Vice President of Finance and Controller

 

 

 

 

The principal occupation during the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.  All directors and executive officers have held their present positions for all five years unless otherwise noted.

 

Thomas E. Gdowski has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank since December 2008.  Prior to that, Mr. Gdowski had served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank since June 2006.  Other prior positions with Equitable Bank include Chief Financial Officer (August to December, 2008), Senior Vice President (March, 2005, to June, 2006), and Chief Branch Operating Officer (November, 2005, to June, 2006).  Prior to joining Equitable Bank, Mr. Gdowski served as the Funds Management Officer for TierOne Bank from September 2004 to March 2005, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Nebraska Bank from 1993 to September 2004.  Mr. Gdowski is a member of the Boards of Directors of New Equitable, Old Equitable and Equitable Bank.  Mr. Gdowski provides the board with extensive knowledge of our customers and lending markets.

 

David L. Richardson has served as Community Bank President (Grand Island) and Chief Lending Officer of Equitable Bank since May 2009.  Prior to that time, Mr. Richardson served as Credit Administration Manager of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank.  Mr. Richardson is a member of the Boards of Directors of New Equitable, Old Equitable and Equitable Bank.  Mr. Richardson provides the board with extensive knowledge of our customers and loan portfolio.

 

Levi D. Fisher has served as Community Bank President (North Platte) of Equitable Bank since June 2011.  Prior to that time, Mr. Fisher served as an Agricultural Loan Officer of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank since May 2005.  Prior to joining Equitable Bank, Mr. Fisher served as an Ag Loan Officer for United Nebraska Bank from

 

97



Table of Contents

 

May 2002 to May 2005.  Mr. Fisher is a member of the Boards of Directors of New Equitable, Old Equitable and Equitable Bank.  Mr. Fisher provides the board with extensive knowledge of our customers and loan portfolio, particularly with respect to our North Platte market.

 

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr. serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors Old Equitable and Equitable Bank.  Mr. Wassinger is a pharmacist and previous owner of Bens’ Drug Store dba Bens Long Term Care Pharmacy and A-B Health Services, LLC in Grand Island, Nebraska.   Because of his almost 30 years of board service, Mr. Wassinger provides the Board of Directors with extensive institutional knowledge. Mr. Wassinger also provides the board with extensive business experience and knowledge of the Grand Island community and market area.

 

Vincent J. Dugan is the President and General Counsel of Trego/Dugan Aviation, Inc., a Nebraska-based aviation company, and the President of Trego/Dugan Aviation of Grand Island, Inc.  He has served in those positions since July 1994.  Mr. Dugan has also been affiliated with the law firm of Brouillette, Dugan & Troshynski in North Platte, Nebraska since October 2007.  Mr. Dugan’s experience as an attorney provides a valuable resource and perspective to the board.

 

Gary L. Hedman is retired.  He is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Southern Public Power District, an electric utilities company, having served in that capacity for over 30 years until 2012.  Mr. Hedman’s extensive business and management experience at a regulated entity provides a valuable perspective to the board.

 

Pamela L. Price is retired.  She is the former Executive Director of the Stuhr Museum Foundation, having served in that capacity for 14 years until August 2014.  As Executive Director, Ms. Price raised unrestricted funds, special project funds, and endowment funds to benefit the living history, education and preservation programs of the Stuhr Museum in Grand Island.  Ms. Price’s experience in the non-profit sector and her service to Grand Island provides the board with a unique perspective on conditions in the Grand Island community and market area.

 

Jack E. Rasmussen is the retired owner and partner of Jack’s Tire Service in Grand Island, Nebraska.  Because of his over 25 years of board service, Mr. Rasmussen provides the Board of Directors with extensive institutional knowledge. Mr. Rasmussen also provides the board with extensive business experience and knowledge of the Grand Island community and market area.

 

Douglas J. Redman served as Equitable Bank’s Business Development Officer from May 2009 until December 2010.  Since January 2014, Mr. Redman has been a partner in Red Mountain Breakfast Company LLC, which operates a Dunkin Donuts franchise.  Mr. Redman is also the former owner of several businesses, including a Subway franchise and a Video Kingdom store.  Mr. Redman’s experience as a small business owner provides the board with valuable insight into managing and overseeing a business, as well as a valuable perspective on the needs of our business banking customers.

 

Douglas J. Nodgaard has served as Community Bank President (Omaha) of Equitable Bank since May 2013.  Prior to joining Equitable Bank, Mr. Nodgaard served as the Chief Lending Officer of United Republic Bank from April 2010 to May 2013 and as Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of First Westroads Bank from January 1999 to April 2010.

 

Darcy M. Ray has served as Vice President of Finance and Controller of Equitable Bank since November 2006.  Ms. Ray also has served as a part-time accountant and Controller with Horst & Associates in Grand Island, Nebraska since January 2007.  Prior to joining Equitable Bank, Ms. Ray was a Staff Accountant with McDermott & Miller PC in Grand Island, Nebraska.

 

Board Independence

 

The Board of Directors determines the independence of each director in accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market rules, which include all elements of independence as set forth in the listing requirements for Nasdaq securities.  The Board of Directors has determined that all of our directors are “independent” directors within the meaning of such standards, with the exceptions of Mr. Gdowski, Mr. Fisher and Mr. Richardson.  In evaluating the independence of our independent directors, we found no transactions between us and our independent directors that

 

98



Table of Contents

 

are not required to be reported in this prospectus and that had an impact on our determination as to the independence of our directors.

 

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Old Equitable has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that reflects current circumstances and Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq definitions for such codes. The code of business conduct and ethics covers Old Equitable, Equitable Bank and other subsidiaries. Among other things, the code of business conduct and ethics includes provisions regarding honest and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, full and fair disclosure, compliance with law, and reporting of and sanctions for violations.  The code applies to all directors, officers and employees of Old Equitable and subsidiaries.  We have posted a copy of the code of business conduct and ethics on our corporate website, at www.equitableonline.com.  As further matters are documented, or if those documents (including the code of business conduct and ethics) are changed, waivers from the code of business conduct and ethics are granted, or new procedures are adopted, those new documents, changes and/or waivers will be posted on the corporate website at that address.

 

Transactions with Related Persons

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Equitable Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations.  Federal law requires that all loans or extensions of credit to executive officers and directors must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the general public and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.  Federal regulations adopted under this law permit executive officers and directors to receive the same terms that are widely available to other employees as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees.  Equitable Bank does not currently have such a program in place.

 

At December 31, 2014, loans and drawn open lines of credit to executive officers, directors and their associates totaled approximately $1.7 million.   All of the loans to related persons (as defined under Securities and Exchange Commission rules) were made in the ordinary course of business, made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with other persons not related to Equitable Bank and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

Director Compensation

 

Each director receives a fee of $950 per month for service on the Board of Directors.  Our Chairman receives an additional fee of $1,000 per month, and members of our Executive Committee receive an additional fee of $500 per month.  Members of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee receive an additional fee of $250 for each meeting attended.  We paid a total of $103,650 in director fees during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

Upon completion of the conversion and the offering, each director will receive an annual retainer of $3,000, in addition to the monthly compensation and per-meeting fees described above.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Set forth below is director compensation for each of our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

Name 

 

Fees Earned or Paid
 in Cash

 

Total

 

Vincent J. Dugan

 

$

12,650

 

$

12,650

 

Gary L. Hedman

 

17,650

 

17,650

 

Pamela L. Price

 

13,400

 

13,400

 

Jack E. Rasmussen

 

12,150

 

12,150

 

Douglas J. Redman

 

17,400

 

17,400

 

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.

 

30,400

 

30,400

 

 

Executive Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table . The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to, or earned by, Thomas E. Gdowski, our principal executive officer, and our two most highly compensated other executive officers who received total compensation of $100,000 or more during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014. The officers listed in the table are referred to in this prospectus as the “named executive officers.”

 

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

Name and Principal Position 

 

Fiscal
 Year

 

Salary
 ($)(1)

 

Bonus
 ($)

 

All Other
Compensation
 ($)(2)

 

Total
 ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2014

 

$

164,950

 

$

16,200

 

$

12,992

 

$

194,142

 

David L. Richardson Community Bank President (Grand Island) and Chief Lending Officer

 

2014

 

113,003

 

5,000

 

10,846

 

128,849

 

Douglas J. Nodgaard Community Bank President (Omaha)

 

2014

 

135,000

 

38,675

 

14,059

 

187,734

 

 


(1)          Includes directors fees paid in cash for service by the officer on the Boards of Directors of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, such amounts were $10,450 for Mr. Gdowski, $10,450 for Mr. Richardson and $0 for Mr. Nodgaard.

 

(2)          Details of the amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column for fiscal 2014 are provided in the table below:

 

 

 

Mr. Gdowski

 

Mr. Richardson

 

Mr. Nodgaard

 

Employer contribution to 401(k) plan

 

$

2,460

 

$

1,771

 

$

2,684

 

Vehicle allowance

 

4,800

 

4,500

 

 

Market value of ESOP contribution

 

2,409

 

1,462

 

1,383

 

Country club dues

 

3,323

 

3,113

 

9,895

 

Phone reimbursement

 

 

 

97

 

Total

 

$

12,992

 

$

10,846

 

$

14,059

 

 

100



Table of Contents

 

Employment Agreement with Mr. Gdowski .  Old Equitable and Mr. Gdowski entered into an employment agreement dated June 30, 2011.  The employment agreement had an initial term of 24 months.  The employment agreement provides that, on each anniversary date of the agreement, outside members of the Board of Directors may extend the agreement term for an additional year, so that the remaining term again becomes 24 full months from the applicable anniversary date.  The decision to extend is based on an annual review of Mr. Gdowski’s performance.  Mr. Gdowski’s employment agreement was last extended by the outside members of the Board of Directors in 2014, and the term of the employment agreement now continues through June 30, 2016.

 

The employment agreement provides Mr. Gdowski with a base salary of $154,500.  Mr. Gdowski’s annual rate of base salary is reviewed by the Board of Directors at least annually, and may be increased but not decreased.  In addition to base salary, Mr. Gdowski is entitled to incentive compensation in accordance with any program established by Old Equitable or as otherwise determined by a majority of the outside members of the Board of Directors in their discretion.  Further, Mr. Gdowski is entitled to participate in any and all officer or employee compensation and benefit plans in effect from time to time and a car allowance of $400 per month.  Mr. Gdowski is also reimbursed for reasonable business expenses incurred while performing his obligations as President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

In the event of Mr. Gdowski’s involuntary termination of employment for reasons other than cause, disability or death, or in the event he voluntarily terminates employment with “good reason,” Mr. Gdowski will receive the following benefits:  (a)  if such termination occurs following a change in control of Old Equitable or New Equitable, Mr. Gdowski will be entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment equal to the sum of six months’ base salary as in effect at the time of the change in control or termination of employment, whichever is higher; or (b) if such termination does not occur following a change in control of Old Equitable or New Equitable, Mr. Gdowski will continue to receive his base salary as in effect at the time of termination for a period of six months in accordance with regular pay practices.  For purposes of the employment agreement, “good reason” means:  (a) a failure to reelect or reappoint Mr. Gdowski as President and Chief Executive Officer without his consent; (b) a material change in Mr. Gdowski’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope without his consent; (c) a liquidation or dissolution of the corporation, other than those related to reorganizations that do not affect the status of Mr. Gdowski; (d) a material reduction in Mr. Gdowski’s base salary or benefits, other than a reduction that is generally applicable to executive employees or a reduction or elimination of benefits as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants; or (e) a material breach of the employment agreement by Old Equitable.

 

Discretionary Bonus Program.   The Board of Directors has the authority to award discretionary bonus payments to the named executive officers.  While strict numerical formulas are not used to quantify the named executive officers’ bonus payments, both company-wide and individually based performance objectives are used to determine bonus payments.  Company-wide performance objectives focus on growth, expense control and asset quality, which are customary metrics used by similarly situated financial institutions in measuring performance.  Individually based performance objectives are determined based on the individual’s responsibilities and contributions to our successful operation.  Both the company-wide and individually based performance objectives are evaluated by the Board of Directors on an annual basis and also as a trend of performance.  The Board of Directors also takes into consideration outside factors that impact our performance, such as national and local economic conditions, the interest rate environment, regulatory mandates and the level of competition in our primary market areas.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards .  The following table sets forth information with respect to our outstanding equity awards as of June 30, 2014 for our named executive officers.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at June 30, 2014

 

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Name 

 

Number of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested
(#)

 

Market value of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested
($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

8,000

 

$

39,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David L. Richardson

 

3,250

 

15,925

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas J. Nodgaard

 

 

 

 

Benefit Plans

 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  The Equitable Financial Corp. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Incentive Plan”) was approved at our 2006 annual meeting.  The 2006 Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of up to161,577 stock options and 64,631 shares of restricted stock to employees and directors.  The 2006 Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee has the authority to grant awards, designate participants, determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each participant and the number, terms and conditions of awards and otherwise to make  all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the 2006 Incentive Plan.   To date, no stock options and 57,920 shares of restricted stock have been granted under the 2006 Incentive Plan to employees and directors.

 

Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.  Equitable Bank maintains an Employee Savings’ and Profit Sharing Plan which is a qualified, tax-exempt profit sharing plan with a “cash or deferred” feature that is tax-qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”).  All employees who have attained age 21 and have completed six months of employment during which they worked at least 500 hours are eligible to participate.

 

The 401(k) Plan provides for employee before-tax contributions and employee Roth after-tax contributions, discretionary employer matching contributions and discretionary employer profit-sharing contributions.  Participants may elect to defer a percentage of their compensation each year instead of receiving that amount in cash, in an amount up to 75% of their compensation to the 401(k) Plan, provided that the amount deferred does not exceed $18,000 for 2015.  In addition, for participants who are age 50 or older by the end of any taxable year, the participant may elect to defer additional amounts (called “catch-up contributions”) to the 401(k) Plan.  The “catch-up contributions” may be made regardless of any other limitations on the amount that a participant may defer to the 401(k) Plan.  The maximum “catch-up contribution” that a participant can make in 2015 is $6,000.  For these purposes, “compensation” includes total compensation (including salary reduction contributions made under the 401(k) Plan or the flexible benefits plan sponsored by Equitable Bank), but does not include compensation in excess of $265,000 for 2015.  Employer matching contributions are made by Equitable Bank at the discretion of, and determined by, the Board of Directors.  Presently, Equitable Bank makes matching contributions equal to 50% of the first 6% of compensation contributed to the 401(k) Plan by an employee through salary deferrals.  Annual profit-sharing contributions are made by Equitable Bank at the discretion of, and determined by, the Board of Directors.  All employee contributions and earnings thereon are fully and immediately vested.  All employer matching and profit-sharing contributions vest at the rate of 20% per year beginning at the end of a participant’s first year of service with Equitable Bank until a participant is 100% vested after five years of service.  Participants also will vest in employer profit-sharing contributions when they reach the normal retirement age of 65 or later, or upon death or disability regardless of years of service.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

401(k) Plan benefits will be paid to each participant in a lump sum.  For the plan year ended December 31, 2014, Equitable Bank made a contribution in the amount of  $80,230 to the 401(k) Plan.  In connection with the offering, Old Equitable intends to allow participants in the 401(k) Plan to purchase New Equitable common stock with their 401(k) Plan account balances.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan.   Equitable Bank maintains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”).  Employees who are at least 21 years old with at least three months of employment with Equitable Bank during which they have worked at least 1,000 hours are eligible to participate.  The ESOP borrowed funds from Old Equitable and used those funds to purchase shares of common stock for the plan.  Collateral for the loan is the common stock purchased by the ESOP.  The common stock that was purchased with the loan is held in a suspense account and allocated to participants’ accounts in the ESOP as the loan is repaid. Equitable Bank makes annual contributions to the ESOP which are used by the ESOP to repay the loan from Old Equitable.

 

Benefits under the ESOP become vested in an ESOP participant at the rate of 20% per year, starting upon an employee’s completion of one year of credited service, and will be fully vested upon completion of five years of credited service.  Participants’ interest in their account under the ESOP will also fully vest in the event of termination of service due to their normal retirement, death, disability or upon a change in control (as defined in the plan).  Vested benefits will be payable generally upon the participants’ termination of employment with Equitable Bank, and will be paid in the form of common stock, or to the extent participants’ accounts contain cash, benefits will be paid in cash.  However, participants have the right to elect to receive their benefits entirely in the form of cash or common stock, or a combination of both.

 

In connection with the offering, the ESOP intends to purchase up to 6% of the shares issued in the offering by obtaining a loan from New Equitable.  The ESOP loan from New Equitable will have a 20 year term and will have a fixed rate of interest equal to the prime rate at the closing of the offering.

 

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

 

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards.  If adopted within twelve months following the completion of the conversion, the aggregate number of shares reserved for the exercise of stock options or available for stock awards under the stock-based benefit plans would be limited to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering.

 

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering, and if adopted within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders.  If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the stock offering, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders.  The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans only if such plans are adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

·                   Non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

·                   Any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

·                   Any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

·                   Any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plan, in the aggregate, may not acquire more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless Equitable Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans may acquire up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

·                   The options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans;

 

103



Table of Contents

 

·                   Accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Equitable Bank or New Equitable; and

 

·                   Our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that Equitable Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.

 

We have not determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval prior to or more than twelve months after the completion of the conversion.  In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

The actual value of the shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the price of New Equitable’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded.  The stock-based benefit plans are subject to stockholder approval, and cannot be implemented until at least six months after the offering.  The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $6.00 per share to $12.00 per share.

 

Share Price

 

51,000 Shares Awarded
at Minimum
 of Offering Range

 

60,000 Shares Awarded
at Midpoint
 of Offering Range

 

69,000 Shares Awarded
at Maximum
 of Offering Range

 

79,350 Shares
Awarded at
Adjusted Maximum
 of Offering Range

 

$

 6.00

 

$

306,000

 

$

360,000

 

$

414,000

 

$

476,100

 

8.00

 

408,000

 

480,000

 

552,000

 

634,800

 

10.00

 

510,000

 

600,000

 

690,000

 

793,500

 

12.00

 

612,000

 

720,000

 

828,000

 

952,200

 

 

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of New Equitable at the time the options are granted.  The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is  $6.00 per share to $12.00 per share.  The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Grant-Date Fair
 Value Per Option

 

127,500 Options at
Minimum of
 Offering Range

 

150,000 Options at
Midpoint of
 Offering Range

 

172,500 Options at
Maximum of
 Offering Range

 

198,375 Options
at Adjusted
Maximum of
 Offering Range

 

$

 6.00

 

$

1.67

 

$

212,925

 

$

250,500

 

$

288,075

 

$

331,286

 

8.00

 

2.23

 

284,325

 

334,500

 

384,675

 

442,376

 

10.00

 

2.79

 

355,725

 

418,500

 

481,275

 

553,466

 

12.00

 

3.35

 

427,125

 

502,500

 

577,875

 

664,556

 

 

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only.  There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $6.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

104



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Old Equitable held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock as of [Stockholder Record Date] .  Unless otherwise indicated, each of the named individuals has sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to the number of shares shown and has not pledged any shares of common stock as security for a loan.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner 

 

Total Shares
 Beneficially Owned

 

Percent of All
 Common Stock
 Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent J. Dugan(1)

 

7,232

 

*

 

Levi D. Fisher(2)

 

15,300

 

*

 

Thomas E. Gdowski(3)

 

45,422

 

1.4

%

Gary L. Hedman(4)

 

35,479

 

1.1

%

Douglas J. Nodgaard(5)

 

2,841

 

*

 

Pamela L. Price(6)

 

7,893

 

*

 

Darcy M. Ray(7)

 

6,511

 

*

 

Jack E. Rasmussen(8)

 

19,264

 

*

 

Douglas J. Redman(9)

 

43,915

 

1.4

%

David L. Richardson(10)

 

19,753

 

*

 

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.(11)

 

25,527

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

 

229,137

 

7.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial MHC 113 North Locust Street Grand Island, Nebraska 68801

 

1,813,630

 

57.0

%

 


*                       Less than 1%.

(1)               Includes 3,232 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan.

(2)               Includes 3,750 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, and 2,411 shares allocated under our employee stock ownership plan with respect to which Mr. Fisher has voting but not investment power.

(3)               Includes  9,000 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, 22,000 shares held in Mr. Gdowski’s IRA, and 4,313 shares allocated under our employee stock ownership plan with respect to which Mr. Gdowski has voting but not investment power.

(4)               Includes 3,232 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, 30,247 shares held in Mr. Hedman’s IRA and 1,000 shares held by a member of Mr. Hedman’s immediate family.

(5)               Includes 2,500 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, and 341 shares allocated under our employee stock ownership plan with respect to which Mr. Nodgaard has voting but not investment power.

(6)               Includes 3,232 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan.

(7)               Includes 3,550 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, and 1,795 shares allocated under our employee stock ownership plan with respect to which Ms. Ray has voting but not investment power.

(8)               Includes 3,232 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, 7,032 shares held in Mr. Rasmussen’s IRA, and 4,000 shares held in Mr. Rasmussen’s spouse’s IRA.

(9)               Includes 3,232 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, and 4,000 shares owned by Mr. Redman’s spouse.

(10)        Includes 5,750 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, and 2,363 shares allocated under our employee stock ownership plan with respect to which Mr. Richardson has voting but not investment power.

 

105



Table of Contents

 

(11)        Includes 3,232 unvested shares of restricted stock held under our 2006 Incentive Plan, 14,685 shares held in Mr. Wassinger’s IRA, 5,350 shares held by Mr. Wassinger’s spouse’s IRA, and 60 shares held as custodian for Mr. Wassinger’s grandchildren.

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The table below sets forth, for each of New Equitable’s directors and executive officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:

 

(i)                                    The number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Old Equitable common stock as of [Stockholder Record Date] ;

 

(ii)                                 The proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and

 

(iii)                              The total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.

 

In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the offering range.  See “The Conversion and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”  Federal regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.  Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) plan are included in the proposed purchases set forth below and will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the stock offering and as part of the maximum number of shares directors and officers may purchase in the stock offering.

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Purchases of 

 

Total Common Stock to be
Held at Minimum of

 

 

 

Number of

 

Stock in the Offering(2)

 

Offering Range(3)

 

 

 

Exchange
Shares to be
 Held(1)

 

Number of
 Shares

 

Amount

 

Number of
 Shares

 

Percentage
of Shares
 Outstanding

 

Vincent J. Dugan

 

5,069

 

4,000

 

$

32,000

 

9,069

 

*

 

Levi D. Fisher

 

10,725

 

2,500

 

20,000

 

13,225

 

*

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

31,840

 

10,000

 

80,000

 

41,840

 

1.9

%

Gary L. Hedman

 

24,870

 

3,750

 

30,000

 

28,620

 

1.3

%

Douglas J. Nodgaard

 

1,991

 

4,000

 

32,000

 

5,991

 

*

 

Pamela L. Price

 

5,532

 

300

 

2,400

 

5,832

 

*

 

Darcy M. Ray

 

4,564

 

5,000

 

40,000

 

9,564

 

*

 

Jack E. Rasmussen

 

13,504

 

 

 

13,504

 

*

 

Douglas J. Redman

 

30,784

 

10,000

 

80,000

 

40,784

 

1.8

%

David L. Richardson

 

13,846

 

3,500

 

28,000

 

17,346

 

*

 

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.

 

17,894

 

500

 

4,000

 

18,394

 

*

 

Total for Directors and Executive Officers

 

160,619

 

43,550

 

$

348,400

 

204,169

 

9.1

%

 


*                       Less than 1%.

(1)               Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 0.7010 at the minimum of the offering range.

(2)               Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.

(3)               At the maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would beneficially own 260,857 shares, or 8.6% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

106



Table of Contents

 

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

 

The Boards of Directors of Equitable Financial MHC and Old Equitable have approved the plan of conversion and reorganization.  The plan of conversion and reorganization must also be approved by the depositors of Equitable Bank and the stockholders of Old Equitable.  A special meeting of depositors and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose.  The Federal Reserve Board has approved the application that includes the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

General

 

The Boards of Directors of Equitable Financial MHC and Old Equitable adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization on March 3, 2015.  Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the stock holding company form of organization.  Equitable Financial MHC, the mutual holding company parent of Old Equitable, will be merged into Old Equitable, and Equitable Financial MHC will no longer exist.  Old Equitable, which owns 100% of Equitable Bank, will be merged into a new Maryland corporation named Equitable Financial Corp.  As part of the conversion, the 57.0% ownership interest of Equitable Financial MHC in Old Equitable will be offered for sale in the offering.  When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of Equitable Bank will be owned by New Equitable, and all of the outstanding common stock of New Equitable will be owned by public stockholders.  Equitable Financial MHC and Old Equitable will cease to exist.  A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

 

Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, at the completion of the conversion and offering, each share of Old Equitable common stock owned by persons other than Equitable Financial MHC will be converted automatically into the right to receive shares of New Equitable common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio.  The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Old Equitable for new shares of New Equitable, the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of New Equitable that they owned in Old Equitable immediately prior to the conversion, as adjusted for the assets of Equitable Financial MHC, and excluding any shares they purchased in the offering and their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

We intend to retain between $4.0 million and $5.6 million of the net proceeds of the offering and to invest between $4.7 million and $6.5 million of the net proceeds in Equitable Bank.  The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors.  In addition, we may offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:

 

(i)                                      Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska;

 

(ii)                                   Old Equitable’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] ; and

 

(iii)                                The general public.

 

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering.  The community offering may begin at the same time, during or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Federal Reserve Board.  See “—Community Offering.”

 

107



Table of Contents

 

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings through a syndicated offering in which Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will be sole book-running manager.  See “—Syndicated Offering” herein.

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of New Equitable.  All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $8.00 per share.  Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering.  See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion and reorganization.  A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at each branch office of Equitable Bank.  The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Equitable Financial MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board.  The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part.  Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov.  See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

 

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

·                   Enhance our regulatory capital position.    A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objective of building stockholder value.  While Equitable Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth and expansion.  Minimum regulatory capital requirements will also increase in the future under recently adopted regulations, and compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

·                   Transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure .    The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, which we believe will make our common stock more appealing to investors, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

·                   Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock .    The greater number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for New Equitable common stock than has existed for Old Equitable common stock.  A more liquid and active market will make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

·                   Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions .    Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or financial services companies as opportunities arise, which will make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for such institutions.  The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions.  In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions.  Applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of New Equitable for three years following completion of the conversion.

 

108



Table of Contents

 

Approvals Required

 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the depositors of Equitable Bank is required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization.  By their approval of the plan of conversion and reorganization, the depositors of Equitable Bank will also be approving the merger of Equitable Financial MHC into Old Equitable.  The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable held by the public stockholders of Old Equitable (stockholders other than Equitable Financial MHC) also are required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization.  The plan of conversion and reorganization also must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board, which has approved the application that includes the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Common Stockholders

 

Federal regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company to stock form, the public common stockholders will be entitled to exchange their shares for common stock of the new stock holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve Board that the basis for the exchange is fair and reasonable.  At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Old Equitable common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive a number of shares of New Equitable common stock.  The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in New Equitable after the conversion as they held in Old Equitable immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares.  The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Old Equitable common stock.  The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Old Equitable common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of New Equitable prepared by RP Financial, LC., and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.  The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 0.7010 shares for each publicly held share of Old Equitable at the minimum of the offering range to 1.0907 shares for each publicly held share of Old Equitable at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.

 

The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of New Equitable as of February 6, 2015, assuming public stockholders of Old Equitable own 43.0% of Old Equitable common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion.  The table also shows how many shares of New Equitable a hypothetical owner of Old Equitable common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.

 

 

 

Shares to be Sold in
This Offering

 

Shares of New Equitable
to be Issued for Shares
of
Old Equitable

 

Total
Shares of
Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange
and

 

Exchange

 

Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering

 

Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book
Value Per
Exchanged

 

Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Offering

 

Ratio

 

Price(1)

 

Share(2)

 

Shares(3)

 

Minimum

 

1,275,000

 

57.0

%

959,956

 

43.0

%

2,234,956

 

0.7010

 

$

5.61

 

$

9.03

 

70

 

Midpoint

 

1,500,000

 

57.0

%

1,129,360

 

43.0

%

2,629,360

 

0.8247

 

$

6.60

 

$

9.54

 

82

 

Maximum

 

1,725,000

 

57.0

%

1,298,764

 

43.0

%

3,023,764

 

0.9484

 

$

7.59

 

$

10.04

 

94

 

Adjusted Maximum

 

1,983,750

 

57.0

%

1,493,579

 

43.0

%

3,477,329

 

1.0907

 

$

8.73

 

$

10.63

 

109

 

 


(1)          Represents the value of shares of New Equitable common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Old Equitable, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $8.00 per share offering price.

(2)          Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.

(3)          Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

109



Table of Contents

 

If you own shares of Old Equitable common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be exchanged automatically within your account, so you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock.  If your shares are represented by physical Old Equitable stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion, our transfer agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificate(s).  You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.  A statement reflecting your ownership of New Equitable common stock will be mailed to you within five business days after the transfer agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your Old Equitable stock certificate(s).  New Equitable will not issue stock certificates.

 

No fractional shares of New Equitable common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old Equitable.  For each fractional share of common stock that otherwise would be issued, New Equitable will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $8.00 per share offering price.

 

Effects of Conversion on Depositors and Borrowers

 

Continuity The conversion will not affect the normal business of Equitable Bank of accepting deposits and making loans.  Equitable Bank will continue to be a federal savings association and will continue to be regulated by the OCC and the FDIC.  After the conversion, Equitable Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers.  The directors serving Old Equitable at the time of the conversion will be the directors of New Equitable after the conversion.

 

Effect on Deposit Accounts Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, each depositor of Equitable Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion.  Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion.  Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

 

Effect on Loans No loan outstanding from Equitable Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

 

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors At present, all depositors of Equitable Bank have voting rights in Equitable Financial MHC as to all matters requiring depositor approval.  Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to have any voting rights.  Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Equitable Bank will be vested in New Equitable as the sole stockholder of Equitable Bank.  The stockholders of New Equitable will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to New Equitable common stock.

 

Tax Effects We have received opinions of counsel with regard to the federal income tax consequences and the Nebraska state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable, the public stockholders of Old Equitable (except for cash paid for fractional shares), depositors of Equitable Bank, eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, or Equitable Bank.  See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Effect on Liquidation Rights  Each depositor in Equitable Bank has both a deposit account in Equitable Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Equitable Financial MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account.  This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account.  This ownership interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Equitable Financial MHC and Equitable Bank; however, there has never been a liquidation of a solvent mutual holding company.  Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Equitable Financial MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit.  A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Equitable Financial MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

 

110



Table of Contents

 

Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which would be realizable only in the unlikely event that Equitable Financial MHC and Equitable Bank are liquidated.  If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Equitable Financial MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

 

Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by New Equitable and Equitable Bank in an aggregate amount equal to (i) Equitable Financial MHC’s ownership interest in Old Equitable’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Equitable Financial MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Equitable Financial MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old Equitable).  New Equitable and Equitable Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Equitable Bank after the conversion.  The liquidation accounts would be distributed to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts in Equitable Bank only in the event of a liquidation of (a) New Equitable and Equitable Bank or (b) Equitable Bank.  The liquidation account in Equitable Bank would be used only in the event that New Equitable does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under its liquidation account.  The total obligation of New Equitable and Equitable Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of New Equitable’s liquidation account as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations.  See “—Liquidation Rights.”

 

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

 

The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation.  We have retained RP Financial, LC.  to prepare an independent valuation appraisal.  For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC.  will receive a fee of $35,000, payment for reimbursable expenses up to $6,000 and an additional $5,000 for each updated valuation prepared.  We have not paid RP Financial, LC.  any other fees during the previous three years.  We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC.  and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from RP Financial, LC.’s bad faith or negligence.

 

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC.  in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Old Equitable.  RP Financial, LC.  also considered the following factors, among others:

 

·                   The present results and financial condition of Old Equitable and the projected results and financial condition of New Equitable;

 

·                   The economic and demographic conditions in Old Equitable’s existing market area;

 

·                   Certain historical, financial and other information relating to Old Equitable;

 

·                   A comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Old Equitable with those of other publicly traded savings institutions;

 

·                   The effect of the conversion and offering on New Equitable’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

·                   The proposed dividend policy of New Equitable; and

 

111



Table of Contents

 

·                   The trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering.  Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach.  The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies.  RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. RP Financial, LC. did not consider a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be as meaningful in preparing the appraisal.

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Old Equitable with the peer group.  RP Financial, LC. made upward adjustments for asset growth and primary market area and made downward adjustments for profitability, growth and viability of earnings and liquidity of the shares.  RP Financial, LC. made no adjustments for financial condition, dividends, marketing of the issue, management or effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.  The upward adjustment applied for asset growth was due to Old Equitable’s stronger organic asset growth, which was sustained by a higher rate of loan growth compared to the peer group’s average rate of loan growth.  The upward adjustment applied for primary market area took into consideration Hall County’s stronger rate of population growth and relatively low unemployment rate compared to the primary market area counties served by the peer group companies, on average.  The downward adjustment applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings took into consideration Old Equitable’s less favorable efficiency and expense coverage ratios and New Equitable’s lower pro forma return on equity.  The downward adjustment applied for liquidity of the shares was due to New Equitable’s lower pro forma market value and shares outstanding compared to the peer group’s averages and medians.

 

Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of New Equitable after the conversion that were used in determining the appraised value.  These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 1.05% as of December 31, 2014 on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $8.00 per share purchase price.  See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning assumptions included in the independent valuation and used in preparing pro forma data. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

 

The independent valuation states that as of February 6, 2015, the estimated pro forma market value of New Equitable was $21.0 million.  Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $17.9 million and a maximum of $24.2 million.  The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Old Equitable’s common stock owned by Equitable Financial MHC.  The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share.  Based on the valuation range, the percentage of Old Equitable’s common stock owned by Equitable Financial MHC and the $8.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 1,275,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 1,500,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 1,725,000 shares.

 

The Board of Directors of New Equitable reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

·                   Old Equitable’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

·                   A comparison of financial performance ratios of Old Equitable to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

·                   Market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and

 

·                   The historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Old Equitable common stock.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation.  The Board of Directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable.  The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Old Equitable or Equitable Bank or market conditions generally.  In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of New Equitable to less than $17.9 million or more than $27.8 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to New Equitable’s registration statement.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for New Equitable (on a pro forma basis) based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 or the most recent twelve-month period of financial data available, and stock price information as of February 6, 2015, as reflected in the appraisal report.  Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 5.8% on a price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 23.6% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 28.0% on a price-to-tangible book value basis.  Our Board of Directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering.  The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other.  The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial effect of the conversion and offering as well as the trading price of Old Equitable’s common stock.  The closing price of the common stock was $6.00 per share on February 6, 2015, the effective date of the appraisal, and $5.80 per share on March 3, 2015, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion.

 

 

 

Price-to-earnings
 multiple(1)

 

Price-to-book
 value ratio

 

Price-to-tangible
 book value ratio

 

New Equitable (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Maximum

 

27.45

x

82.05

%

82.05

%

Maximum

 

23.79

x

75.54

%

75.54

%

Midpoint

 

20.63

x

69.14

%

69.14

%

Minimum

 

17.49

x

62.11

%

62.11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

19.49

x

90.53

%

96.00

%

Medians

 

17.20

x

88.14

%

95.73

%

 


(1)          Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC.  in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core,” or recurring, earnings on a trailing twelve-month basis through December 31, 2014 for New Equitable and December 31, 2014 or the most recent twelve-month period available for the peer group companies.  These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock.  RP Financial, LC.  did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC.  independently value our assets or liabilities.  The independent valuation considers Equitable Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Equitable Bank.  Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $8.00 price per share.

 

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $27.8 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 1,983,750 shares, to reflect changes in the

 

113



Table of Contents

 

market and financial conditions or demand for the shares.  We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers.  The subscription price of $8.00 per share will remain fixed.  See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 1,983,750 shares.

 

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $27.8 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 1,983,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $17.9 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 1,275,000 shares, then we will promptly return with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization.  Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the offering.  In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation due to a change in the independent valuation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.  Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days. Aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [                   ] , 2017, which is two years after the special meeting of depositors to vote on the conversion.

 

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and New Equitable’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.  A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and New Equitable’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

 

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC.  and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

 

In accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority.  The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on the purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders Each depositor of Equitable Bank with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on September 30, 2013 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 37,500 shares ($300,000) of our common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on September 30, 2013.  In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in fewer

 

114



Table of Contents

 

shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.  In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Old Equitable or who are associates of such persons will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the twelve months preceding September 30, 2013.

 

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans Our tax-qualified employee plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.  If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  The amount of the subscription requests by the 401(k) plan will be determined by its participants, who will have the right to invest all or a portion of their 401(k) plan accounts in our common stock, subject to the maximum purchase limitations.  However, to comply with the limitations applicable to our tax-qualified employee plans, our 401(k) plan may purchase no more than 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.

 

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each depositor of Equitable Bank with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 37,500 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] .  In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

 

Priority 4: Other Depositors To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of Equitable Bank as of the close of business on [Depositor Record Date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Depositors”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 37,500 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Depositor to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Depositor bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Depositors whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Depositor must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [Depositor Record Date] .  In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account, or providing incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

 

115



Table of Contents

 

Expiration Date .  The subscription offering will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] , unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary.  Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located.  We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range.  Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

 

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock have been sold in the offering.  If at least 1,275,000 shares have not been sold in the offering by [Extension Date] and the Federal Reserve Board has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled.  If an extension beyond [Extension Date] is granted by the Federal Reserve Board, we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date.”

 

Community Offering

 

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering.  Shares will be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

(i)                                      Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska;

 

(ii)                                   Old Equitable’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] , 2015 ; and

 

(iii)                                The general public.

 

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 37,500 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

 

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.  If an oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Old Equitable or members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons.  In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

 

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within Hall, Lincoln or Douglas County, Nebraska, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident.  In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

 

Expiration Date.    The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and is currently expected (if commenced) to terminate at the same time as the subscription

 

116



Table of Contents

 

offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended.  New Equitable may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [Extension Date] , in which event we will resolicit purchasers.

 

Syndicated Offering

 

If feasible, our Board of Directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

 

If a syndicated offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will serve as sole book-running manager.   In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, we will pay fees of 6% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering.  The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($8.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

 

In the event of a syndicated offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of stock order forms and the submission of funds directly to New Equitable for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at Equitable Bank or wire transfers) and the expiration date for the subscription and community offerings will not apply to the syndicated offering .  See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”

 

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares.   The Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

 

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

 

The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

(i)             No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock;

 

(ii)            Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

 

(iii)           Except for the employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than 37,500 shares ($300,000) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

(iv)           Current stockholders of Old Equitable are subject to an ownership limitation.  As previously described, current stockholders of Old Equitable will receive shares of New Equitable common stock in exchange for their existing shares of Old Equitable common stock.  The number of shares of common stock that a stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Old Equitable common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the shares of common stock of New Equitable to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion; and

 

117



Table of Contents

 

(v)            The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of Equitable Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 32% of the total shares issued in the conversion.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our Board of Directors, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board and without further approval of depositors of Equitable Bank, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations.  If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit.  The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders.  In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.

 

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 1,983,750 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization:

 

(i)             To fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically the employee stock ownership plan, for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;

 

(ii)            In the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

(iii)           To fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska, then to Old Equitable’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] , and then to members of the general public.

 

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

(i)             Any corporation or organization, other than Old Equitable, Equitable Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Equitable Bank, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

(ii)            Any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

(iii)           Any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Old Equitable or Equitable Bank.

 

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

(i)             Knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

(ii)            A combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

 

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party,

 

118



Table of Contents

 

except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

 

We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” Persons having the same address, and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposits registered at the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.

 

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors.  Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of New Equitable or Equitable Bank and except as described below.  Any purchases made by any associate of New Equitable or Equitable Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution.  In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities.  For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of New Equitable.”

 

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation

 

Subscription and Community Offerings.   To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

·                   Providing advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and reorganization;

 

·                   Assisting in structuring the offering, including developing a market strategy for the offering;

 

·                   Reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials;

 

·                   Assisting us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the offering, as needed;

 

·                   Assisting us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate; and

 

·                   Providing general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offering.

 

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will receive a success fee of $200,000.  Included in the success fee is a management fee of $40,000, of which $30,000 already has been paid.

 

Syndicated Offering.    In the event that we sell shares of common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will be paid a fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated offering, which fee, along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which will include Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.) will not exceed 6.0% in the aggregate of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated offering.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will serve as sole book-running manager in such an offering.  All fees payable with respect to a syndicated offering will be in addition to fees payable with respect to the subscription and community offerings.

 

119



Table of Contents

 

Expenses.    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses in an amount not to exceed $25,000 and for attorney’s fees and expenses not to exceed $75,000.  The expenses may be increased by mutual consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  and Equitable Bank in the event of a material delay or resolicitation of the offering.  Under such circumstances, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  may be reimbursed for additional reasonable expenses not to exceed $10,000, or additional fees and expenses of its attorneys not to exceed $15,000.

 

Records Management

 

We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  as records management agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings.  In its role as records management agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will among other things:

 

·                   Consolidate deposit accounts, develop a central file and calculate eligible votes;

 

·                   Design and prepare proxy forms and stock order forms;

 

·                   Organize and supervise the Stock Information Center;

 

·                   Tabulate proxy votes;

 

·                   Support the inspector of election at the special meeting of depositors; and

 

·                   Provide necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the subscription and community offerings.

 

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  will receive a fee of $15,000, of which $5,000 already has been paid.  We will also reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with these services not to exceed $10,000.

 

Indemnity

 

We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

 

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings.  These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation.  Other regular employees of Equitable Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction.  No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters.  Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock.  We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock.  None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We, and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after the closing of the offering, without the

 

120



Table of Contents

 

prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., directly or indirectly, we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Old Equitable or New Equitable stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Old Equitable or New Equitable stock, whether owned on the date of this prospectus or acquired after the date of this prospectus or with respect to which we or any of our directors or executive officers has or after the date of this prospectus acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Old Equitable or New Equitable stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.   In the event that either (1) during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days before the last day of the restricted period and ends on the last day of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, the restrictions set forth above will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the date on which the earnings release is issued or the material news or event related to us occurs.

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

 

Expiration Date The offering will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] , unless we extend the offering for up to 45 days, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if required.  This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering.  Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [Extension Date] would require the Federal Reserve Board’s approval.  If the offering is so extended, all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders.  If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization.  If the offering range is decreased below the minimum of the offering range or is increased above the maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings.  We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a period of time.

 

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum from the date of receipt as described above.

 

Use of Stock Order Forms In order to purchase shares of common stock, you must properly complete and sign an original stock order form and remit full payment.  We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled stock order forms.  All stock order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [Expiration Date] .  We are not required to accept stock order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions.  We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms.  We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects.  You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order return envelope provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form.  You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to Equitable Bank’s main office located at 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska.  Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location.  We will not accept stock order forms at our other banking offices.  Please do not mail stock order forms to Equitable Bank’s branch offices.

 

Once tendered, a stock order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent.  We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.  If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or

 

121



Table of Contents

 

understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares.  We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization.  Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the stock order forms will be final.

 

By signing the stock order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Equitable Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus.  However, signing the stock order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Payment for Shares Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed stock order forms for the purchase to be valid.  Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

(i)             Personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Equitable Financial Corp.; or

 

(ii)            Authorization of withdrawal of available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from your deposit account(s) maintained with Equitable Bank.

 

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts without check-writing privileges at Equitable Bank are provided on the stock order form.  The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received.  A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor.  Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made.  Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be cancelled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal.  In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s).  Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Equitable Bank and will earn interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated, at which time, a subscriber will be issued a check for interest earned.

 

You may not remit cash, Equitable Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks, including those payable to you and endorsed over to Equitable Financial Corp.  You may not pay by wire transfer.  Regulations prohibit Equitable Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from an Equitable Bank retirement account.  See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from Equitable Bank’s deposit accounts with check-writing privileges.  Please provide a check instead.  If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your account.  If permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, in the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds.

 

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [Extension Date] .  If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [Extension Date] , all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders.  If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [Interest Rate] % per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization.  We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

 

122



Table of Contents

 

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion.  This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or New Equitable to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.  In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering.

 

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.    If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account.  By regulation, Equitable Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock.  Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in an Equitable Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock.  The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts.  The purchase must be made through that account.  If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order.  An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian.  There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers.  Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at Equitable Bank or elsewhere, to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [Expiration Date] offering deadline.  Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held.  We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form.  Stock certificates will not be issued.  A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering.  It is possible that until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading.  Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Other Restrictions Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding.  We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished.  In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

(i)             A small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion and reorganization reside in such state;

 

(ii)            The issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

(iii)           Such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

123



Table of Contents

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

 

Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise.  These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account.  When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do.  You may add only those who are eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility.  Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares.  The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

 

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

Stock Information Center

 

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering.  If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center toll-free number at [SIC Phone Number] .  The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m.  and 3:00 p.m., Central Time.  The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Liquidation Prior to the Conversion.   In the unlikely event that Equitable Financial MHC is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Equitable Financial MHC would be paid first.  Thereafter, if there were any assets of Equitable Financial MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of Equitable Bank based on such depositors’ liquidation rights.  The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Equitable Financial MHC after claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.

 

Liquidation Following the Conversion.   The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by New Equitable for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) Equitable Financial MHC’s ownership interest in Old Equitable’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Equitable Financial MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Equitable Financial MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old Equitable).  The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in Equitable Bank to support the New Equitable liquidation account in the event New Equitable does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the New Equitable liquidation account.

 

In the unlikely event that Equitable Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first.  However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in Old Equitable, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest.  Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Equitable Bank or New Equitable above that amount.

 

The liquidation account established by New Equitable is designed to provide qualifying depositors a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in Equitable Financial MHC) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of New Equitable and Equitable Bank or a liquidation solely of Equitable Bank.  Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Equitable Bank or (ii) New Equitable and

 

124



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of September 30, 2013 and [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by New Equitable.  Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Equitable Bank only, when New Equitable has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Equitable Bank) to fund the liquidation account distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Equitable Bank has positive net worth, then Equitable Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund New Equitable’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account.  In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by New Equitable as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations.  If New Equitable is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Equitable Bank, then the New Equitable liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Equitable Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the New Equitable liquidation account.

 

Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, after two years from the date of conversion, New Equitable may upon written approval of the Federal Reserve Board and will upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, transfer the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to Equitable Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of Equitable Bank.

 

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which New Equitable or Equitable Bank is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation.  In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

 

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Equitable Bank on September 30, 2013 or [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s deposit account on September 30, 2013 and [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] , respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in Equitable Bank on such date.

 

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on September 30, 2013 or [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] , or any other annual closing date, then the liquidation account as well as the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed.  In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account.  Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor.  Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable, Equitable Bank, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors of Equitable Financial MHC.  Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions.  In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that New Equitable or Equitable Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable, Equitable Bank and New Equitable have received an opinion of counsel, Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:

 

1.                                       The merger of Equitable Financial MHC with and into Old Equitable will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2.                                       The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in Equitable Financial MHC for liquidation interests in Old Equitable will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

3.                                       None of Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Equitable Financial MHC to Old Equitable in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in Old Equitable.

 

4.                                       The basis of the assets of Equitable Financial MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Old Equitable will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Equitable Financial MHC immediately before the exchange.

 

5.                                       The merger of Old Equitable with and into New Equitable will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Neither Old Equitable nor New Equitable will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

6.                                       The basis of the assets of Old Equitable and the holding period of such assets to be received by New Equitable will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Old Equitable immediately before the exchange.

 

7.                                       Current stockholders of Old Equitable will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Old Equitable common stock for New Equitable common stock.

 

8.                                       Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Old Equitable for interests in the liquidation account in New Equitable.

 

9.                                       The exchange by the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests that they constructively received in Old Equitable for interests in the liquidation account established in New Equitable will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

10.                                Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of New Equitable common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Old Equitable common stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

11.                                Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her New Equitable common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Old Equitable common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Old Equitable common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.

 

12.                                Cash received by any current stockholder of Old Equitable in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of New Equitable common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of New Equitable common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive.  Accordingly, a stockholder will

 

126



Table of Contents

 

recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share.  If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

 

13.                                It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase New Equitable common stock is zero.  Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Depositors upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of New Equitable common stock.  Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

14.                                It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Equitable Bank supporting the payment of the New Equitable liquidation account in the event New Equitable lacks sufficient net assets is zero.  Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Equitable Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Old Equitable with and into New Equitable.

 

15.                                It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of New Equitable common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price.  The holding period of the New Equitable common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

16.                                No gain or loss will be recognized by New Equitable on the receipt of money in exchange for New Equitable common stock sold in the offering.

 

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable, Equitable Bank, New Equitable and persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Old Equitable.  With respect to items 13 and 15 above, Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P.  noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.  The firm further noted that RP Financial, LC.  has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value.  The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value.  Based on the foregoing, Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value.  However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances.  If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution.  Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Equitable Bank are reduced; and (iv) the Equitable Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if New Equitable lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

 

127



Table of Contents

 

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC.  stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Equitable Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event New Equitable lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion.  Based on the foregoing, Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P. believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Equitable Bank liquidation account have no value.  If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

 

The opinion of Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date.  The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed conversion and offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed.  We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

 

We have also received an opinion from Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P. that the Nebraska state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

 

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to New Equitable’s registration statement.

 

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

 

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or certain officers of Equitable Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer.  Our transfer agent will be given notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction.  Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted.  The directors and executive officers of New Equitable also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.

 

Federal regulations prohibit New Equitable from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with Federal Reserve Board approval) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.  In addition, the repurchase of shares of common stock is subject to Federal Reserve Board policy related to repurchases of shares by financial institution holding companies.

 

128



Table of Contents

 

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

General.  As a result of the conversion, existing common stockholders of Old Equitable will become common stockholders of New Equitable.  There are differences in the rights of common stockholders of Old Equitable and common stockholders of New Equitable caused by differences between federal and Maryland law and regulations and differences in Old Equitable’s federal stock charter and bylaws and New Equitable’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders.  See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

Authorized Capital Stock.  The authorized capital stock of Old Equitable consists of 14,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

 

The authorized capital stock of New Equitable consists of 25,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Under Maryland General Corporation Law and New Equitable’s articles of incorporation, the Board of Directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval.  Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Old Equitable.

 

Old Equitable’s charter and New Equitable’s articles of incorporation both authorize the Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences.  As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our Board of Directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control.  We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.

 

Issuance of Capital Stock.  Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, Equitable Financial MHC is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Old Equitable common stock.  Equitable Financial MHC will no longer exist following completion of the conversion.

 

New Equitable’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Old Equitable’s charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would generally be issued has been approved by stockholders.

 

Voting Rights.  Neither Old Equitable’s charter or bylaws nor New Equitable’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.  For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.

 

Payment of Dividends.  Old Equitable’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon Equitable Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Old Equitable, which is restricted by federal regulations and by federal income tax considerations related to federally chartered savings associations.

 

The same restrictions will apply to Equitable Bank’s payment of dividends to New Equitable.  In addition, Maryland law generally provides that New Equitable is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.

 

129



Table of Contents

 

Board of Directors Old Equitable’s bylaws and New Equitable’s articles of incorporation require the Board of Directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.

 

Under Old Equitable’s bylaws, any vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Persons elected by the Board of Directors of Old Equitable to fill vacancies may only serve until the next election of directors by stockholders.  Under New Equitable’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

Limitations on Liability.   The charter and bylaws of Old Equitable do not limit the personal liability of directors or officers.

 

New Equitable’s articles of incorporation provide that directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages to New Equitable for certain actions as directors or officers, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have materially involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent otherwise provided by Maryland law.  These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit New Equitable.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents.   As generally allowed under current Federal Reserve Board regulations, Old Equitable will indemnify its directors, officers and employees for any reasonable costs incurred in connection with any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor.  In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Old Equitable or its stockholders.  Old Equitable also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may ultimately be entitled to indemnification.  Before making any indemnification payment, Old Equitable is required to notify the Federal Reserve Board of its intention, and such payment cannot be made if the Federal Reserve Board objects to such payment.

 

The articles of incorporation of New Equitable provide that it shall indemnify (i) its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses, and (ii) other employees or agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and Maryland law, all subject to any applicable federal law.  Maryland law allows New Equitable to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of New Equitable.  No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled.  The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

 

Special Meetings of Stockholders.  Old Equitable’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting.  New Equitable’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman, the chief executive officer , by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.  Old Equitable’s bylaws provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be

 

130



Table of Contents

 

taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Old Equitable at least five days before the date of any such meeting.

 

New Equitable’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to New Equitable at least 80 days prior and not earlier than 90 days prior to such meeting.  However, if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice must be submitted by a stockholder not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

 

Management believes that it is in the best interest of New Equitable and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors.  This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally.  Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted.  In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.

 

Stockholder Action Without a Meeting.  The bylaws of Old Equitable provide that action may be taken without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on such matter consent in writing.  New Equitable’s bylaws do not provide for action to be taken by stockholders without a meeting.  However, under Maryland law, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.

 

Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records.  Old Equitable’s bylaws provide that it may either make available for inspection, at least 20 days prior to a stockholders meeting, a list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting, or the Board of Directors may elect to follow the procedures described in 12 C.F.R.  § 239.26(d) of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations regarding the right to examine books and records.  The federal regulation noted above provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose.  Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements.  However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who together, for at least three months, hold at least 5% of the company’s total shares, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.

 

Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders.    New Equitable’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit.  Old Equitable’s charter does not contain voting limits based on stock ownership.

 

In addition, federal regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of New Equitable’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of New Equitable’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.  Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between New Equitable and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.  These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities.  Maryland

 

131



Table of Contents

 

law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of New Equitable’s voting stock after the date on which New Equitable had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of New Equitable at any time after the date on which New Equitable had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of New Equitable.  A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the Board of Directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder.  However, in approving a transaction, the Board of Directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between New Equitable and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the Board of Directors of New Equitable and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of New Equitable, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of New Equitable other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.  These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if New Equitable’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for business combinations involving federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

 

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets .    Under New Equitable’s articles of incorporation, a merger or consolidation of New Equitable requires approval of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by stockholders.  However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

·                   the plan of merger does not make an amendment to the articles of incorporation that would be required to be approved by the stockholders;

 

·                   each stockholder of the surviving corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger will hold the same number of shares, with identical designations, preferences, limitations, and rights, immediately after; and

 

·                   the number of shares of any class or series of stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger will not increase by more than 20% the total number of voting shares outstanding immediately before the merger.

 

In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders shall not be required to authorize a merger with or into a 90% owned subsidiary of New Equitable.

 

Under Maryland law, a sale of all or substantially all of New Equitable’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business, or a voluntary dissolution of New Equitable, requires the approval of its Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes of stockholders entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for mergers, consolidations or sales of assets by federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

 

Evaluation of Offers.   The articles of incorporation of New Equitable provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of New Equitable (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of New Equitable and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

132



Table of Contents

 

·                   the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon New Equitable’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

·                   the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, New Equitable and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which New Equitable and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

·                   whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of New Equitable;

 

·                   whether a more favorable price could be obtained for New Equitable’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

·                   the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of New Equitable and its subsidiaries;

 

·                   the future value of the stock or any other securities of New Equitable or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

·                   any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

·                   the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

·                   the ability of New Equitable to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

 

If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

Old Equitable’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

 

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal   The Maryland General Corporation Law provides dissenters’ rights (Title 3 Subtitle 2) that will be applicable to New Equitable stockholders following the conversion for future applicable transactions.  The following discussion is intended as a brief summary of the material provisions of Maryland corporate procedures that a New Equitable stockholder must follow in order to exercise dissenters’ rights under Maryland Law.  This summary is not, however, a complete statement of all applicable requirements and is qualified in its entirety by reference to 3-201 to 3-213 of the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law generally provides that a stockholder of a Maryland corporation that engages in a merger, consolidation, share exchange or amends its charter in a way that alters contract rights shall have the right to demand from such corporation payment of the fair or appraised value of his or her stock in the corporation, subject to specified procedural requirements.  A stockholder generally must file a written objection at or before the stockholder meeting at which the transaction is to be considered and must vote against the proposed transaction.  A dissenting stockholder then must make a written demand to the successor corporation for the appraisal within 20 days after the State Department of Assessments and Taxation has accepted the articles of merger for the record stating the number and class of shares for which the stockholder demands payment.   The successor corporation will notify each objecting stockholder in writing of the date such articles were accepted for filing and may offer, to each dissenting stockholder, to purchase their dissenting shares at a specified price along with other corporate information. A dissenting stockholder may choose to accept this offer as the fair value of the shares held, or alternatively, a dissenting stockholder or the successor corporation may petition a court of equity for the

 

133



Table of Contents

 

determination of the fair value of the shares within 50 days from the acceptance of the articles of merger filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation.

 

Current federal regulations do not provide for dissenters’ appraisal rights for stockholders of federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

 

Amendment of Governing Instruments No amendment of Old Equitable’s stock charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the Board of Directors then approved or preapproved by the Federal Reserve Board, and approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.  Amendments to Old Equitable’s bylaws require either preliminary approval by or post-adoption notice to the Federal Reserve Board as well as approval of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized Board of Directors, or by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of Old Equitable at any legal meeting.

 

New Equitable’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the Board of Directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole Board of Directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

(i)             The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ii)            The division of the Board of Directors into three staggered classes;

 

(iii)           The ability of the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

(iv)           The requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;

 

(v)            The ability of the Board of Directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

(vi)           The ability of the Board of Directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire New Equitable;

 

(vii)          The authority of the Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

(viii)         The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ix)           The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

(x)            The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by New Equitable;

 

(xi)           The limitation of liability of officers and directors to New Equitable for money damages;

 

(xii)          The inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;

 

(xiii)         The advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and

 

(xiv)         The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiii) of this list.

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to

 

134



Table of Contents

 

be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.  Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW EQUITABLE

 

Although the Board of Directors of New Equitable is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of New Equitable after the conversion, the Board of Directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of New Equitable and its stockholders from takeovers which the Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Equitable Bank, New Equitable or New Equitable’s stockholders.

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Maryland law, New Equitable’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect.  The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question.  New Equitable’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of Equitable Financial MHC’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board and New Equitable’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Maryland Law and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of New Equitable

 

Maryland law, as well as New Equitable’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts.  As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so.  In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management of New Equitable more difficult.

 

Directors The Board of Directors will be divided into three classes.  The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually.  Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the Board of Directors.  The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including (i) a requirement that board members be residents of the State of Nebraska at the time of their nomination and election, unless otherwise agreed by the Board of Directors; and (ii) restrictions on affiliations with competitors of Equitable Bank and restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations.  Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.  Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings  The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the chairman, chief executive officer , by a majority of the total authorized directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting  The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

Limitation of Voting Rights  The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.  This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.

 

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office  The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights.”) voting together as a single class .

 

135



Table of Contents

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares .   After the conversion, New Equitable will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock.  See “Description of Capital Stock of New Equitable Following the Conversion.” The articles of incorporation authorize 10,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock.  New Equitable is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class).  In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of New Equitable that the Board of Directors does not approve, it may be possible for the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction.  An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of New Equitable.  The Board of Directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock other than exchanging Old Equitable’s Series B Preferred Stock for preferred stock of New Equitable with rights and preferences identical to the Series B Preferred Stock of Old Equitable on a one for one exchange basis.

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.    Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole Board of Directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions.  A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Equitable Financial Corp.—Amendment of Governing Instruments” above.

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of New Equitable’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.  Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast.

 

The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the total eligible votes eligible to be cast for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of New Equitable in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law.  Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders   Maryland law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between New Equitable and an “interested stockholder.” See “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Equitable Financial Corp.—Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets” above.

 

Evaluation of Offers.   The articles of incorporation of New Equitable provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of New Equitable (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of New Equitable and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors.  For a list of these enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Equitable Financial Corp.—Evaluation of Offers” above.

 

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of New Equitable’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws  Our Board of Directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our Board of Directors.  These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion.  We believe these provisions are in the best interests of New Equitable and its stockholders.  Our Board of Directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of New Equitable and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our

 

136



Table of Contents

 

stockholders.  Accordingly, our Board of Directors believes that it is in the best interests of New Equitable and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the Board of Directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts.  It is also the view of our Board of Directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of New Equitable and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

 

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our Board of Directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available.  A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our Board of Directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation.

 

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company.  As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

 

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions also may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our Board of Directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices.  As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so.  Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our Board of Directors and management.  Our Board of Directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

 

Conversion Regulations

 

Federal Reserve Board regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion.  Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company.  The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution.  However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted.  The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

 

Change in Control Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured savings bank or its parent holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition.  The Federal Reserve Board takes into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition.  In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings bank without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

137



Table of Contents

 

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution.  Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with New Equitable, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW EQUITABLE FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

 

General

 

New Equitable is authorized to issue 25,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.  New Equitable currently expects to issue in the offering and exchange up to 1,725,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment up to 1,983,750 shares.  No preferred stock will be issued in the conversion.  Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock.  Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

Common Stock

 

Dividends New Equitable may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our Board of Directors.  The payment of dividends by New Equitable is also subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce New Equitable’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account.  The holders of common stock of New Equitable will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  If New Equitable issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

Voting Rights Upon completion of the conversion, the holders of common stock of New Equitable will have exclusive voting rights in New Equitable.  They will elect New Equitable’s Board of Directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors.  Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.  Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of New Equitable’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.  If New Equitable issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights.  Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock.

 

As a federal stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Equitable Bank are vested in its Board of Directors, who elect the officers of Equitable Bank and who fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors.  Voting rights of Equitable Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Equitable Bank, which will be New Equitable, and voted at the direction of New Equitable’s Board of Directors.  Consequently, the holders of the common stock of New Equitable will not have direct control of Equitable Bank.

 

Liquidation In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Equitable Bank, New Equitable, as the holder of 100% of Equitable Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Equitable Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Equitable Bank,

 

138



Table of Contents

 

including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of New Equitable, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of New Equitable available for distribution.  If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Preemptive Rights Holders of the common stock of New Equitable will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued.  The common stock is not subject to redemption.

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of the shares of New Equitable’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion.  Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

The transfer agent and registrar for New Equitable’s common stock is [                     ] .

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Old Equitable and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2014, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of McGladrey LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

RP Financial, LC.  has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., Lincoln, Nebraska, counsel to New Equitable, Equitable Financial MHC, Old Equitable and Equitable Bank, has issued to New Equitable its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock, the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and the Nebraska state income tax consequences of the conversion.  Attorneys with Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., may exercise their subscription and voting rights as depositors of Equitable Bank in connection with the conversion and offering.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

New Equitable has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby.  As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement.  Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.  20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates.  The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330.  In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including New Equitable.  The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document

 

139



Table of Contents

 

filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

Equitable Financial MHC has filed with the Federal Reserve Board an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion, and New Equitable has filed with the Federal Reserve Board an Application on Form FR Y-3 with respect to its acquisition of Equitable Bank.  This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications.  To obtain a copy of the applications filed with the Federal Reserve Board, you may contact Dennis Denney, Assistant Vice President of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, at (816) 881-2633.  The plan of conversion and reorganization is available, upon request, at each of Equitable Bank’s offices.

 

In connection with the offering, New Equitable will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, New Equitable and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, New Equitable has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

140



Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 (unaudited) and June 30, 2014 and 2013

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Six Months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited) and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Six Months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited) and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Six Months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited) and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited) and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Equitable Financial Corp.
Grand Island, Nebraska

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary (the Company) as of June 30, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ McGladrey LLP

 

 

 

Omaha, Nebraska

 

March 12, 2015

 

 

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from financial institutions

 

$

4,917,149

 

$

5,364,305

 

$

3,850,397

 

Interest-earning deposits

 

11,764,000

 

2,412,000

 

15,706,000

 

 

 

16,681,149

 

7,776,305

 

19,556,397

 

Time deposits with financial institutions

 

500,000

 

1,250,000

 

3,287,000

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

657,792

 

882,308

 

1,342,221

 

Securities held-to-maturity

 

3,437,736

 

3,642,304

 

842,077

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

550,300

 

549,600

 

2,587,100

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $2,403,000, $2,574,000 and $2,293,000, respectively

 

165,202,999

 

157,509,440

 

127,048,611

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

5,586,070

 

5,463,598

 

5,578,168

 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

350,700

 

413,200

 

1,556,650

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,114,466

 

983,958

 

785,460

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

2,566,192

 

2,693,287

 

2,818,190

 

Other assets

 

1,150,906

 

1,070,350

 

1,326,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

197,798,310

 

$

182,234,350

 

$

166,728,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

24,474,687

 

$

20,582,628

 

$

18,555,263

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

140,401,631

 

129,180,665

 

116,202,328

 

 

 

164,876,318

 

149,763,293

 

134,757,591

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

1,015,192

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

10,870,121

 

10,767,815

 

10,563,203

 

Advance payments from borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

388,770

 

357,091

 

353,421

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

738,773

 

991,894

 

1,040,951

 

Total liabilities

 

176,873,982

 

161,880,093

 

147,730,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock in ESOP subject to contingent repurchase obligation

 

444,578

 

388,585

 

280,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 14,000,000 shares authorized; 3,297,509 shares issued

 

32,975

 

32,975

 

32,975

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

13,120,551

 

13,236,086

 

13,287,155

 

Retained earnings

 

9,734,767

 

9,264,839

 

7,964,377

 

Unearned ESOP shares

 

(454,170

)

(499,590

)

(590,420

)

Shares reserved for stock compensation

 

(528,455

)

(698,015

)

(698,015

)

Treasury stock at cost; 114,505 shares

 

(978,682

)

(978,682

)

(978,682

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

(2,658

)

(3,356

)

(18,999

)

Reclassification of ESOP shares

 

(444,578

)

(388,585

)

(280,880

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

20,479,750

 

19,965,672

 

18,717,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

197,798,310

 

$

182,234,350

 

$

166,728,749

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the six months ended

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

3,591,852

 

$

3,428,724

 

$

6,717,201

 

$

5,880,023

 

Securities

 

104,565

 

63,567

 

175,294

 

149,159

 

Other

 

5,737

 

8,545

 

17,713

 

35,422

 

Total interest income

 

3,702,154

 

3,500,836

 

6,910,208

 

6,064,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

440,958

 

372,105

 

765,793

 

930,752

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

122,112

 

120,863

 

241,118

 

386,063

 

Other

 

 

5,166

 

6,130

 

7,530

 

Total interest expense

 

563,070

 

498,134

 

1,013,041

 

1,324,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

3,139,084

 

3,002,702

 

5,897,167

 

4,740,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

146,879

 

(768,937

)

(681,169

)

(97,109

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

2,992,205

 

3,771,639

 

6,578,336

 

4,837,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

298,697

 

301,558

 

585,075

 

592,613

 

Brokerage fee income

 

272,832

 

255,597

 

537,852

 

505,625

 

Gain on sale of loans

 

416,240

 

226,656

 

536,829

 

966,918

 

Other loan fees

 

128,090

 

66,061

 

182,590

 

163,454

 

Other income

 

48,796

 

40,099

 

74,524

 

77,533

 

Total noninterest income

 

1,164,655

 

889,971

 

1,916,870

 

2,306,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

2,160,943

 

1,945,548

 

3,832,810

 

3,539,886

 

Director and committee fees

 

65,950

 

63,600

 

124,550

 

111,850

 

Data processing fees

 

75,797

 

275,706

 

524,548

 

591,263

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

452,045

 

438,622

 

897,625

 

938,481

 

Regulatory fees and deposit insurance premium

 

90,784

 

92,746

 

179,156

 

247,077

 

Advertising and public relations

 

85,705

 

98,883

 

202,430

 

189,363

 

Insurance and surety bond premiums

 

46,392

 

43,093

 

87,111

 

76,578

 

Professional fees

 

127,923

 

148,092

 

231,071

 

212,266

 

Supplies, telephone and postage

 

131,203

 

134,430

 

260,743

 

247,325

 

Other expenses

 

281,964

 

290,097

 

585,645

 

366,681

 

Total noninterest expense

 

3,518,706

 

3,530,817

 

6,925,689

 

6,520,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

638,154

 

1,130,793

 

1,569,517

 

622,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(168,226

)

(409,114

)

(269,055

)

(226,183

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

469,928

 

$

721,679

 

$

1,300,462

 

$

396,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.13

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.13

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4



 

Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the six months ended

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Net income

 

$

469,928

 

$

721,679

 

$

1,300,462

 

$

396,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax

 

698

 

1,605

 

15,643

 

(48,371

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

470,626

 

$

723,284

 

$

1,316,105

 

$

348,187

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserved for

 

 

 

Other

 

Reclassified

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Additional

 

Retained

 

Unearned

 

Stock

 

Treasury

 

Comprehensive

 

on ESOP

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Paid-in Capital

 

Earnings

 

ESOP Shares

 

Compensation

 

Stock

 

Income (Loss)

 

Shares

 

Total

 

Balance, June 30, 2012

 

$

 

32,975

 

$

 

13,350,198

 

$

 

7,567,819

 

$

 

(681,260

)

$

 

(698,015

)

$

 

(978,682

)

$

 

29,372

 

$

 

(158,954

)

$

 

18,463,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

396,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

396,558

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,371

)

 

(48,371

)

Release of 9,084 unearned ESOP shares

 

 

(63,043

)

 

90,840

 

 

 

 

 

27,797

 

Reclassification due to release and changes in fair value of common stock in ESOP subject to contingent repurchase obligation of ESOP shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(121,926

)

(121,926

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2013

 

32,975

 

13,287,155

 

7,964,377

 

(590,420

)

(698,015

)

(978,682

)

(18,999

)

(280,880

)

18,717,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

1,300,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,300,462

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,643

 

 

15,643

 

Release of 9,083 unearned ESOP shares

 

 

(51,069

)

 

90,830

 

 

 

 

 

39,761

 

Reclassification due to release and changes in fair value of common stock in ESOP subject to contingent repurchase obligation of ESOP shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(107,705

)

(107,705

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30 2014

 

32,975

 

13,236,086

 

9,264,839

 

(499,590

)

(698,015

)

(978,682

)

(3,356

)

(388,585

)

19,965,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

469,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

469,928

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

698

 

 

698

 

Release of 4,542 unearned ESOP shares

 

 

(20,492

)

 

45,420

 

 

 

 

 

24,928

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

(95,043

)

 

 

169,560

 

 

 

 

74,517

 

Reclassification due to release and changes in fair value of common stock in ESOP subject to contingent repurchase obligation of ESOP shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55,993

)

(55,993

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31 2014

 

$

 

32,975

 

$

 

13,120,551

 

$

 

9,734,767

 

$

 

(454,170

)

$

 

(528,455

)

$

 

(978,682

)

$

 

(2,658

)

$

 

(444,578

)

$

 

20,479,750

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the six months ended

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

469,928

 

$

721,679

 

$

1,300,462

 

$

396,558

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

152,826

 

140,046

 

271,632

 

326,434

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends

 

(12,100

)

(10,300

)

(20,400

)

(45,100

)

ESOP expense

 

24,928

 

19,352

 

39,761

 

27,797

 

Stock compensation expense

 

74,517

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred loan origination costs, net

 

233,758

 

223,956

 

448,186

 

419,751

 

Amortization of premiums and discounts

 

8,378

 

10,537

 

19,223

 

42,598

 

Amortization of prepayment penalty fee

 

102,306

 

102,306

 

204,612

 

204,612

 

Gain on sale of loans

 

(416,240

)

(226,657

)

(536,829

)

(966,918

)

(Gain) loss on sale of foreclosed assets

 

2,819

 

3,007

 

3,007

 

(702

)

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

 

 

 

2,301

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

146,879

 

(768,937

)

(681,169

)

(97,109

)

Provision for foreclosed assets

 

 

77,770

 

133,570

 

1,244

 

Deferred taxes

 

126,735

 

358,775

 

116,844

 

203,109

 

Loans originated for sale

 

(15,393,710

)

(9,922,155

)

(18,925,314

)

(37,501,917

)

Proceeds from sale of loans

 

15,706,369

 

10,149,896

 

19,250,990

 

38,007,314

 

Loss on investment from low income housing

 

15,000

 

9,000

 

28,792

 

23,760

 

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

(130,508

)

(132,641

)

(198,498

)

27,652

 

Prepaid FDIC assessment

 

 

 

 

519,125

 

Other assets

 

8,681

 

(26,777

)

432,701

 

218,635

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

(253,121

)

(72,733

)

(49,057

)

62,165

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

867,445

 

656,124

 

1,840,814

 

1,869,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in loans

 

(8,074,853

)

(15,074,692

)

(30,419,841

)

(5,309,464

)

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets, net

 

59,681

 

1,196,873

 

1,205,053

 

28,702

 

Time deposits placed with financial institutions

 

 

 

 

(1,500,000

)

Proceeds from maturity of time deposits with financial institutions

 

750,000

 

2,037,000

 

2,037,000

 

348,000

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from calls and principal repayments

 

218,760

 

273,274

 

468,343

 

896,842

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

(1,065,620

)

Securities held-to-maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from calls and principal repayments

 

203,005

 

201,869

 

403,226

 

1,115,383

 

Purchases

 

 

(3,207,404

)

(3,207,404

)

 

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

(13,500

)

 

 

 

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

24,900

 

887,800

 

2,057,900

 

944,100

 

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(275,298

)

(59,777

)

(159,363

)

(130,454

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(7,107,305

)

(13,745,057

)

(27,615,086

)

(4,672,511

)

 

(Continued)

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the six months ended

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

$

15,113,025

 

$

4,398,822

 

$

15,005,702

 

$

9,629,164

 

Net change in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

602,166

 

(1,015,192

)

272,609

 

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

1,410,000

 

 

 

 

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

(1,410,000

)

 

 

(9,250,017

)

Net change in advance payments from borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

31,679

 

(10,271

)

3,670

 

(50,593

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

15,444,704

 

4,990,717

 

13,994,180

 

601,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

8,904,844

 

(8,098,216

)

(11,780,092

)

(2,202,340

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

7,776,305

 

19,556,397

 

19,556,397

 

21,758,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

$

16,681,149

 

$

11,458,181

 

$

7,776,305

 

$

19,556,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid on deposits and borrowings

 

$

554,008

 

$

503,425

 

$

1,023,573

 

$

1,371,427

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

102,202

 

$

27,012

 

$

57,557

 

$

31,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Noncash Disclosure:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets

 

$

 

$

 

$

198,180

 

$

28,000

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of consolidation :  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Equitable Financial Corp. (the Company) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Equitable Bank (the Bank).  All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Company was organized on November 8, 2005 and is a majority-owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial MHC (the MHC).  The consolidated financial statements do not include the transactions and balances of the MHC.

 

Mutual Holding Company reorganization and stock issuance :  The Company was organized as a federal corporation at the direction of the Bank in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of the Bank.  The reorganization was completed on November 8, 2005.  The transaction was accounted for at historical cost.  In the reorganization, the Company sold 43.1% of its outstanding shares of common stock to the public, contributed 1.9% of its outstanding shares of common stock plus $100,000 in cash to the Equitable Bank Charitable Foundation and issued 55% of its outstanding shares of common stock to Equitable Financial MHC, the mutual holding company of the Company.  In connection with the reorganization, the Bank changed its name to Equitable Bank from Equitable Federal Savings Bank of Grand Island.  On June 3, 2008, the Company filed the necessary forms to terminate its registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The decision to take this action was based on the Company’s desire to reduce the expenses associated with registration.

 

Nature of business :  The primary business of the Company is the ownership of the Bank.  Through the Bank, the Company is engaged in the business of retail banking, with operations conducted through its main office and branches, which are located in Grand Island, North Platte and Omaha, Nebraska.  The Bank’s primary services include accepting deposits, making loans and investing in securities.

 

Use of estimates :  In preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for the reporting period.  Estimates significant to the consolidated financial statement include the allowance for loan losses, the fair value of investments and the related determination of other-than-temporary impairment, deferred tax valuation allowances, fair values of financial instruments and foreclosed assets.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  The allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that are susceptible to significant change.  The fair value disclosure of investments and other financial instruments is an estimate that can be computed within a range.

 

Risks and uncertainties :  Changes in economic conditions in the United States, and more specifically Nebraska, could impact the credit worthiness of the Company’s borrowers and the borrower’s ability to service their outstanding loans with the Company.  Additionally, the Company is subject to interest rate risk in which changes in the interest rate environment could negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin.

 

Cash flows :  Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions with maturities under 90 days when purchased, and federal funds sold.  Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, and advance payments from borrowers for taxes and insurance.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Time deposits with financial institutions :  Time deposits with financial institutions are carried at cost.  At December 31, 2014, time deposits of $500,000 have maturities of 12 months or less.

 

Securities :  Securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity.  Securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity.  Securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax.

 

Interest income is recognized under the interest method and includes amortization of purchase premium and discount.  Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date based on the amortized cost of the security sold and determined using the specific identification method.

 

Declines in the fair value of securities available-for-sale below their amortized cost are evaluated to determine whether the loss is temporary or other-than-temporary.  If the Company (a) has the intent to sell a debt security or (b) more-likely-than-not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, then the Company recognizes the entire unrealized loss in earnings as an other-than-temporary loss.  If neither of these conditions are met, the Company evaluates whether a credit loss exists.  The impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and (b) the amount of total impairment related to all other factors.  The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings and the amount related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

 

Collateralized financing transactions : Securities sold under repurchase agreements are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions. They are recorded at the amount at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest.  The Company monitors its exposure with respect to securities sold under repurchase agreements, and a request for the return of excess securities held by the counterparty is made when deemed appropriate.

 

The Company pledges assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings such as public and trust deposits and other short-term borrowings.  Pledged securities that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are classified as securities pledged as collateral on the consolidated balance sheet.  The carrying value and classification of securities owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge are as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

 

$

315,603

 

$

369,105

 

$

280,178

 

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost

 

$

546,329

 

$

615,054

 

$

778,496

 

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock : The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system.  Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors and may invest in additional amounts.  The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment.  In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, the stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the Federal Home Loan Bank as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted (b) commitments by the Federal Home Loan Bank to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the Federal Home Loan Bank and (d) the liquidity position of the Federal Home Loan Bank.  With consideration given to the previous criteria, management concluded that the stock was not impaired at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013.

 

Loans, net :  Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, less an allowance for loan losses, premiums and discounts on loans purchased, and net deferred loan fees/costs.  Interest income on loans is recognized over the term of the loan and is calculated using the simple interest method on principal amounts outstanding.  Direct loan origination fees and costs are generally being deferred and the net amounts amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. The Company generally amortizes these amounts over the contractual life.  Direct loan origination fees and costs related to loans sold to unrelated third parties are recognized as income or expense in the current consolidated statement of income.

 

The Company’s portfolio segments are as follows:

 

·              Commercial

·              Agricultural

·              Residential real estate

·              Other

 

The Company’s classes of loans are as follows:

 

·              Commercial — operating

·              Commercial — real estate

·              Agricultural — operating

·              Agricultural — real estate

·              Residential real estate — 1-4 family

·              Residential real estate — home equity

·              Other — construction and land

·              Other — consumer

 

Generally, for all classes of loans, loans are considered past due when contractual payments are delinquent for 31 days or greater.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

For all classes of loans, loans will generally be placed on nonaccrual status when the loan has become greater than 90 days past due; or when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful.

 

When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, payments received will be applied to the principal balance. However, interest may be taken on a cash basis in the event the loan is fully secured and the risk of loss is minimal.  Previously recorded but uncollected interest on a loan placed in nonaccrual status is accounted for as follows:  if the previously accrued but uncollected interest and the principal amount of the loan is protected by sound collateral value based upon a current, independent qualified appraisal, such interest may remain on the Company’s books. If such interest is not so protected, it is considered a loss with the amount thereof recorded in the current year being reversed against current interest income, and the amount recorded in the prior year being charged against the allowance for possible loan losses.

 

For all classes of loans, nonaccrual loans may be restored to accrual status provided the following criteria are met:

 

·              The loan is current, and all principal and interest amounts contractually due have been made,

·              The loan is well secured and in the process of collection, and

·              Prospects for future principal and interest payments are not in doubt.

 

Troubled debt restructures: Troubled debt restructuring exists when the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession (either imposed by court order, law, or agreement between the borrower and the Company) to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions could include forgiveness of principal, extension of maturity dates, and reduction of stated interest rates or accrued interest. The Company is attempting to maximize its recovery of the balances of the loans through these various concessionary restructurings. See Note 3 for disclosure of the Company’s troubled debt restructurings.

 

Allowance for loan losses :  For all portfolio segments, the allowance for loan losses is maintained at the level considered adequate by management of the Company to provide for losses that are probable. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by net charge-offs. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  In determining the adequacy of the allowance balance, the Company makes continuous evaluations of the loan portfolio and related off-balance sheet commitments, considers current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, review of specific problem loans and other factors.

 

A discussion of the risk characteristics and the allowance for loan losses by each portfolio segment follows:

 

For commercial loans, the Company focuses on small and mid-sized businesses in their geographical footprint. The Company provides a wide range of commercial loans, including lines of credit for working capital and operational purposes, and term loans for the acquisition of real estate, facilities, equipment and other purposes. Approval is generally based on the following factors:

 

·              Sufficient cash flow to support debt repayment;

·              Ability and stability of current management of the borrower;

·              Positive earnings and financial trends;

·              Earnings projections based on reasonable assumptions;

·              Financial strength of the industry and business;

·              Value and marketability of collateral.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Collateral for commercial loans generally includes accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate. The lending policy specifies approved collateral types and corresponding maximum advance percentages. The value of collateral pledged on loans typically exceeds the loan amount by a margin sufficient to absorb potential erosion of its value in the event of foreclosure and cover the loan amount plus costs incurred to convert it to cash.

 

The lending policy specifies maximum term limits for commercial loans. For term loans, the typical maximum term is 10 years. The lending policy includes guidelines for real estate appraisals, including minimum appraisal standards based on certain transactions. Where the purpose of the loan is to finance depreciable equipment, the term loan generally does not exceed the estimated useful life of the asset. For lines of credit, the typical maximum term is 1 year. However, longer maturities may be approved if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral.

 

In addition, the Company often takes personal guarantees to help assure repayment. Loans may be made on an unsecured basis if warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower.

 

Agricultural loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans. The Company provides a wide range of agriculture loans, including lines of credit for working capital and operational purposes, and term loans for the acquisition of real estate, facilities, equipment and other purposes. Approval is generally based on the following factors:

 

·              Sufficient cash flow to support debt repayment;

·              Ability and stability of current management of the borrower;

·              Positive earnings and financial trends;

·              Earnings projections based on reasonable assumptions;

·              Financial strength of the industry and business; and

·              Value and marketability of collateral.

 

Collateral for agricultural loans generally includes accounts receivable, inventory (typically grain or livestock), equipment and real estate. The lending policy specifies approved collateral types and corresponding maximum advance percentages. The value of collateral pledged on loans typically exceeds the loan amount by a margin sufficient to absorb potential erosion of its value in the event of foreclosure and cover the loan amount plus costs incurred to convert it to cash.

 

The lending policy specifies maximum term limits for agricultural loans. For term loans, the typical maximum term is 10 years. The lending policy includes guidelines for real estate appraisals, including minimum appraisal standards based on certain transactions. Where the purpose of the loan is to finance depreciable equipment, the term loan generally does not exceed the estimated useful life of the asset. For lines of credit, the typical maximum term is 1 year. However, longer maturities may be approved if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral.

 

In addition, the Company often takes personal guarantees to help assure repayment. Loans may be made on an unsecured basis if warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

In some instances for all loans, it may be appropriate to originate or purchase loans that are exceptions to the guidelines and limits established within the lending policy described above and below. In general, exceptions to the lending policy do not significantly deviate from the guidelines and limits established within the lending policy and, if there are exceptions, they are clearly noted as such and specifically identified in loan approval documents.

 

For commercial loans and agricultural loans, the allowance for estimated losses on loans consists of specific and general components.

 

The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, as defined below. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

 

For commercial loans and agricultural loans, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a case-by-case basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

The general component consists of quantitative and qualitative factors and covers non-impaired loans. The quantitative factors are based on historical charge-off experience. The qualitative factors are determined based on an assessment of internal and/or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss data. The Company’s credit quality indicator for all loans excluding commercial loans is past due or performance status.  The Company’s credit quality indicator for commercial loans is internal risk ratings.

 

For commercial and agriculture loans, the Company utilizes the following internal risk rating scale:

 

1.               Highest Quality — Loans represent a credit extension of the highest quality.  Excellent liquidity, management and character in an industry with favorable conditions.  High quality financial information, history of strong cash flows and superior collateral including readily marketable assets, prime real estate, U.S. government securities, U.S. government agencies, highly rated municipal bonds, insured savings accounts, and insured certificates of deposit drawn on high-quality financial institutions.

 

2.               Good Quality — Loans which have a sound primary and secondary source of repayment.  Strong to good liquidity, management and character in an industry with favorable conditions.  Good quality financial information and margins of cash flow coverage is consistently good. Loans may be unsecured, secured by quality (but less readily marketable) assets, high quality real estate or traded stocks, lower grade municipal bonds (which must still be investment grade), and uninsured certificates of deposit on other financial institutions may also be included in this grade.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

3.               Acceptable Quality — Loans where the borrower is a reasonable credit risk and demonstrates the ability to repay the debt from normal business operations.  Good liquidity, management and character in an industry that is more sensitive to external factors.  Alternative sources of refinancing may be less available in periods of uncertain economic conditions.  Term debt is moderate but cash flow margins fall within bank policy guidelines.  Quality of financial information is adequate but is not as detailed and sophisticated as information found on higher-grade loans.  Secured by business assets that conform to usual lending parameters for margin and eligibility or real estate that is deemed to be of satisfactory quality in an area that may not be prime but still within viable economic centers.

 

4.               Fair Quality — Loans where the borrower is a reasonable credit risk but shows a more erratic earnings history (a loss may have been realized in the past four years).  Liquidity is limited and primary repayment is susceptible to unfavorable external factors.  Industry characteristics are generally stable.  Borrower is more highly leveraged with increased levels of term debt.  Cash flow margins remain adequate but may not fall within the policy guidelines.  Quality of financial information is adequate and interim reporting may be required.  Secured by business assets with an adequate collateral margin or real estate that is of fair quality and location.  Property may have limited alternative uses and may be considered a “special use” facility.

 

5.               Special Mention — Loans in this category have the potential for developing weaknesses that deserve extra attention from the account manager and other management personnel. If the developing weakness is not corrected or mitigated, the ability of the borrower to repay the Company’s debt in the future may deteriorate. This grade should not be assigned to loans that bear certain peculiar risks normally associated with the type of financing involved, unless circumstances have caused the risk to increase to a level higher than would have been acceptable when the credit was originally approved. If a loan’s actual, not potential, weakness or problems are clearly evident and significant it should generally be graded in one of the following grade categories.

 

6.               Substandard — Loans and other credit extensions are considered to be inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. These loans, even if apparently protected by collateral value, have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard loans, does not have to exist in individual loans classified substandard.

 

7.               Doubtful — Loans and other credit extensions have all the weaknesses inherent in those graded “6” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the loan, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors include: proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation actions; capital injection; perfecting liens on collateral and refinancing plans. Loans in this classification should be placed in non-accrual status, with collections applied to principal.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

8.               Loss — Loans are considered uncollectible and cannot be justified as a viable asset of the Bank. This classification does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value. However, it is not prudent to delay writing off this loan even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future.

 

For commercial and agricultural loans or credit relationships with aggregate exposure greater than $250,000, a loan review is required within 12 months of the most recent credit review.  The reviews are completed in enough detail to, at a minimum, validate the risk rating. Additionally, the reviews shall determine whether any documentation exceptions exist, appropriate written analysis is included in the loan file, and whether credit policies have been properly adhered to.

 

Many of the residential real estate loans underwritten by the Company conform to the underwriting requirements of Freddie Mac or other secondary market aggregators to allow the Company to resell loans in the secondary market. Servicing rights are retained on many, but not all, of the residential real estate loans sold in the secondary market. The lending policy establishes minimum appraisal and other credit guidelines.

 

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors.  As of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, loans held for sale were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Periodically, the Company originates first mortgage loans for other investors.  Generally, the Company receives fees equivalent to a stated percentage of the loan amount.  This fee is recognized as income at the time of closing.  From time to time, the Company also originates loans for sale in the secondary market.  Gain on sale of loans in the secondary market is included in noninterest income.

 

The Company provides many types of consumer and other loans, including motor vehicle, home improvement, home equity, signature loans and small personal credit lines. The lending policy addresses specific credit guidelines by consumer loan type.

 

For residential real estate loans and consumer and other loans, these large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. In estimating the allowance for loan losses for these loans, the Company applies quantitative and qualitative factors on a portfolio segment basis. Quantitative factors are based on historical charge-off experience and qualitative factors are based on an assessment of internal and/or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss data. Accordingly, the Company generally does not separately identify individual residential real estate loans and/or consumer and other loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

 

Troubled debt restructures are considered impaired loans and are subject to the same allowance methodology as described above for impaired loans by portfolio segment.

 

Transfers of financial assets :  Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company; (2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received, and no condition both constrains the transferee from taking advantage of its right to pledge or exchange and provides more than a trivial benefit to the transferor; and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Premises and equipment :  Land is carried at cost.  Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is included in noninterest expense and is computed on 25 to 40 years for buildings and improvements that extend the life of the original building, 10 to 20 years for routine building improvements, 5 to 15 years for furniture and equipment, and 2 to 5 years for computer equipment.  The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

 

Long-term assets :  Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.  If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.  No impairment has been recognized by the Company for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Foreclosed assets :  Assets acquired through foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value, less estimated costs to sell, establishing a new cost basis.  If the fair value less costs to sell is less than the respective loan balance, a charge against the allowance for loan losses is recorded upon property acquisition.  Declines in property value subsequent to acquisition are charged to operations.  Holding costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Brokerage fee income :  Acting as an agent, the Company earns brokerage income by buying and selling securities on behalf of its customers through independent third parties and earning fees on the transactions.  These fees are recorded on the settlement date, which is not materially different than the trade date.

 

Income taxes :  Income tax expense or benefit is the sum of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates.  A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The Company follows the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes which allows the Company to recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also addresses de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.  When applicable, the Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax (benefit) expense.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan :  The cost of shares issued to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) but not yet allocated to participants is presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.  Compensation expense is recorded based on the market price of the shares as the shares are committed to be released for allocation to participant accounts.  Because participants may require the Company to purchase their ESOP shares upon termination of their employment, the appraised fair value of all earned and allocated ESOP shares is reclassified from stockholders’ equity.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.                                  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Loan commitments and related financial instruments :  Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs.  The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

 

Fair value of financial instruments :  Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market value information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 14.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items.  Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Earnings per share :  Basic earnings per share is based on net income divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, including allocated and committed to be released ESOP shares.  Diluted earnings per share shows the dilutive effect, if any, of additional common shares issuable under stock options or awards.

 

Loss contingencies :  Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Management does not believe that there are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Comprehensive income (loss) :  Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss).  Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax.

 

Reclassifications :  Certain amounts in the June 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the December 2014 presentation with no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements :  In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables — Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) — Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.  ASU 2014-04 is intended to reduce diversity in practice by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized.  ASU 2014-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 2.                                  Securities

 

The fair value of securities available-for-sale and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

661,819

 

$

903

 

$

(4,930

)

$

657,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

887,394

 

$

 

$

(5,086

)

$

882,308

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

1,371,009

 

$

 

$

(28,788

)

$

1,342,221

 

 

The carrying amount, unrecognized gross gains and losses, and fair value of securities held-to-maturity are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

378,293

 

$

18,919

 

$

 

$

397,212

 

Municipal securities

 

3,059,443

 

 

(1,019

)

3,058,424

 

 

 

$

3,437,736

 

$

18,919

 

$

(1,019

)

$

3,455,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

500,811

 

$

25,265

 

$

 

$

526,076

 

Municipal securities

 

3,141,493

 

1,007

 

(797

)

3,141,703

 

 

 

$

3,642,304

 

$

26,272

 

$

(797

)

$

3,667,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

842,077

 

$

35,275

 

$

 

$

877,352

 

 

Securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity consist of investments in bonds securitized by the Government National Mortgage Association and local municipal securities.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 2.                                  Securities (Continued)

 

The contractual maturities of the residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2014 are not disclosed because the securities are not due at a single maturity date.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Approximately $2.9 million in municipal securities will mature in the year ending June 30, 2019 with the remaining balance maturing in the year ending June 30, 2020.

 

There were no sales of securities for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

The duration of gross unrealized losses is not disclosed as such amounts are immaterial to the consolidated financial statements. The Company has not recognized other-than-temporary impairment on any securities for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 nor the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Note 3.                                 Loans

 

Loans are as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

14,612,200

 

$

18,138,426

 

$

16,967,968

 

Real estate

 

51,265,901

 

45,289,372

 

32,481,420

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

25,719,089

 

24,883,737

 

18,420,302

 

Real estate

 

19,493,546

 

19,677,197

 

15,417,469

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

36,614,645

 

34,020,587

 

33,514,247

 

Home equity

 

9,536,446

 

9,669,142

 

6,667,390

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

6,483,805

 

5,043,990

 

2,436,553

 

Consumer

 

3,316,923

 

2,795,609

 

2,944,365

 

Total loans

 

167,042,555

 

159,518,060

 

128,849,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs, net

 

563,444

 

565,380

 

491,897

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(2,403,000

)

(2,574,000

)

(2,293,000

)

 

 

(1,839,556

)

(2,008,620

)

(1,801,103

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

$

165,202,999

 

$

157,509,440

 

$

127,048,611

 

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3                                     Loans (Continued)

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, by portfolio segment are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Real Estate

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

For the six months ended December 31, 2014

 

Balance, beginning

 

$

1,237,000

 

$

646,000

 

$

586,000

 

$

105,000

 

$

2,574,000

 

Provision charged to expense

 

181,525

 

1,000

 

24,219

 

(59,865

)

146,879

 

Recoveries

 

3,056

 

 

12,781

 

76,076

 

91,913

 

 

 

1,421,581

 

647,000

 

623,000

 

121,211

 

2,812,792

 

Loans charged off

 

(405,581

)

 

 

(4,211

)

(409,792

)

Balance, ending

 

$

1,016,000

 

$

647,000

 

$

623,000

 

$

117,000

 

$

2,403,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Real Estate

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2014

 

Balance, beginning

 

$

1,010,000

 

$

451,000

 

$

718,000

 

$

114,000

 

$

2,293,000

 

Provision charged to expense

 

(541,858

)

195,000

 

(122,746

)

(211,565

)

(681,169

)

Recoveries

 

834,235

 

 

1,600

 

216,555

 

1,052,390

 

 

 

1,302,377

 

646,000

 

596,854

 

118,990

 

2,664,221

 

Loans charged off

 

(65,377

)

 

(10,854

)

(13,990

)

(90,221

)

Balance, ending

 

$

1,237,000

 

$

646,000

 

$

586,000

 

$

105,000

 

$

2,574,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Real Estate

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2013

 

Balance, beginning

 

$

1,046,217

 

$

330,000

 

$

766,000

 

$

144,000

 

$

2,286,217

 

Provision charged to expense

 

(166,826

)

121,000

 

(12,832

)

(38,451

)

(97,109

)

Recoveries

 

140,079

 

 

17,780

 

42,981

 

200,840

 

 

 

1,019,470

 

451,000

 

770,948

 

148,530

 

2,389,948

 

Loans charged off

 

(9,470

)

 

(52,948

)

(34,530

)

(96,948

)

Balance, ending

 

$

1,010,000

 

$

451,000

 

$

718,000

 

$

114,000

 

$

2,293,000

 

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3                                     Loans (Continued)

 

The allowance for loan losses, by impairment evaluation and portfolio segment is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Estate

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Allowance for loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

6,002

 

$

 

$

54,481

 

$

 

$

60,483

 

Allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1,009,998

 

647,000

 

568,519

 

117,000

 

2,342,517

 

 

 

$

1,016,000

 

$

647,000

 

$

623,000

 

$

117,000

 

$

2,403,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

342,964

 

$

 

$

4,147,569

 

$

9,900

 

$

4,500,433

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

65,535,137

 

45,212,635

 

42,003,522

 

9,790,828

 

162,542,122

 

 

 

$

65,878,101

 

$

45,212,635

 

$

46,151,091

 

$

9,800,728

 

$

167,042,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

1.75

%

0.00

%

1.31

%

0.00

%

1.34

%

Allowance as a percentage of loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1.54

%

1.43

%

1.35

%

1.19

%

1.44

%

Allowance as a percentage of total loans evaluated for impairment

 

1.54

%

1.43

%

1.35

%

1.19

%

1.44

%

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Estate

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Allowance for loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

270,272

 

$

 

$

52,197

 

$

 

$

322,469

 

Allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

966,728

 

646,000

 

533,803

 

105,000

 

2,251,531

 

 

 

$

1,237,000

 

$

646,000

 

$

586,000

 

$

105,000

 

$

2,574,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

792,682

 

$

 

$

4,286,736

 

$

12,500

 

$

5,091,918

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

62,635,116

 

44,560,934

 

39,402,993

 

7,827,099

 

154,426,142

 

 

 

$

63,427,798

 

$

44,560,934

 

$

43,689,729

 

$

7,839,599

 

$

159,518,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

34.10

%

0.00

%

1.22

%

0.00

%

6.33

%

Allowance as a percentage of loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1.54

%

1.45

%

1.35

%

1.34

%

1.46

%

Allowance as a percentage of total loans evaluated for impairment

 

1.95

%

1.45

%

1.34

%

1.34

%

1.61

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Estate

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Allowance for loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

239,286

 

$

 

$

216,836

 

$

 

$

456,122

 

Allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

770,714

 

451,000

 

501,164

 

114,000

 

1,836,878

 

 

 

$

1,010,000

 

$

451,000

 

$

718,000

 

$

114,000

 

$

2,293,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

3,204,908

 

$

26,505

 

$

5,348,084

 

$

17,467

 

$

8,596,964

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

46,244,480

 

33,811,266

 

34,833,553

 

5,363,451

 

120,252,750

 

 

 

$

49,449,388

 

$

33,837,771

 

$

40,181,637

 

$

5,380,918

 

$

128,849,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

7.47

%

0.00

%

4.05

%

0.00

%

5.31

%

Allowance as a percentage of loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1.67

%

1.33

%

1.44

%

2.13

%

1.53

%

Allowance as a percentage of total loans evaluated for impairment

 

2.04

%

1.33

%

1.79

%

2.12

%

1.78

%

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

The aging in terms of unpaid principal balance of the loan portfolio, by classes of loans is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

> 90 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31-60 days

 

61-90 days

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

(Nonaccrual)

 

Total

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Classes of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

14,553,060

 

$

59,140

 

$

 

$

 

$

14,612,200

 

Real estate

 

51,031,128

 

 

 

234,773

 

51,265,901

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

25,719,089

 

 

 

 

25,719,089

 

Real estate

 

19,493,546

 

 

 

 

19,493,546

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

35,980,681

 

139,914

 

 

494,050

 

36,614,645

 

Home equity

 

9,484,952

 

51,494

 

 

 

9,536,446

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

6,483,805

 

 

 

 

6,483,805

 

Consumer

 

3,316,923

 

 

 

 

3,316,923

 

 

 

$

166,063,184

 

$

250,548

 

$

 

$

728,823

 

$

167,042,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of total loan portfolio

 

99.41

%

0.15

%

0.00

%

0.44

%

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

> 90 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31-60 days

 

61-90 days

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

(Nonaccrual)

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Classes of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

18,027,590

 

$

4,298

 

$

 

$

106,538

 

$

18,138,426

 

Real estate

 

45,051,510

 

 

199,638

 

38,224

 

45,289,372

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

24,883,737

 

 

 

 

24,883,737

 

Real estate

 

19,677,197

 

 

 

 

19,677,197

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

33,537,729

 

64,279

 

348,817

 

69,762

 

34,020,587

 

Home equity

 

9,652,522

 

16,620

 

 

 

9,669,142

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

5,043,990

 

 

 

 

5,043,990

 

Consumer

 

2,795,309

 

300

 

 

 

2,795,609

 

 

 

$

158,669,584

 

$

85,497

 

$

548,455

 

$

214,524

 

$

159,518,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of total loan portfolio

 

99.48

%

0.05

%

0.34

%

0.13

%

100.00

%

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

> 90 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31-60 days

 

61-90 days

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

(Nonaccrual)

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Classes of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

16,845,565

 

$

122,403

 

$

 

$

 

$

16,967,968

 

Real estate

 

29,886,116

 

155,683

 

 

2,439,621

 

32,481,420

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

18,420,302

 

 

 

 

18,420,302

 

Real estate

 

15,417,469

 

 

 

 

15,417,469

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

33,005,393

 

501,251

 

7,603

 

 

33,514,247

 

Home equity

 

6,625,680

 

41,710

 

 

 

6,667,390

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land

 

2,436,553

 

 

 

 

2,436,553

 

Consumer

 

2,934,614

 

9,751

 

 

 

2,944,365

 

 

 

$

125,571,692

 

$

830,798

 

$

7,603

 

$

2,439,621

 

$

128,849,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of total loan portfolio

 

97.46

%

0.64

%

0.01

%

1.89

%

100.00

%

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

For each class of loans, the following summarizes the unpaid principal balance by credit quality indicator as of:

 

 

 

Commercial —

 

Commercial —

 

Agricultural —

 

Agricultural —

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Real Estate

 

Operating

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Internally assigned risk rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest Quality (rating 1)

 

$

19,800

 

$

 

$

1,336,098

 

$

199,200

 

$

1,555,098

 

Good Quality (rating 2)

 

381,802

 

6,115,351

 

8,322,782

 

4,833,831

 

19,653,766

 

Acceptable Quality (rating 3)

 

8,164,998

 

29,861,250

 

5,857,779

 

10,049,128

 

53,933,155

 

Fair Quality (rating 4)

 

5,945,892

 

13,425,397

 

10,202,430

 

4,411,387

 

33,985,106

 

Special Mention (rating 5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard (rating 6)

 

99,708

 

1,863,903

 

 

 

1,963,611

 

Doubtful (rating 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (rating 8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,612,200

 

$

51,265,901

 

$

25,719,089

 

$

19,493,546

 

$

111,090,736

 

 

 

 

Commercial —

 

Commercial —

 

Agricultural —

 

Agricultural —

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Real Estate

 

Operating

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Internally assigned risk rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest Quality (rating 1)

 

$

27,495

 

$

 

$

648,226

 

$

199,200

 

$

874,921

 

Good Quality (rating 2)

 

237,591

 

6,635,611

 

3,246,964

 

5,254,390

 

15,374,556

 

Acceptable Quality (rating 3)

 

9,012,508

 

22,943,545

 

6,998,671

 

8,915,336

 

47,870,060

 

Fair Quality (rating 4)

 

7,384,634

 

14,477,642

 

13,989,876

 

5,308,271

 

41,160,423

 

Special Mention (rating 5)

 

 

51,909

 

 

 

51,909

 

Substandard (rating 6)

 

1,476,198

 

1,180,665

 

 

 

2,656,863

 

Doubtful (rating 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (rating 8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,138,426

 

$

45,289,372

 

$

24,883,737

 

$

19,677,197

 

$

107,988,732

 

 

 

 

Commercial —

 

Commercial —

 

Agricultural —

 

Agricultural —

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

Real Estate

 

Operating

 

Real Estate

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Internally assigned risk rating:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest Quality (rating 1)

 

$

 

$

 

$

447,622

 

$

361,492

 

$

809,114

 

Good Quality (rating 2)

 

2,448,753

 

2,672,204

 

4,984,564

 

3,930,596

 

14,036,117

 

Acceptable Quality (rating 3)

 

4,044,537

 

15,432,064

 

5,801,620

 

7,951,063

 

33,229,284

 

Fair Quality (rating 4)

 

9,208,997

 

11,065,200

 

7,186,496

 

3,147,813

 

30,608,506

 

Special Mention (rating 5)

 

1,583

 

 

 

 

1,583

 

Substandard (rating 6)

 

1,264,098

 

3,311,952

 

 

26,505

 

4,602,555

 

Doubtful (rating 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (rating 8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,967,968

 

$

32,481,420

 

$

18,420,302

 

$

15,417,469

 

$

83,287,159

 

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

Residential RE —

 

Residential RE —

 

Other — Construction

 

Other —

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Home Equity

 

and Land

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Delinquency status*:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

$

35,980,681

 

$

9,484,952

 

$

6,483,805

 

$

3,309,337

 

$

55,258,775

 

Nonperforming

 

633,964

 

51,494

 

 

7,586

 

693,044

 

 

 

$

36,614,645

 

$

9,536,446

 

$

6,483,805

 

$

3,316,923

 

$

55,951,819

 

 

 

 

Residential RE —

 

Residential RE —

 

Other — Construction

 

Other —

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Home Equity

 

and Land

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Delinquency status*:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

$

33,537,729

 

$

9,652,522

 

$

5,043,990

 

$

2,795,309

 

$

51,029,550

 

Nonperforming

 

482,858

 

16,620

 

 

300

 

499,778

 

 

 

$

34,020,587

 

$

9,669,142

 

$

5,043,990

 

$

2,795,609

 

$

51,529,328

 

 

 

 

Residential RE —

 

Residential RE —

 

Other — Construction

 

Other —

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Home Equity

 

and Land

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Delinquency status*:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

$

33,005,393

 

$

6,625,680

 

$

2,436,553

 

$

2,934,614

 

$

45,002,240

 

Nonperforming

 

508,854

 

41,710

 

 

9,751

 

560,315

 

 

 

$

33,514,247

 

$

6,667,390

 

$

2,436,553

 

$

2,944,365

 

$

45,562,555

 

 


*          Performing loans are those which are accruing and less than 31 days past due. Nonperforming loans are those on nonaccrual and accruing loans that are greater than or equal to 31 days past due.

 

For commercial loans and agricultural loans, the Company’s credit quality indicator is internally assigned risk ratings. Each commercial loan is assigned a risk rating upon origination. The risk rating is reviewed every 12 months, at a minimum, and on as needed basis depending on the specific circumstances of the loan. See Note 1 for further discussion on the Company’s risk ratings.

 

For residential real estate and other loans, the Company’s credit quality indicator is performance determined by delinquency status. Delinquency status is updated daily by the Company’s loan system.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

Loans, by classes of loans, considered to be impaired are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Classes of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

48,952

 

$

48,170

 

$

 

$

52,125

 

$

2,022

 

Real estate

 

240,905

 

234,773

 

 

242,461

 

7,819

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

4,010,938

 

3,994,570

 

 

4,055,577

 

105,560

 

Home equity

 

65,727

 

65,518

 

 

66,580

 

2,136

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

10,288

 

9,900

 

 

11,092

 

409

 

 

 

4,376,810

 

4,352,931

 

 

4,427,835

 

117,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

60,106

 

60,021

 

6,002

 

61,700

 

1,572

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

70,307

 

66,659

 

33,659

 

69,417

 

2,181

 

Home equity

 

20,986

 

20,822

 

20,822

 

21,291

 

746

 

 

 

151,399

 

147,502

 

60,483

 

152,408

 

4,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

109,058

 

108,191

 

6,002

 

113,825

 

3,594

 

Real estate

 

240,905

 

234,773

 

 

242,461

 

7,819

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

4,081,245

 

4,061,229

 

33,659

 

4,124,994

 

107,741

 

Home equity

 

86,713

 

86,340

 

20,822

 

87,871

 

2,882

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

10,288

 

9,900

 

 

11,092

 

409

 

 

 

$

4,528,209

 

$

4,500,433

 

$

60,483

 

$

4,580,243

 

$

122,445

 

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Classes of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

55,800

 

$

54,649

 

$

 

$

224,952

 

$

5,062

 

Real estate

 

199,149

 

199,638

 

 

99,575

 

13,025

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

3,196,754

 

3,189,520

 

 

3,676,200

 

164,138

 

Home equity

 

67,339

 

67,308

 

 

69,425

 

4,586

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

12,484

 

12,500

 

 

12,623

 

1,029

 

 

 

3,531,526

 

3,523,615

 

 

4,082,775

 

187,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

541,203

 

538,395

 

270,272

 

431,108

 

23,252

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

1,011,629

 

1,008,328

 

30,617

 

1,062,152

 

59,431

 

Home equity

 

21,644

 

21,580

 

21,580

 

22,523

 

1,769

 

 

 

1,574,476

 

1,568,303

 

322,469

 

1,515,783

 

84,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

597,003

 

593,044

 

270,272

 

656,060

 

28,314

 

Real estate

 

199,149

 

199,638

 

 

99,575

 

13,025

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

4,208,383

 

4,197,848

 

30,617

 

4,738,352

 

223,569

 

Home equity

 

88,983

 

88,888

 

21,580

 

91,948

 

6,355

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

12,484

 

12,500

 

 

12,623

 

1,029

 

 

 

$

5,106,002

 

$

5,091,918

 

$

322,469

 

$

5,598,558

 

$

272,292

 

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Classes of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

394,103

 

$

447,242

 

$

 

$

197,156

 

$

18,853

 

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

27,060

 

26,505

 

 

29,085

 

1,811

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

4,155,646

 

4,142,710

 

 

3,990,088

 

239,801

 

Home equity

 

71,512

 

71,385

 

 

76,849

 

4,352

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

12,763

 

17,467

 

 

15,104

 

998

 

 

 

4,661,084

 

4,705,309

 

 

4,308,282

 

265,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with specific allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

321,013

 

318,045

 

161,313

 

361,474

 

15,887

 

Real estate

 

2,439,621

 

2,439,621

 

77,973

 

1,219,811

 

(13,906

)

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

1,112,674

 

1,110,651

 

193,498

 

1,183,174

 

60,609

 

Home equity

 

23,401

 

23,338

 

23,338

 

11,701

 

3,470

 

 

 

3,896,709

 

3,891,655

 

456,122

 

2,776,160

 

66,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

715,116

 

765,287

 

161,313

 

558,630

 

34,740

 

Real estate

 

2,439,621

 

2,439,621

 

77,973

 

1,219,811

 

(13,906

)

Agricultural:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

27,060

 

26,505

 

 

29,085

 

1,811

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

5,268,320

 

5,253,361

 

193,498

 

5,173,262

 

300,410

 

Home equity

 

94,913

 

94,723

 

23,338

 

88,550

 

7,822

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

12,763

 

17,467

 

 

15,104

 

998

 

 

 

$

8,557,793

 

$

8,596,964

 

$

456,122

 

$

7,084,442

 

$

331,875

 

 

Impaired loans, for which no allowance has been provided as of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, have adequate collateral, based on management’s current estimates.

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

The following summarizes the number and recorded investment of troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) as of:

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

 

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

4

 

$

109,058

 

Real estate

 

1

 

197,167

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

37

 

1,793,637

 

Home equity

 

4

 

65,727

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

2

 

10,288

 

 

 

48

 

$

2,175,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concession — Reduction of interest rate below market:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

49

 

$

2,217,300

 

Home equity

 

1

 

20,986

 

 

 

50

 

$

2,238,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

4

 

$

109,058

 

Real estate

 

1

 

197,167

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

86

 

4,010,937

 

Home equity

 

5

 

86,713

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

2

 

10,288

 

 

 

98

 

$

4,414,163

 

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

 

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

6

 

$

163,537

 

Real estate

 

1

 

199,149

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

35

 

1,811,371

 

Home equity

 

4

 

67,339

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

3

 

12,484

 

 

 

49

 

$

2,253,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concession — Reduction of interest rate below market:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

1

 

$

356,142

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

52

 

2,365,351

 

Home equity

 

1

 

21,644

 

 

 

54

 

$

2,743,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

7

 

$

519,679

 

Real estate

 

1

 

199,149

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

87

 

4,176,722

 

Home equity

 

5

 

88,983

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

3

 

12,484

 

 

 

103

 

$

4,997,017

 

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

 

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

8

 

$

231,279

 

Real estate

 

1

 

2,439,621

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

40

 

2,517,871

 

Home equity

 

4

 

71,512

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

4

 

17,442

 

 

 

57

 

$

5,277,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concession — Reduction of interest rate below market:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

1

 

$

380,382

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

53

 

2,592,318

 

Home equity

 

1

 

23,401

 

 

 

55

 

$

2,996,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

9

 

$

611,661

 

Real estate

 

1

 

2,439,621

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

93

 

5,110,189

 

Home equity

 

5

 

94,913

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

4

 

17,442

 

 

 

112

 

$

8,273,826

 

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

The following summarizes the number and investment in TDRs, by type of concession, that were restructured:

 

(Unaudited)

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

For the six months ended December 31, 2014

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

1

 

$

60,106

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

1

 

58,701

 

 

 

2

 

$

118,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

1

 

$

60,106

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

1

 

58,701

 

 

 

2

 

$

118,807

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

For the six months ended December 31, 2013

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1

 

$

30,000

 

 

 

1

 

$

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1

 

$

30,000

 

 

 

1

 

$

30,000

 

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 3.                                  Loans (Continued)

 

 

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

For the year ended June 30, 2014

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1

 

$

199,149

 

 

 

1

 

$

199,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1

 

$

199,149

 

 

 

1

 

$

199,149

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Recorded

 

For the year ended June 30, 2013

 

of TDRs

 

Investment

 

Concession — Extension of maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

8

 

$

231,279

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

3

 

652,260

 

Home equity

 

3

 

33,314

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

2

 

12,763

 

 

 

16

 

$

929,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concession — Reduction of interest rate below market:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

1

 

$

355,854

 

Home equity

 

1

 

23,401

 

 

 

2

 

$

379,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

8

 

$

231,279

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

4

 

1,008,114

 

Home equity

 

4

 

56,715

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

2

 

12,763

 

 

 

18

 

$

1,308,871

 

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 4.                                  Loan Servicing

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  The unpaid principal balances of these loans were approximately $88,525,000, $83,808,000 and $80,718,000 at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold approximately $15,394,000, $9,922,000, $18,925,000 and $37,502,000, respectively, of fixed-rate loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, which resulted in a pre-tax gain on the sale of approximately $416,000 and $227,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $537,000 and $967,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The Company entered into an agreement with the FHLB to originate mortgage loans on behalf of the FHLB and to sell closed loans to the FHLB under the FHLB Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) program.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company retains a portion of the credit risk associated with each conventional loan pool under a risk-sharing agreement.  The Company’s credit losses are capped by the credit enhancement amount established for each pool of loans.  Losses beyond that cap are absorbed by the FHLB.  At December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, the amount of conventional loans outstanding that were originated and sold to the FHLB in the MPF was $19,603,271, $19,652,262 and $22,432,753, respectively, with possible credit enhancement losses capped at $1,135,566, $1,109,788 and $1,087,424 at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The Company has no history of losses and no losses were accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 5.                                  Accrued Interest Receivable

 

Accrued interest receivable is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Time deposits with other financial institutions

 

$

348

 

$

950

 

$

2,664

 

Securities

 

34,815

 

15,846

 

7,195

 

Loans

 

1,079,303

 

967,162

 

775,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,114,466

 

$

983,958

 

$

785,460

 

 

Note 6.                                  Premises and Equipment, Net

 

Premises and equipment, net are as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

1,345,583

 

$

1,345,583

 

$

1,345,583

 

Buildings and improvements

 

6,917,916

 

6,849,050

 

6,812,082

 

Furniture and equipment

 

1,241,635

 

1,231,338

 

1,260,192

 

Computer equipment

 

592,802

 

453,683

 

351,329

 

Vehicles

 

57,016

 

 

 

 

 

10,154,952

 

9,879,654

 

9,769,186

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(4,568,882

)

(4,416,056

)

(4,191,018

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,586,070

 

$

5,463,598

 

$

5,578,168

 

 

Depreciation expense was $152,826 and $140,046 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively and $271,632 and $326,434 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 7.                                  Deposits

 

Deposits are as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

24,474,687

 

$

20,582,628

 

$

18,555,263

 

Interest-bearing NOW

 

36,540,170

 

34,500,090

 

28,530,556

 

Money market

 

40,683,844

 

39,970,420

 

34,264,592

 

Savings

 

13,809,745

 

11,558,964

 

9,235,197

 

Certificates of deposit

 

49,367,872

 

43,151,191

 

44,171,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

164,876,318

 

$

149,763,293

 

$

134,757,591

 

 

Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more were approximately $2,074,000, $1,444,000 and $1,045,000 at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

$

28,935,055

 

2016

 

12,619,042

 

2017

 

3,326,709

 

2018

 

1,991,902

 

2019 and beyond

 

2,495,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

49,367,872

 

 

Interest expense on deposit accounts is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Interest-bearing NOW

 

$

58,673

 

$

49,098

 

$

113,528

 

$

89,235

 

Money market

 

117,579

 

92,025

 

190,432

 

222,329

 

Savings

 

14,217

 

11,774

 

27,054

 

25,341

 

Certificates of deposit

 

250,489

 

219,208

 

434,779

 

593,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

440,958

 

$

372,105

 

$

765,793

 

$

930,752

 

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 8.                                  Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

 

FHLB borrowings are summarized as follows:

 

(Unaudited)

 

Contractual Interest

 

Weighted Ave.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

 

Rate Range

 

Contractual Rate

 

Amount

 

Variable-rate FHLB advances due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within 1 year

 

0.340  

-

0.340  

 

0.340

 

$

7,942,372

 

1 to 2 years

 

0.360  

-

0.360  

 

0.360

 

3,041,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total variable-rate FHLB advances

 

0.340  

-

0.360  

 

0.346

 

10,984,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open line advances up to $10 million, due on demand

 

0.250  

-

0.250  

 

0.250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less prepayment penalty fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(113,902

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FHLB borrowings

 

0.250%

-

0.360%

 

0.346

%

$

10,870,121

 

 

 

 

Contractual Interest

 

Weighted Ave.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014

 

Rate Range

 

Contractual Rate

 

Amount

 

Variable-rate FHLB advances due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within 1 year

 

0.300  

-

0.300  

 

0.300

 

$

7,942,372

 

1 to 2 years

 

0.320  

-

0.320  

 

0.320

 

3,041,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total variable-rate FHLB advances

 

0.300  

-

0.320  

 

0.306

 

10,984,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open line advances up to $10 million, due on demand

 

0.240  

-

0.240  

 

0.240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less prepayment penalty fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(216,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FHLB borrowings

 

0.240%

-

0.320%

 

0.306

%

$

10,767,815

 

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 8.                                  Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings (Continued)

 

 

 

Contractual Interest

 

Weighted Ave.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

Rate Range

 

Contractual Rate

 

Amount

 

Variable-rate FHLB advances due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 to 2 years

 

0.310

 

-

 

0.310

 

0.310

 

$

7,942,372

 

2 to 3 years

 

0.330

 

-

 

0.330

 

0.330

 

3,041,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total variable-rate FHLB advances

 

0.310

 

-

 

0.330

 

0.316

 

10,984,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open line advances up to $10 million, due on demand

 

0.180

 

-

 

0.180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less prepayment penalty fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(420,820

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FHLB borrowings

 

0.180%

 

-

 

0.330%

 

0.316

%

$

10,563,203

 

 

The Company maintains a collateral pledge agreement covering secured advances whereby the Company has agreed to pledge certain real estate loans to secure advances from the FHLB of Topeka.  All stock in the FHLB of Topeka is pledged as additional collateral for these advances.  At December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, approximately $38.7 million, $31.7 million and $29.1 million, respectively, of real estate loans collateralized the advances.  At December 31, 2014, the Company had the ability to borrow an additional $26.3 million in FHLB advances.

 

Note 9.                                  Regulatory Matters

 

The Bank is subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition.  If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits.  If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2014, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 9.                                  Regulatory Matters (Continued)

 

Actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Bank were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required to Be

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Required for

 

Under Prompt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Adequacy

 

Corrective Action

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purposes

 

Provisions

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$

19,861

 

11.7

%

$

13,572

 

8.0

%

$

16,965

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

17,737

 

10.5

%

6,786

 

4.0

%

10,179

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

17,737

 

9.1

%

7,833

 

4.0

%

9,791

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$

18,729

 

11.7

%

$

12,852

 

8.0

%

$

16,065

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

16,736

 

10.4

%

6,426

 

4.0

%

9,639

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

16,736

 

9.3

%

7,196

 

4.0

%

8,994

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$

16,750

 

12.8

%

$

10,442

 

8.0

%

$

13,053

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

15,110

 

11.6

%

5,221

 

4.0

%

7,832

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

15,110

 

9.2

%

6,563

 

4.0

%

8,204

 

5.0

%

 

Federal regulations require the Bank to comply with a Qualified Thrift Lender (QTL) test, which requires that 65% of assets be maintained in housing-related finance and other specified assets.  If the QTL test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investment, FHLB advances, and dividends or the institution must convert to a commercial bank charter.  Management believes the QTL test has been met.

 

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act changes. The rules revise minimum capital requirements and adjust prompt corrective action thresholds. The final rules revise the regulatory capital elements, add a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, increase the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement, and implement a new capital conservation buffer.  The rules also permit certain banking organizations to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for accumulated other comprehensive income.  The final rules took effect for community banks on January 1, 2015, subject to a transition period for certain parts of the rules. Management believes the Bank will remain well-capitalized under the new rules.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 10.                           Income Taxes

 

The income tax expense is as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(88,720

)

$

4,028

 

State

 

(63,491

)

(27,102

)

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(116,844

)

(203,109

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(269,055

)

$

(226,183

)

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory federal corporate tax rate of 34% to the income tax expense in the statements of income is as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Provision computed at the statutory federal tax rate

 

$

(533,636

)

$

(211,732

)

State income taxes, net of federal tax

 

(41,904

)

9,184

 

Release of unearned ESOP shares and stock awards

 

17,363

 

21,435

 

Other, net

 

289,122

 

(45,070

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

 

$

(269,055

)

$

(226,183

)

 

Retained earnings at June 30, 2014 and 2013 include certain historical additions to bad debt reserves of approximately $3,199,000 and $2,237,000, respectively, for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recorded.  This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes alone.  If, in the future, this portion of retained earnings is used for any purpose other than to absorb bad debt losses, federal taxes would be imposed at the then-applicable rates. The related amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability was approximately $1,088,000 and $760,000 at June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4,300,000 which will expire in the fiscal years ending June 30, 2029 through 2032.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 10.                           Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The net deferred tax asset is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Gross deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

875,160

 

$

779,620

 

Net operating loss carryover

 

1,697,062

 

2,174,831

 

Charitable contributions carryover

 

6,755

 

52,074

 

General business credits

 

324,364

 

323,893

 

Foreclosed asset writedowns

 

50,592

 

125,579

 

Unrealized loss on securities

 

1,729

 

9,788

 

Other

 

88,971

 

62,735

 

 

 

3,044,633

 

3,528,520

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(63,976

)

(58,905

)

FHLB stock dividends

 

(186,864

)

(525,595

)

Other

 

(21,506

)

(46,830

)

 

 

(272,346

)

(631,330

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

(79,000

)

(79,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

2,693,287

 

$

2,818,190

 

 

No significant income tax uncertainties were identified.  Therefore, the Company recognized no adjustment for unrecognized income tax benefits during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  Corporate tax returns for the 2011 through 2013 years remain open to examination by taxing authorities.

 

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in noninterest expenses.  During the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no interest and penalties recognized nor were any balances for the payment of interest and penalties accrued at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Note 11.                           Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has a 401(k) and profit sharing plan (the Plans) covering substantially all employees.  Annual contributions to the Plans are made at the discretion of and determined by the Board of Directors.  Participant interests are vested over a period from one to five years of service.  Contributions were made of $42,000 and $37,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $75,000 and $10,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

On November 8, 2005, the Company adopted an employee stock ownership plan (the ESOP) for the benefit of substantially all employees.  The ESOP borrowed $1,292,620 from the Company and used those funds to acquire 129,262 shares of the Company’s stock in connection with the reorganization at a price of $10.00 per share.

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 11.                          Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

 

Shares purchased by the ESOP with the loan proceeds are held in a suspense account and are allocated to ESOP participants on a pro rata basis as principal and interest payments are made by the ESOP to the Company.  The loan is secured by shares purchased with the loan proceeds and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Company’s discretionary contributions to the ESOP and earnings on ESOP assets.  Annual principal and interest payments of approximately $145,000 are to be made by the ESOP.

 

As shares are released from collateral, the Company will report compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares and the shares will become outstanding for earnings-per-share computations.  Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduce retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares reduce accrued interest.  Because participants may require the Company to purchase their ESOP shares upon termination of their employment, the fair value of all earned and allocated ESOP shares may become a liability.

 

The ESOP has a plan year-end of December 31.  On December 31, 2014 and 2013, 9,084 and 9,083 shares, respectively, were allocated to the ESOP.  The fair value of the shares allocated approximated $5.62 and $4.10 per share at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The Company has recorded compensation expense of $39,761 and $27,797 for shares that were released and committed to be released for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  For presentation purposes, 74,761 released shares and 4,542 shares that have been committed to be released are disclosed as allocated shares as of June 30, 2014 and 65,678 released shares and 4,542 shares that have been committed to be released are disclosed as allocated shares as of June 30, 2013.

 

Shares held by the ESOP were as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Allocated shares

 

83,845

 

79,303

 

70,220

 

Unearned ESOP shares

 

45,417

 

49,959

 

59,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ESOP shares

 

129,262

 

129,262

 

129,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of unearned ESOP shares

 

$

255,244

 

$

244,799

 

$

236,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of allocated shares subject to repurchase obligation

 

$

444,578

 

$

388,585

 

$

280,880

 

 

The Company approved the Equitable Financial Corp. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in November 2006.  Under this plan, the Company may award up to 161,577 stock options and 64,631 shares of restricted stock to employees and directors.

 

Note 12.                           Earnings per Share

 

Amounts reported in earnings per share reflect earnings available to common stockholders for the period divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year.  Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing earnings available to common stockholders for the period by the sum of the weighted average common shares outstanding and the weighted average dilutive shares.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 12.                           Earnings per Share (Continued)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the components used to compute basic earnings per share for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

3,077,625

 

3,060,467

 

3,065,598

 

3,053,638

 

Net income available to common stockholders

 

$

469,928

 

$

721,679

 

$

1,300,462

 

$

396,558

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.13

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the components used to compute diluted earnings per share for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

3,077,625

 

3,060,467

 

3,065,598

 

3,053,638

 

Weighted average of net additional shares from restricted stock awards

 

41,703

 

41,874

 

41,486

 

14,877

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

3,119,328

 

3,102,341

 

3,107,084

 

3,068,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

 

$

469,928

 

$

721,679

 

$

1,300,462

 

$

396,558

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.15

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.13

 

 

Note 13.                           Loan Commitments and Other Related Activities

 

The Company is party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk.  The Company uses these financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of customers and to effectively manage exposure to interest rate risk.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit.  When viewed in terms of the maximum exposure, these instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.  Credit risk is the possibility that a counterparty to a financial instrument will be unable to perform its contractual obligations.  Interest rate risk is the possibility that, due to changes in economic conditions, the Company’s net interest income will be adversely affected.

 

The following is a summary of the contractual or notional amount of each significant class of off-balance-sheet financial instruments outstanding.  The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of these instruments.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 13.                           Loan Commitments and Other Related Activities (Continued)

 

The contractual or notional amounts are as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Financial instruments wherein contractual amounts represent credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

5,050,000

 

$

11,022,000

 

$

2,644,000

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$

310,000

 

$

310,000

 

$

60,000

 

Unused lines of credit

 

$

23,604,000

 

$

19,131,000

 

$

19,579,000

 

 

At December 31, 2014, fixed-rate commitments were approximately $10,655,000.

 

Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary, by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.  The collateral held varies but primarily consists of single-family residential real estate.

 

In April 2006, the Company entered into an operating lease for a branch facility, with expiration in June 2012.  The lease had a renewal option to extend the lease for five years (through June 2017) which was exercised during the prior period by the Company.  Future commitments under the operating lease approximate the following:

 

Year Ending June 30, 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

105,000

 

2016

 

105,000

 

2017

 

105,000

 

 

Rental expense, included in occupancy and equipment expense in the consolidated statements of income, totaled approximately $63,000 and $63,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and $159,000 and $155,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements

 

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosure of fair value measurements.  The fair value hierarchy set forth in the Topic is as follows:

 

Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2:  Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

There were no transfers between levels during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 nor were there any changes in valuation techniques used for assets or liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis : A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below:

 

Securities Available-for-Sale — Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flow. Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset backed and other securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

657,792

 

$

 

$

657,792

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

657,792

 

$

 

$

657,792

 

$

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2014 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

882,308

 

$

 

$

882,308

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

882,308

 

$

 

$

882,308

 

$

 

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2013 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

$

1,342,221

 

$

 

$

1,342,221

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

1,342,221

 

$

 

$

1,342,221

 

$

 

 

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis :  A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

 

Impaired Loans — From time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for credit losses is established.  The specific reserves for collateral dependent impaired loans are based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell.  The fair value of collateral was determined based on appraisals.  In some cases, adjustments were made to the appraised values due to various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral.  When significant adjustments were based on unobservable inputs, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement.

 

Foreclosed Assets — Foreclosed assets are carried at estimated fair value of the property, less disposal costs.  The fair value of the property is determined based upon appraisals.  As with impaired loans, if significant adjustments are made to the appraised value, based on unobservable inputs, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement.

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

97,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

97,000

 

Foreclosed assets

 

390,000

 

 

 

390,000

 

Total assets

 

$

487,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

487,000

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2014 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

1,384,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,384,000

 

Foreclosed assets

 

373,000

 

 

 

373,000

 

Total assets

 

$

1,757,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,757,000

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2013 Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

3,817,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,817,000

 

Foreclosed assets

 

1,730,000

 

 

 

1,730,000

 

Total assets

 

$

5,547,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,547,000

 

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The Financial Instruments Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value.  Fair value is determined under the framework discussed above.  The Topic excludes all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.  The following methods and assumptions used in estimating fair value disclosure for financial instruments are described below:

 

Cash and due from financial institutions — For cash and due from financial institutions, the current carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Time deposits with financial institutions — The fair value of fixed rate time deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates for the same remaining maturities.  The fair value of variable rate time deposits approximates carrying value.

 

Securities — The fair value of securities is determined using quoted prices, when available in an active market.  If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or a discounted cash flows model.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock — For restricted equity securities, the carrying value approximates fair value.

 

Loans, net — The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  The fair value of variable rate loans approximates carrying value.

 

Deposits — The carrying value of noninterest-bearing deposits approximates fair value.  The fair value of fixed rate deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates for the same remaining maturities.

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase — For federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value approximates fair value.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings — The estimated fair value of fixed rate advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank is determined by discounting the future cash flows of existing advances using rates currently available on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank having similar characteristics.  Adjustable rate advances’ carrying value approximates fair value.

 

Accrued interest — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

 

Off-balance sheet items — The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is based on current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements.  There were not considered material and are not presented in the below tables.

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is as follows:

 

(Unaudited)

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

December 31, 2014

 

Hierarchy Level

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from financial institutions

 

Level 1

 

$

16,681,149

 

$

16,681,000

 

Time deposits with financial institutions

 

Level 2

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

See previous table

 

657,792

 

658,000

 

Securities held-to-maturity

 

See previous table

 

3,437,736

 

3,456,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

Level 1

 

550,300

 

550,000

 

Loans, net

 

Level 2

 

165,202,999

 

163,089,000

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

Level 1

 

1,114,466

 

1,114,000

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

Level 2

 

(24,474,687

)

(24,475,000

)

Interest-bearing deposits

 

Level 2

 

(140,401,631

)

(137,182,000

)

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

Level 2

 

(10,870,121

)

(10,870,000

)

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

Level 1

 

(738,733

)

(739,000

)

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

June 30, 2014

 

Hierarchy Level

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from financial institutions

 

Level 1

 

$

7,776,305

 

$

7,776,000

 

Time deposits with financial institutions

 

Level 2

 

1,250,000

 

1,250,000

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

See previous table

 

882,308

 

882,000

 

Securities held-to-maturity

 

See previous table

 

3,642,304

 

3,668,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

Level 1

 

549,600

 

550,000

 

Loans, net

 

Level 2

 

157,509,440

 

155,197,000

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

Level 1

 

983,958

 

984,000

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

Level 2

 

(20,582,628

)

(20,583,000

)

Interest-bearing deposits

 

Level 2

 

(129,180,665

)

(127,003,000

)

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

Level 2

 

(10,767,815

)

(10,745,000

)

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

Level 1

 

(991,894

)

(992,000

)

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 14.                           Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

June 30, 2013

 

Hierarchy Level

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from financial institutions

 

Level 1

 

$

19,556,397

 

$

19,556,000

 

Time deposits with financial institutions

 

Level 2

 

3,287,000

 

3,287,000

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

See previous table

 

1,342,221

 

1,342,000

 

Securities held-to-maturity

 

See previous table

 

842,077

 

877,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

Level 1

 

2,587,100

 

2,587,000

 

Loans, net

 

Level 2

 

127,048,611

 

126,991,000

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

Level 1

 

785,460

 

785,000

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

Level 2

 

(18,555,263

)

(18,555,000

)

Interest-bearing deposits

 

Level 2

 

(116,202,328

)

(113,939,000

)

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

Level 2

 

(1,015,192

)

(1,015,000

)

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

 

Level 2

 

(10,563,203

)

(10,462,000

)

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

Level 1

 

(1,040,951

)

(1,041,000

)

 

Note 15.                           Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components were as follows:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale

 

$

(4,027

)

$

(5,086

)

$

(28,788

)

Tax benefit

 

1,369

 

1,730

 

9,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(2,658

)

$

(3,356

)

$

(18,999

)

 

Note 16.                           Transactions with Related Parties

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company granted loans to principal officers, directors, and their affiliates.  Annual activity consisted of the following:

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2013

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1,603,501

 

$

838,516

 

$

1,121,135

 

New loans or transfers in

 

2,903,203

 

5,250,146

 

159,958

 

Repayments or transfers out

 

(2,831,441

)

(4,485,161

)

(442,577

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

1,675,263

 

$

1,603,501

 

$

838,516

 

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013 approximated $220,000, $314,000 and $262,000, respectively.

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

Equitable Financial Corp. and Subsidiary

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 17.                           Subsequent Event

 

On March 2, 2015, the Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Company and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion.  Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the MHC will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form.  The MHC will be merged into the Company, and the MHC will no longer exist.  The Company will then merge into a new Maryland corporation named Equitable Financial Corp.  As part of the conversion, the MHC’s ownership interest in the Company will be offered for sale in a public offering.  The existing publicly held shares of the Company, which represent the remaining ownership interest in the Company, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of Equitable Financial Corp., the new Maryland corporation.  The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the conversion and public offering, the public shareholders of the Company will own the same aggregate percentage of common stock of the new Maryland corporation that they owned immediately prior to the completion of the conversion and public offering (excluding shares purchased in the stock offering, cash received in lieu of fractional shares and as adjusted to reflect assets held by the MHC).  When the conversion and public offering are completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the new Maryland corporation.  The Plan of Conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of the Bank in an amount equal to the MHC’s ownership interest in the equity of the Company as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus plus the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Company).  Following the completion of the conversion, Equitable Financial Corp. and the Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on their capital stock if Equitable Financial Corp.’s shareholders’ equity or the Bank’s shareholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of Equitable Financial Corp.’s or the Bank’s liquidation account, as applicable.  The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits.  Subsequent increases will not restore an eligible account holder’s interest in the liquidation accounts.  Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering.

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Equitable Financial Corp. or Equitable Bank.  This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Equitable Financial Corp. or Equitable Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

 

Up to 1,725,000 Shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 1,983,750 Shares)

 

GRAPHIC

 

(Proposed Holding Company for

Equitable Bank)

 

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 


 

PROSPECTUS

 


 

GRAPHIC

 

[Prospectus Date]

 


 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 


 

Until [                          , 2015], all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 



Table of Contents

 

Dear Fellow Stockholder:

 

Equitable Financial Corp. is soliciting stockholder votes regarding the mutual-to-stock conversion of Equitable Financial MHC.  Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, our organization will convert from a partially public company to a fully public company by selling a minimum of 1,275,000 shares of common stock of a newly formed company, also named Equitable Financial Corp. (“New Equitable”), which will become the holding company for Equitable Bank.

 

The Proxy Vote

 

We have received regulatory approval of the application that includes the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  However, we must also receive the approval of our stockholders.  Enclosed is a proxy statement/prospectus describing the proposals being presented at our special meeting of stockholders.  Please promptly vote the enclosed proxy card.  Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” the approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and “FOR” the other matters being presented at the special meeting.

 

The Exchange

 

At the conclusion of the conversion, your shares of Equitable Financial Corp. common stock will be exchanged for shares of New Equitable common stock.  The number of new shares that you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that is described in the proxy statement/prospectus.  Shortly after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each stockholder of Equitable Financial Corp. who holds stock certificates.  The transmittal form explains the procedure to follow to exchange your shares.  Please do not deliver your certificate(s) before you receive the transmittal form.  Shares of Equitable Financial Corp. that are held in street name (e.g., in a brokerage account) will be converted automatically at the conclusion of the conversion; no action or documentation is required of you.

 

The Stock Offering

 

We are offering the shares of common stock of New Equitable for sale at $8.00 per share.  The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Equitable Bank.  If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, shares may be available in a community offering to Equitable Financial Corp. public stockholders and others not eligible to place orders in the subscription offering.  If you may be interested in purchasing shares of our common stock, contact our Stock Information Center at [Information Center Telephone Number] to receive a stock order form and prospectus.  The stock offering period is expected to expire on [Expiration Date] .

 

If you have any questions, please refer to the Questions & Answers section herein.

 

We thank you for your support as a stockholder of Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.  None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 



Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS OF EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP., A MARYLAND CORPORATION

PROXY STATEMENT OF EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP., A FEDERAL CORPORATION

 

Equitable Bank is converting from the mutual holding company structure to a fully public stock holding company structure.  Currently, Equitable Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial Corp., a federally chartered corporation, which we sometimes refer to in this document as “Old Equitable,” and Equitable Financial MHC owns 57.0% of Old Equitable’s common stock.  The remaining 43.0% of Old Equitable’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.  As a result of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation named Equitable Financial Corp. (“New Equitable”) will replace Old Equitable as the holding company of Equitable Bank.  Each share of Old Equitable common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.7010 and 0.9484 shares (or 1.0907 at the adjusted maximum) of common stock of New Equitable, so that immediately after the conversion Old Equitable’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of New Equitable common stock as they owned of Old Equitable’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares.  The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Old Equitable common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of New Equitable and the number of shares of New Equitable common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph.  It will not depend on the market price of Old Equitable common stock.  See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio” for a discussion of the exchange ratio.  Based on the [$        ] per share closing price of Old Equitable common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least [                  ] shares of New Equitable common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the [                  ] and the [                  ] of the offering range), the initial value of the New Equitable common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Old Equitable common stock you currently own.  See “Risk Factors—The market value of New Equitable common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Equitable Financial Corp. common stock exchanged.”

 

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering for sale up to 1,725,000 shares (subject to increase to 1,983,750 shares) of common stock of New Equitable, representing the ownership interest of Equitable Financial MHC in Old Equitable.  We are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Equitable Bank, to Equitable Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans and to the public, including Old Equitable stockholders, at a price of $8.00 per share.  The conversion of Equitable Financial MHC and the offering and exchange of common stock by New Equitable is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.”  After the conversion and offering are completed, Equitable Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Equitable, and 100% of the common stock of New Equitable will be owned by public stockholders.  As a result of the conversion and offering, Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC will cease to exist.

 

Transactions in Old Equitable’s common stock are currently quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “EQFC,” and we expect transactions in the shares of New Equitable common stock also will be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “EQFC.”

 

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Old Equitable approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial MHC.  Old Equitable is holding a special meeting of stockholders at [Meeting Location] , on [Meeting Date] , at [Meeting Time] , Central Time, to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old Equitable stockholders, including shares held by Equitable Financial MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old Equitable stockholders other than Equitable Financial MHC.  Equitable Financial Corp.’s Board of Directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization .

 

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Old Equitable and the prospectus for the shares of New Equitable common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Old Equitable common stock.  We urge you to read this entire document carefully.  You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Board of Governors of the

 



Table of Contents

 

Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”).  This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by New Equitable of its shares of common stock in the offering, which is being made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Old Equitable are not required to participate in the stock offering.

 

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page [    ] for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.

 

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

For answers to your questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1.  Questions about voting on the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization may be directed to [Proxy Solicitor Name], at [Proxy Solicitor Telephone Number], Monday through Friday from        a.m. to        p.m., Central Time, and Saturdays from        a.m. to         p.m., Central Time.

 

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [Prospectus Date] , and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Old Equitable on or about [Proxy Mailing Date] .

 



Table of Contents

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska 68801

(308) 382-3136

 

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

On [Meeting Date] , Equitable Financial Corp. will hold a special meeting of stockholders at [Meeting Location] .  The meeting will begin at [Meeting Time] , Central Time.  At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:

 

1.                                       The approval of a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, whereby Equitable Financial MHC and Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement/prospectus;

 

2.                                       The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization;

 

3.                                       The following informational proposals:

 

3a.                                Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to New Equitable’s articles of incorporation;

 

3b.                                Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New Equitable’s bylaws;

 

3c.                                 Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

4.                                       Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

 

NOTE:  The Board of Directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.

 

The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which our Board of Directors approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  These proposals are informational in nature only because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.

 

The Board of Directors has fixed [Stockholder Record Date] , as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Old Equitable at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization .  In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization , the written request should be received by Old Equitable by [Request Date].

 



Table of Contents

 

Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy card, which is solicited by the Board of Directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope.  The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.

 

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

Teresa Hartwig

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

Grand Island, Nebraska

 

[Prospectus Date]

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

1

SUMMARY

5

RISK FACTORS

9

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

10

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

13

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

15

PROPOSALS 3a THROUGH 3c — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF NEW EQUITABLE

15

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

18

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

18

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

18

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

18

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

18

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

18

CAPITALIZATION

18

PRO FORMA DATA

18

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

18

BUSINESS OF NEW EQUITABLE AND OLD EQUITABLE

18

BUSINESS OF EQUITABLE BANK

18

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

18

TAXATION

18

MANAGEMENT

18

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

19

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

19

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

19

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW EQUITABLE

19

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW EQUITABLE FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

19

TRANSFER AGENT

19

EXPERTS

19

LEGAL MATTERS

19

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

19

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

19

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

19

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

21

OTHER MATTERS

21

 



Table of Contents

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWE RS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

 

You should read this document for more information about the conversion.  The application that includes the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization described herein has been approved by Equitable Financial Corp.’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve Board.  However, such approval by the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

Q.                                    WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?

 

A.                                     Old Equitable stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] are being asked to vote on the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization pursuant to which Equitable Financial MHC will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization.  As part of the conversion, a newly formed Maryland corporation, New Equitable, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors of Equitable Bank, to Equitable Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans, to stockholders of Old Equitable as of [Stockholder Record Date] and to the public.  The shares offered represent Equitable Financial MHC’s current ownership interest in Old Equitable. Voting for approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization will also include approval of the exchange ratio and the articles of incorporation of New Equitable (including the anti-takeover provisions and provisions limiting stockholder rights). Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its adoption, we cannot implement the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and complete the stock offering.

 

In addition, Old Equitable stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of New Equitable:

 

·                   Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to New Equitable’s articles of incorporation;

 

·                   Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New Equitable’s bylaws; and

 

·                   Approval of a provision to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock.

 

The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our Board of Directors approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.  The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of New Equitable if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Your vote is important.  Without sufficient votes “FOR” adoption of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, we cannot implement the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and the related stock offering.

 



Table of Contents

 

Q.                                    WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?

 

A.                                     The primary reasons for the conversion and offering are to:

 

·                   Enhance our regulatory capital position;

 

·                   Transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure;

 

·                   Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock; and

 

·                   Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

 

As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since Equitable Financial MHC is required to own a majority of Old Equitable’s outstanding shares of common stock.  Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition.

 

Q.                                    WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING OLD EQUITABLE SHARES?

 

A.                                     As more fully described in “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 0.7010 shares at the minimum and  0.9484 shares at the maximum of the offering range (or  1.0907 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) of New Equitable common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares).  For example, if you own 100 shares of Old Equitable common stock, and the exchange ratio is 1.0907 (at the adjusted maximum of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 109 shares of New Equitable common stock and $0.56 in cash, the value of the fractional share based on the $8.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering.

 

If you own shares of Old Equitable common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock or receive cash in lieu of fractional shares.  If you own shares in the form of Old Equitable stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion and stock offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates.  A statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of New Equitable and a check representing cash in lieu of fractional shares will be mailed to you within five business days after the transfer agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your existing Old Equitable stock certificate(s).  New Equitable will not issue stock certificates.  You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.

 

Q.                                    WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $8.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?

 

A.                                     The shares will be based on a price of $8.00 per share because that is the price at which New Equitable will sell shares in its stock offering.  The amount of common stock New Equitable will issue at $8.00 per share in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of New Equitable, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in the appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of February 6, 2015, this market value was $21.0 million.  Based on Federal Reserve Board regulations, the market value forms the

 

2



Table of Contents

 

midpoint of a range with a minimum of $17.9 million and a maximum of $24.2 million, which can be adjusted upward to $27.8 million.  Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the number of shares of common stock of New Equitable that existing public stockholders of Old Equitable will receive in exchange for their shares of Old Equitable common stock is expected to range from 959,956 to 1,298,764, and can be adjusted up to 1,493,579, with a midpoint of 1,129,360 (a value of approximately $7.7 million to $10.4 million, which can be adjusted up to $11.9 million, with a midpoint of $9.0 million, at $8.00 per share).  The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Old Equitable is intended to maintain their existing ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares).  The independent appraisal is based in part on Old Equitable’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Old Equitable.

 

Q.                                    Does the exchange ratio depend on the TRADING price of OLD EQUITABLE common stock?

 

A.                                     No, the exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Old Equitable common stock.  Instead, the exchange ratio will be based on the appraised value of New Equitable.  The purpose of the exchange ratio is to maintain the ownership percentage of existing public stockholders of Old Equitable.  Therefore, changes in the price of Old Equitable common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and offering will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.

 

Q.                                    SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?

 

A.                                     No.  If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after completion of the conversion.  If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.

 

Q.                                    HOW DO I VOTE?

 

A.                                     Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope.  For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to instructions on the enclosed proxy card.  YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.

 

Q.                                    IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?

 

A.                                     No.  Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you.  You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.

 

Q.                                    WHY SHOULD I VOTE? WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?

 

A.                                     Your vote is very important.  We believe the conversion and offering are in the best interests of our stockholders.  Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.   Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, we cannot complete the conversion and offering.

 

Q.                                    WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

 

A.                                     Your vote is important.  If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Q.                                    MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE COMMUNITY OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?

 

A.                                     Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at [Information Telephone Number] , Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time.  The Stock Information Center is closed on bank holidays.

 

Eligible depositors of Equitable Bank have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering.  Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described herein.  In the event orders for New Equitable common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska; second to cover orders of Old Equitable stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] ; and thereafter to cover orders of the general public.

 

Stockholders of Old Equitable are subject to an ownership limitation.  Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Old Equitable common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock of New Equitable to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.

 

Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) no later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time on [Expiration Date].

 

Q.                                    WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT EQUITABLE BANK?

 

A.                                     No.  The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged.  Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit.  Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected.  Depositors will no longer have voting rights in Equitable Financial MHC as to matters currently requiring such vote.  Equitable Financial MHC will cease to exist after the conversion and offering.  Only stockholders of New Equitable will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.

 

OTHER QUESTIONS?

 

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus.  Questions about voting on the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization may be directed to [Proxy Solicitor Name], at [Proxy Solicitor Telephone Number], Monday through Friday from [          ] a.m. to [          ] p.m., Central Time, and Saturdays from [          ] a.m. to [          ] p.m., Central Time.  Questions about the stock offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at [Information Center Phone Number], Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time.  The Stock Information Center is closed weekends and bank holidays.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

SUMMAR Y

 

This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 — Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2 — Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 3a through 3c — Informational Proposals Related to the Articles of Incorporation of New Equitable” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Special Meeting

 

Date, Time and Place.   Old Equitable will hold its special meeting of stockholders at [Meeting Location] , on [Meeting Date] , at [Meeting Time] , Central Time.

 

The Proposals.   Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

1.                                       The approval of a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, whereby Equitable Financial MHC and Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement/prospectus;

 

2.                                       The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization;

 

3.                                       The following informational proposals:

 

3a.                                Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to New Equitable’s articles of incorporation;

 

3b.                                Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New Equitable’s bylaws;

 

3c.                                 Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

4.                                       Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

 

The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which our Board of Directors approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.  The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New Equitable, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Old Equitable

 

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.   We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old Equitable stockholders, including shares held by Equitable Financial MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Old Equitable stockholders other than Equitable Financial MHC.

 

Proposal 1 also must be approved by the depositors of Equitable Bank at a special meeting of depositors called for that purpose. Depositors will receive separate informational materials from Equitable Financial MHC regarding the conversion.

 

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting.   We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Old Equitable stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.   The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of Old Equitable approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.  The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New Equitable, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Other Matters.   We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable.  At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

 

Revocability of Proxies

 

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting.  To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Old Equitable in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person.  Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

 

Vote by Equitable Financial MHC

 

Management anticipates that Equitable Financial MHC, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above.  If Equitable Financial MHC votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, would be assured.

 

As of [Stockholder Record Date] the directors and executive officers of Old Equitable beneficially owned 229,137  shares, or approximately 7.2% of the outstanding shares of Old Equitable common stock, and Equitable Financial MHC owned 1,813,630 shares, or approximately 57.0% of the outstanding shares of Old Equitable common stock.

 

Vote Recommendations

 

Your Board of Directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” the Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Our Business

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

 

The Boards of Directors of Old Equitable, Equitable Financial MHC, Equitable Bank and New Equitable have adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization pursuant to which Equitable Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure.  Public stockholders of Old Equitable will receive shares in New Equitable in exchange for their shares of Old Equitable common stock based on an exchange ratio. See “—The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old Equitable Common Stock.”  This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by New Equitable of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of Equitable Bank and to the public, including Old Equitable stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or in a separate public offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the syndicated offering.  Following the conversion and offering, Equitable Financial MHC and Old Equitable will no longer exist, and New Equitable will be the parent company of Equitable Bank.

 

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Old Equitable approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  Old Equitable’s stockholders will vote on the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization at Old Equitable’s special meeting.  This document is the proxy statement used by Old Equitable’s Board of Directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting.  It is also the prospectus of New Equitable regarding the shares of New Equitable common stock to be issued to Old Equitable’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by New Equitable of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

 

Our Organizational Structure

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Business Strategy

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

See “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Old Equitable Common Stock

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $8.00 Per Share Stock Price

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

7



Table of Contents

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Market for Common Stock

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Tax Consequences

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Old Equitable

 

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Old Equitable will become stockholders of New Equitable. Some rights of stockholders of New Equitable will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Old Equitable  The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law.  Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Equitable are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of New Equitable and all of its stockholders.  The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Equitable include the following: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for certain provisions of new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; and (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock.  See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Old Equitable” for a discussion of these differences.

 

Dissenters’ Rights

 

Stockholders of Old Equitable do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.

 

Important Risks in Owning New Equitable’s Common Stock

 

Before you vote on the conversion, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page  [    ] of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTO RS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion and before purchasing shares of New Equitable common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange

 

The market value of New Equitable common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Old Equitable common stock exchanged.

 

The number of shares of New Equitable common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering.  The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Old Equitable common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of New Equitable common stock prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering.  The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of Old Equitable common stock will own the same percentage of New Equitable common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Old Equitable common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and as adjusted for assets held by Equitable Financial MHC).  The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Old Equitable common stock.

 

The exchange ratio ranges from 0.7010 shares at the minimum and 0.9484 shares at the maximum (or 1.0907 shares at the adjusted maximum) of the offering range of New Equitable common stock per share of Old Equitable common stock. Shares of New Equitable common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $8.00 per share.  Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Old Equitable common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the New Equitable common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Old Equitable common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Old Equitable common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement /prospectus, which was [$        ] , unless at least [            ] shares of New Equitable common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the midpoint and the maximum of the offering range), the initial value of the New Equitable common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Old Equitable common stock you currently own.

 

There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Old Equitable.

 

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Old Equitable will become stockholders of New Equitable. In addition to the provisions discussed above that may discourage takeover attempts that may be favored by stockholders, some rights of stockholders of New Equitable will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Old Equitable.  The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland chartering documents and bylaws, and from differences between federal and Maryland law.  Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Equitable are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of New Equitable and its stockholders.  The articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Equitable include the following provisions:  (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; and (ii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally is required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; and (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock.  See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Equitable Financial Corp.” for a discussion of these differences.

 

[Remaining risks same as Prospectus]

 

9



Table of Contents

 

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETI NG

 

General

 

This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors of Old Equitable of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at [Meeting Location] , on [Meeting Date] , at [Meeting Time] , Central Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial MHC.

 

In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal.  Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of New Equitable.

 

Voting in favor of or against the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization includes a vote for or against the conversion of Equitable Financial MHC to a stock holding company as contemplated by the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  Voting in favor of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at Equitable Bank.

 

Who Can Vote at the Meeting

 

You are entitled to vote your Old Equitable common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [Stockholder Record Date] .  If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee.  As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.

 

As of the close of business on [Stockholder Record Date] , there were 3,183,004 shares of Old Equitable common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.

 

Attending the Meeting

 

If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [Stockholder Record Date] , you may attend the meeting.  However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting.  A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership.  If you want to vote your shares of Old Equitable common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.

 

Quorum; Vote Required

 

The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting.  If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting.  Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum.  A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

 

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.   We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Old Equitable entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by Equitable Financial MHC, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by Equitable Financial MHC.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting.   We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Old Equitable stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

Informational Proposals 3a through 3c: Approval of certain provisions in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation.   The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of Old Equitable approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.  The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New Equitable, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Old Equitable. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

 

Shares Held by Equitable Financial MHC and Our Officers and Directors

 

As of [Stockholder Record Date] , Equitable Financial MHC beneficially owned 1,813,630 shares of Old Equitable common stock.  This equals approximately 57.0% of our outstanding shares.  We expect that Equitable Financial MHC will vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, Proposal 2—Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.

 

As of [Stockholder Record Date] , our officers and directors beneficially owned 229,137 shares of Old Equitable common stock. This equals 7.2% of our outstanding shares and 16.7% of shares held by persons other than Equitable Financial MHC.

 

Voting by Proxy

 

Our Board of Directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Old Equitable common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card.  All shares of Old Equitable common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card.  If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our Board of Directors.  Our Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” each of the Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.

 

If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the Board of Directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares.  We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

 

If your Old Equitable common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted.  Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet.  Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Revocability of Proxies

 

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting.  To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Old Equitable in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

 

Solicitation of Proxies

 

This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the Board of Directors.  Old Equitable will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders.  To the extent necessary to permit approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and the other proposals being considered, [Proxy Solicitor Name] , our proxy solicitor, and directors, officers or employees of Old Equitable and Equitable Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication.  We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. For its services as information agent and stockholder proxy solicitor, we will pay [Proxy Solicitor Name] [ $          ] plus out-of-pocket expenses and charges for telephone calls made and received in connection with the solicitation.

 

We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

 

Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 

If you participate in Equitable Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, you will receive a voting instruction form that reflects all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plan.  Under the terms of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee votes all shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, but each Employee Stock Ownership Plan participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account.  The Employee Stock Ownership Plan trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Old Equitable common stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which it has received timely voting instructions.  The deadline for returning your voting instructions to the plan’s trustee is [ESOP Deadline] .

 

The Board of Directors recommends that you promptly sign and mark the enclosed proxy in favor of the above described proposals, including the adoption of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope.  Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.

 

Your prompt vote is very important.  Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZA TION

 

The Boards of Directors of Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC have approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial MHC.  The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization must also be approved by the depositors of Equitable Bank and the stockholders of Old Equitable.  A special meeting of depositors and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose.  The Federal Reserve Board has approved the application that includes the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

General

 

Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form.  Currently, Equitable Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC owns approximately 57.0% of Old Equitable’s common stock.   The remaining 43.0%of Old Equitable’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.  As a result of the conversion, a newly formed company, New Equitable, will become the holding company of Equitable Bank.  Each share of Old Equitable common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.7010 shares at the minimum and 0.9484 shares at the maximum of the offering range (or 1.0907 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) of New Equitable common stock, so that Old Equitable’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of New Equitable common stock as they owned of Old Equitable’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares).  The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Old Equitable common stock held by the public immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of New Equitable and the number of shares of New Equitable common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Old Equitable common stock.

 

Concurrently with the exchange offer, New Equitable is offering up to 1,725,000 shares (subject to increase to 1,983,750 shares) of common stock for sale, representing the 57.0% ownership interest of Equitable Financial MHC in Old Equitable, to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $8.00 per share.  After the conversion and offering are completed, Equitable Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Equitable, and 100% of the common stock of New Equitable will be owned by public stockholders.  As a result of the conversion and offering, Old Equitable and Equitable Financial MHC will cease to exist.

 

New Equitable intends to contribute between $9.3 million and $12.9 million of the net proceeds to Equitable Bank and to retain between $4.0 million and $5.6 million of the net proceeds.  The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

(i)                                     To depositors with accounts at Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on September 30, 2013.

 

(ii)                                  To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Equitable Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and Equitable Bank’s 401(k) plan), which may subscribe for up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.  We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

(iii)                               To depositors with accounts at Equitable Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [Supplemental Eligibility Record Date] .

 

(iv)                              To depositors of Equitable Bank at the close of business on [Depositor Record Date] .

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hall, Lincoln and Douglas Counties, Nebraska, and then to Old Equitable’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] .  The community offering, if any, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering.  We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated offering.  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated offering.  We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering.  Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of New Equitable.  All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $8.00 per share.  Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering.  See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

A copy of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization is available for inspection at each branch office of Equitable Bank and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.  The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Equitable Financial MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board.  The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial MHC.

 

[Remaining sections same as Prospectus under “The Conversion and Offering,” with the following to be added]

 

Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates

 

The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Old Equitable common stock into the right to receive shares of New Equitable common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion.  As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Old Equitable who holds physical stock certificates.  The transmittal form will contain instructions on how to surrender certificates evidencing Old Equitable common stock in exchange for shares of New Equitable common stock in book entry form, to be held electronically on the books of our transfer agent.  New Equitable will not issue stock certificates.  We expect that a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of New Equitable common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Old Equitable stock certificates and other required documents.  Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.

 

No fractional shares of New Equitable common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Old Equitable when the conversion is completed.  For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $8.00 offering purchase price per share.  Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Old Equitable stock certificates.  If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions.   After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of New Equitable common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of New Equitable common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Old Equitable common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form.  When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest.  For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Old Equitable common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of New Equitable common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.

 

If a certificate for Old Equitable common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

 

All shares of New Equitable common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Old Equitable common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

 

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEE TING

 

If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies.  In order to allow proxies that have been received by Old Equitable at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Old Equitable has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration.  The Board of Directors of Old Equitable recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal.  If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.

 

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.

 

PROPOSALS 3a THROUGH 3c — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF NEW EQUITABLE

 

By their approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as set forth in Proposal 1, the Board of Directors of Old Equitable has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 3a through 3c, all of which relate to provisions included in the articles of incorporation of New Equitable.  Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.

 

As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Old Equitable, whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Old Equitable, will become stockholders of New Equitable, whose rights will be governed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Equitable.  The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies.  This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Old Equitable and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of New Equitable.  See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

 

The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of Old Equitable

 

15



Table of Contents

 

approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.  Old Equitable’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting.  While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.  The provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation and bylaws that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of New Equitable, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

Informational Proposal 3a. — Approval of a Provision in New Equitable’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote to Amend Certain Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of New Equitable.   No amendment of the charter of Old Equitable may be made unless it is first proposed by the Board of Directors, then preliminarily approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.  The articles of incorporation of New Equitable generally may be amended by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that any amendment of Section C, D, E or F of Article Fifth (Preferred Stock, Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities, Majority Vote and Quorum), Article 7 (Directors), Article 8 (Bylaws), Article 9 (Evaluation of Certain Offers), Article 10 (Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers), Article 11 (Limitation of Liability), Article 12 (Choice of Forum) and Article 13 (Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that the Board of Directors may amend the articles of incorporation without any action by the stockholders to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of capital stock.

 

These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote.  While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, Equitable Financial MHC, as a 57.0% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.

 

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend specified provisions of New Equitable’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the articles of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror.  The Board of Directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the articles of incorporation will put the Board of Directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of New Equitable and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

 

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to New Equitable’s articles of incorporation.

 

Informational Proposal 3b. — Approval of a Provision in New Equitable’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to New Equitable’s Bylaws.   An amendment to Old Equitable’s bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting subject to applicable approval by the Federal Reserve Board.  The articles of incorporation of New Equitable provides that stockholders may only amend the bylaws if such proposal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend the bylaws of New Equitable is intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, Equitable Financial MHC, as a 57.0% stockholder, currently can

 

16



Table of Contents

 

effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws.  Also, the Board of Directors of both Old Equitable and New Equitable may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws.

 

This provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. T he Board of Directors believes that the provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the Board of Directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of New Equitable and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

 

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of the provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to New Equitable’s bylaws.

 

Informational Proposal 3c. — Approval of a Provision in New Equitable’s Articles of Incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of New Equitable’s Outstanding Voting Stock.   The articles of incorporation of New Equitable provide that in no event shall any person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit.  Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (i) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (ii) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by New Equitable to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).

 

The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of New Equitable or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.

 

The provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of New Equitable common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause New Equitable to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of New Equitable and its stockholders generally.  This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in New Equitable, but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the Board of Directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder.  The Board of Directors of New Equitable believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the Board of Directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal.  This provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the 10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction.  Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.

 

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DAT A

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEME NTS

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFER ING

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

OUR DIVIDEND POL ICY

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STO CK

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLI ANCE

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

CAPITALIZATI ON

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITIO N

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

BUSINESS OF NEW EQUITABLE AND OLD EQUITAB LE

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

BUSINESS OF EQUITABLE BANK

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULAT ION

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

TAXATI ON

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

MANAGEME NT

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

18



Table of Contents

 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STO CK

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICE RS

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS O F

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF NEW EQUITAB LE

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF NEW EQUITAB LE

FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

TRANSFER AGE NT

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

EXPERT S

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

LEGAL MATTE RS

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMA TION

 

[Same as Prospectus]

 

STOCKHOLDER PROPOS ALS

 

In order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at our executive office, [Meeting Location] , no later than [                        , 2014] .  Any such proposals shall be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Exchange Act.

 

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEET ING

 

Provisions of Old Equitable’s Bylaws.   Under Old Equitable’s Bylaws, a stockholder must follow certain procedures to nominate persons for election as directors or to introduce an item of business at a meeting of stockholders.  These procedures provide, generally, that stockholders desiring to make nominations for directors, or to bring a proper subject of business before the meeting, must give written notice to the Secretary of Old Equitable at least five (5) days before the date fixed for such meeting.  The notice must include the stockholder’s name, record address, and number of shares owned by the stockholder, describe briefly the proposed business, the reasons for bringing the business before the annual meeting, and any material interest of the stockholder in the proposed business. In the case of nominations to the Board, certain information regarding the nominee must be provided.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Provisions of New Equitable’s Bylaws.  New Equitable’s Bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. In order for a stockholder to properly bring business before an annual meeting, or to propose a nominee to the Board of Directors, New Equitable’s Secretary must receive written notice not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of New Equitable at the principal executive office of New Equitable not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made. provided, however, that in the event that less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is provided to stockholders, then, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

 

The notice with respect to stockholder proposals that are not nominations for director must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:  (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on New Equitable’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of New Equitable which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

The notice with respect to director nominations must include (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.

 

The 2015 annual meeting of stockholders is expected to be held [                  ] .   If the conversion is completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us no later than [                  ] .   If notice is received after [                  ] , it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.  If the conversion is not completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us by [                  ] .   If notice is received after [                  ] , it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.

 

Nothing in this proxy statement/prospectus shall be deemed to require us to include in our proxy statement and proxy relating to an annual meeting any stockholder proposal that does not meet all of the requirements for inclusion established by the Securities and Exchange Commission in effect at the time such proposal is received.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERI ALS

FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

 

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Proxy Card are available at [                  ] .

 

OTHER MATTE RS

 

As of the date of this document, the Board of Directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus.  However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

PART II:                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.                           Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

*

Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses

 

$

125,000

 

*

Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

125,000

 

*

Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses(1)

 

325,000

 

*

Records Management Fees and Expenses

 

25,000

 

*

Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees

 

115,000

 

 

Filing Fees (SEC, FINRA and Nasdaq)

 

57,905

 

*

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

 

12,500

 

*

Proxy Solicitor Fees and Expenses

 

15,000

 

*

Business Plan Fees and Expenses

 

33,000

 

*

Appraisal Fees and Expenses

 

45,000

 

*

Other

 

21,595

 

 

Total

 

$

900,000

 

 


*                  Estimated.

 

(1)          Equitable Financial Corp. has retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., A Stifel Company, to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis.

 

Item 14.                           Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

 

ARTICLE 10.  Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.                                     Indemnification.   The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred herein shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

B.                                     Procedure.    If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,

 



Table of Contents

 

independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C.                                     Non-Exclusivity.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.                                     Insurance.   The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.                                     Miscellaneous.    The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.                                      Limitations Imposed by Federal Law .   Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11.  Limitation of Liability.   An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15.                           Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

II-2



Table of Contents

 

Item 16.                           Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

(a)                                  List of Exhibits

 

1.1

 

Engagement Letters between Equitable Financial MHC, Equitable Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., A Stifel Company

 

 

 

1.2

 

Form of Agency Agreement between Equitable Financial MHC, Equitable Financial Corp., a Federal corporation, Equitable Bank and Equitable Financial Corp., a Maryland corporation, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., A Stifel Company*

 

 

 

2.1

 

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

 

 

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

 

4

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate of Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

 

5

 

Opinion of Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P. regarding legality of securities being registered

 

 

 

8.1

 

Form of Tax Opinion of Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P.

 

 

 

10.1

 

Equitable Financial Corp. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to Equitable Financial Corp.’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the Equitable Financial Corp. Annual Meeting of Shareholders, file no. 000-51514, originally filed on October 2, 2006)+

 

 

 

10.2

 

Equitable Financial Corp. Employment Agreement with Thomas E. Gdowski+

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Cline Williams Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of RP Financial, LC.

 

 

 

23.3

 

Consent of McGladrey, LLP

 

 

 

24

 

Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

 

 

 

99.1

 

Appraisal Agreement between Equitable Financial Corp. and RP Financial, LC.

 

 

 

99.2

 

Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights

 

 

 

99.3

 

Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**

 

 

 

99.4

 

Marketing Materials*

 

 

 

99.5

 

Stock Order and Certification Form*

 

 

 

99.6

 

Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Accounts

 

II-3



Table of Contents

 

99.7

 

Form of Equitable Financial Corp. Stockholder Proxy Card

 


+                                        Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

*                                        To be filed by amendment.

**                                  Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.  Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 

(b)                              Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17.                           Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)                                  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)                                      To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)                                   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

(iii)                                To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2)                                  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)                                  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)                                  That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)                                      Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

II-4



Table of Contents

 

(ii)                                   Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii)                                The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)                               Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5)                                  That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6)                                  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7)                                  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(8)                                  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Grand Island, State of Nebraska on March 2, 2015.

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Gdowski

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

 

President and CEO

 

 

(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

II-6



Table of Contents

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Thomas E. Gdowski as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Thomas E. Gdowski may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Thomas E. Gdowski shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas E. Gdowski

 

President, CEO and Director

 

March 2, 2015

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Darcy M. Ray

 

Vice President of Finance and CFO

 

March 2, 2015

Darcy M. Ray

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent J. Dugan

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Vincent J. Dugan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Levi D. Fisher

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Levi D. Fisher

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary L. Hedman

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Gary L. Hedman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Pamela L. Price

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Pamela L. Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jack E. Rasmussen

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Jack E. Rasmussen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas J. Redman

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Douglas J. Redman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David L. Richardson

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

David L. Richardson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 2, 2015

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

II-7


Exhibit 1.1

 

September 23, 2014

 

Equitable Financial MHC

Equitable Financial Corp.

Equitable Bank

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, NE 68801

 

Attention: Mr. Thomas E. Gdowski

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the Conversion Agent to Equitable Financial Corp. (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step stock offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to full stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and, possibly, a Syndicated Community Offering (the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” This letter agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement as Conversion Agent to the Company.

 

1.                                       Conversion Agent Services

 

As Conversion Agent, and as the Company may reasonably request, KBW will provide the following services:

 

1.                                       Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:

 

·                                           Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;

·                                           Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and

·                                           Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods · 70 West Madison Suite 2401, Chicago, IL  60602

 



 

2.                                       Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:

 

·                                           Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting and subscribing for stock;

·                                           Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials;

·                                           Proxy and ballot tabulation; and

·                                           Act  as  Inspector  of  Election  for  the  Company’s  special  meeting  of members, if requested, and the election is not contested

 

3.                                       Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:

 

·                                           Provide experienced KBW representatives registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to manage and supervise the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);

·                                           Administer the Center, pursuant to which all substantive investor-related matters will be handled by employees of KBW;

·                                           Train and supervise Center staff assisting with order processing;

·                                           Assist in educating Company personnel about the Offerings, their roles and relevant securities laws pertaining to the Offerings;

·                                           Assist in establishing recordkeeping and reporting procedures;

·                                           Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for subscribing for stock;

·                                           Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;

·                                           Perform stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;

·                                           Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for ‘blue sky’ research and applicable registration;

·                                           Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates or statements of ownership;

·                                           Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks and 1099-INT reporting as appropriate.

 

2.                                       Fees

 

For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a fee of $15,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Company’s Plan of Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing clue to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees.  All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $5,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non- refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offerings.

 

3.                                       Costs and Expenses

 

In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in

 

2



 

connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, all costs of operating the Stock Information Center, including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary, travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, forms and supplies, and other similar expenses, which will not exceed $10,000 without the Company’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided however that the Company acknowledges and agrees that such expense cap may be increased by mutual consent  in an additional amount, not to exceed $5,000, for additional out-of-pocket expenses in the event a resolicitation of the Offerings should occur. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

 

4.                                       Reliance on Information Provided

 

The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out its services under this agreement. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

 

5.                                       Limitations

 

KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

The Company also agrees neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the Company, reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.

 

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

6.                                       Indemnification

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if

 

3



 

any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

 

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or  liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Definitive Agreement

 

This letter constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state, without regard to such state’s rules concerning conflicts of laws. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

 

4



 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harold T. Hanley III

 

 

 

Harold T. Hanley III

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL MHC

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

 

EQUITABLE BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Gdowski

 

Date: 9-26-14

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

5



 

September 23, 2014

 

Equitable Financial MHC

Equitable Financial Corp.

Equitable Bank

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, NE 68801

 

Attention: Mr. Thomas E. Gdowski

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to Equitable Financial Corp. (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step stock offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to full stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and, possibly, a Syndicated Community Offering (the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). In addition, KBW will act as conversion agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Bank and KBW. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

1.                                       Advisory/Offering Services

 

As the Company’s financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

1.                                       Provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Plan of Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Company’s Business Plan;

2.                                       Assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

3.                                       Review all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 



 

4.                                       Assist the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors, as necessary;

5.                                       Assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

6.                                       Assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;

7.                                       Meet with the Board of Directors and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and

8.                                       Such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2.                                       Due Diligence Review

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all relevant information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests, and will permit KBW to discuss with the board of directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all material non-public information as confidential. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not  assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. KBW will assume that all financial forecasts have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best then currently available estimates and judgments of the Company’s management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company.

 

3.                                       Regulatory Filings

 

The Company will cause appropriate Offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4.                                       Fees

 

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:

 

(a)                                  Management Fee: A Management Fee of $40,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments of $10,000 commencing with the first month following the execution of this engagement letter. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Offerings be terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of KBW,

 

2



 

KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred.

 

(b)                                  Success Fee: A Success Fee of $200,000 for stock sold in the Subscription and the Direct Community Offering. The Management Fee described in 4(a) will be credited against any Success Fee paid pursuant to this paragraph.

 

(c)                                   Syndicated Community Offering: If any shares of the Company’s stock remain available after the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Company and KBW.  KBW  will  endeavor  to  distribute the common  stock  among  dealers  in  a  fashion  which  best  meets  the  distribution objectives of the Company and the Plan.  KBW will be paid a fee not to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

5.                                       Additional Services

 

KBW further agrees to provide financial advisory assistance to the Company for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this letter agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6.                                       Expenses

 

The Company will bear those expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, “Blue Sky”, FINRA filing and registration fees, and DTC eligibility fees; the fees of the Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan advisor, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for “Blue Sky” legal work.  If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Company, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

 

KBW shall be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to the Offerings, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, clerical assistance, listings, forms photocopying, telephone, facsimile, couriers and other similar expenses which will not exceed $25,000. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its legal counsel not to exceed $75,000. These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delay, or a re-solicitation in connection with the Offerings. Should unusual circumstances, delay or a re-solicitation occur, KBW and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by mutual consent in amounts not to exceed $10,000 for additional KBW out-of-pocket expenses and $15,000 for additional fees and expenses of legal counsel. In no event shall out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, exceed $125,000. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification provisions contained herein.

 

3



 

7.                                       Limitations

 

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that no such opinion or advice shall be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by  the Company or any of  its representatives without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents.  In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Benefit

 

This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this letter agreement shall not be assignable by KBW.

 

9.                                       Confidentiality

 

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company. KBW agrees  that,  except  as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, KBW agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information); provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and  advisors  who  are  assisting  or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and  who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any p01iion of such models or presentations without the prior consent from KBW in writing.

 

4



 

10.                                Indemnification

 

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold  harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises  out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found  in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith.

 

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

 

11.                                Definitive Agreement

 

This letter agreement reflects KBW’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 8, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 5, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 6, (v) the indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 9 and (vi) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto

 

5



 

and which shall survive the termination of this letter agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

 

KBW’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) KBW’s satisfaction with Due Diligence Review, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offerings.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

KEEFE, BRUYETIE & WOODS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harold T. Hanley III

 

 

 

Harold T. Hanley III

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL MHC

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

 

EQUITABLE BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Gdowski

 

Date: 9-26-14

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

6


Exhibit 2.1

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

 

OF

 

 EQUITABLE FINANCIAL MHC

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

EQUITABLE BANK

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

1

2.

DEFINITIONS

2

3.

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

9

4.

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVAL

12

5.

SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

13

6.

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

13

7.

RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

14

8.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

15

9.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

15

10.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

16

11.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

17

12.

COMMUNITY OFFERING

17

13.

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

18

14.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

19

15.

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

21

16.

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

22

17.

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

23

18.

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

23

19.

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

24

20.

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

27

21.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

27

22.

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

28

23.

TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

28

24.

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

28

25.

TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

28

 

i



 

26.

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENTS AGREEMENTS

29

27.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

30

28.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK

31

29.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

31

30.

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

32

31.

EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

32

32.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

32

33.

CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

32

34.

INTERPRETATION

33

 

ii



 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL MHC

 

1.                                       INTRODUCTION

 

This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Equitable Financial MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization.  The Mutual Holding Company currently owns a majority of the common stock of Equitable Financial Corp., a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of Equitable Bank (the “Bank”), a federally chartered stock savings bank.  A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion, will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion.  The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization, which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions.  The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions.  The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof.  All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, in the Syndicated Community Offering or the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company.  As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares.  The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank.  After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

 

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank.  This Plan also must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders.  Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger.  The Federal Reserve must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company for their approval.

 



 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Account Holder:  Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

 

Acting in Concert:  The term Acting in Concert means: (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.  A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

 

Affiliate Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

 

Appraised Value Range The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.  The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.

 

Articles of Combination:  The Articles of Combination filed with the Federal Reserve and any similar documents filed with the Bank Regulators in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

 

Articles of Merger:  The Articles of Merger filed with the Maryland Department and any similar documents in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

 

Associate The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial

 

2



 

interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

 

Bank Equitable Bank, Grand Island, Nebraska, a federally chartered stock savings bank.

 

Bank Liquidation Account The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

 

Bank Regulators:  The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.

 

Code The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Community The Nebraska counties of Hall, Lincoln and Douglas.

 

Community Offering:  The offering of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company.  The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering, any Syndicated Community Offering or both, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

 

Control:  (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R.  Part 225.238.

 

Conversion The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.

 

Conversion Stock:  The Subscription Shares and the Exchange Shares.

 

3



 

Depositor Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

 

Deposit Account:  Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

 

Director A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

 

Eligible Account Holder Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

 

Eligibility Record Date The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is September 30, 2013.

 

Employees All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Employee Plans:  Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

 

ESOP The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

 

Exchange Offering:  The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

 

Exchange Ratio:  The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion.  The Exchange Ratio shall be determined by the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank and is intended to ensure that upon consummation of the Conversion, Minority Stockholders own in the aggregate the same percentage (after giving effect to any reduction in the Minority Ownership Interest determined immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion to reflect the market value of assets of the Mutual Holding Company following the date in which the Federal Reserve became the primary federal regulator of the Mutual Holding Company other than Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock) of Holding Company Common Stock to be outstanding upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, before giving effect to: (a) cash paid in lieu of any fractional interests of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock; and (b) any shares of Conversion Stock purchased by the Minority Stockholders in the Offering.

 

Exchange Shares:  The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

 

4



 

FDIC The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Federal Reserve:  The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters.  A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

 

Holding Company:  The Maryland corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion.  Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Conversion to Participants, Minority Stockholders and others in the Conversion.

 

Holding Company Common Stock The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.

 

Independent Appraiser:  The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

 

Liquidation Account:  The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

Majority Ownership Interest A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid—Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.  If required by federal regulation or policy, the Majority Ownership Interest shall be increased prior to the completion of the Conversion for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold in the Offering to reflect the market value of assets of the Mutual Holding Company following the date in which the Federal Reserve became the primary federal regulator of the Mutual Holding Company (other than common Stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company).  The increase in the Majority Ownership Interest shall be equal to any decrease in the Minority Ownership Interest as determined in accordance with this Plan.

 

Maryland Department:  The Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation.

 

5



 

Meeting of Stockholders:  The special or annual meeting of stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

 

Member:   Any person who is a member of the MHC by virtue of being a Depositor.

 

MHC Merger The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, which merger shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

Mid-Tier Holding Company Equitable Financial Corp., the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s common stock and any successor thereto.

 

Mid-Tier Merger:  The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, which merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and prior to the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

Minority Ownership Interest A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.  If required by federal regulation or policy, the Minority Ownership Interest shall be reduced prior to the completion of the Conversion for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold in the Offering, to reflect the market value of assets of the Mutual Holding Company following the date in which the Federal Reserve became the primary federal regulator of the Mutual Holding Company (other than common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company).  The adjustment to the Minority Ownership Interest shall be made by multiplying the Minority Ownership Interest by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the pro forma market value of the Mid-Tier Holding Company less the market value of the Mutual Holding Company’s assets following the date in which the Federal Reserve became the primary federal regulator of the Mutual Holding Company (other than Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock), and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to the pro forma market value of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

Minority Shares:  Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Minority Stockholder:  Any owner of Minority Shares.

 

6



 

Mutual Holding Company Equitable Financial MHC, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

OCC:   The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

Offering The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be.  The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering.

 

Offering Range:  The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price.  The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest.  The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

 

Officer The term Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.  The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management

 

Order Form Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

 

Other Member:  Any Person holding a Deposit Account with a positive balance on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

 

Participant Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

 

Person An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

Plan This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

 

7



 

Prospectus The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.

 

Qualifying Deposit:  The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

 

Qualifying Depositor:  Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit in the Bank.

 

Resident Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community.  To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition.  In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.  The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident.  In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank.  A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

SEC The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Special Meeting of Members The special or annual meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

 

Stockholder Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Subscription Offering:  The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

 

Subscription Price:   The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering.  The Subscription Price will be $8 unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

 

Subscription Shares:  Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.  Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding

 

8



 

Company (unless the Federal Reserve grants a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included) and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding Federal Reserve approval of the application for conversion.  The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if the Federal Reserve has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

 

Syndicated Community Offering The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers.  The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code.  A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

 

Voting Member:  Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote at a meeting as a member of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Voting Record Date:  The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members and/or the Meeting of Stockholders.

 

3.                                       PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

 

A.                                     After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval.  Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by Members.  The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of this Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company, merger or other applications required to complete the Conversion.

 

B.                                     Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of

 

9



 

Members and of the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company at the Meeting of Stockholders.  The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members.  The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Minority Stockholders a proxy statement describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders.  The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares.  In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan as well as the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company.  This Plan must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders.  Upon such approval of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion.  The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

 

C.                                     The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended.  Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators.  All sales of shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

D.                                     The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations.  The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion.  Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy.  Approval of this Plan by Voting

 

10



 

Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

(1)                                  The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

(2)                                  The Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Qualifying Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(3)                                  Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Qualifying Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.

 

(4)                                  Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(5)                                  The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

E.                                      As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares outstanding immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.  The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and reasonable.  Options to purchase shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock which are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the

 

11



 

Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

 

F.                                       The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.  In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

 

G.                                     All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.

 

H.                                    The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion.  The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

4.                                       HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVAL

 

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering.  The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

12



 

5.                                       SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan.  The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Special Meeting of Members.  The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC.  The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

 

Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to those natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community and the next preference given to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date.  The Community Offering may begin simultaneously with or later than the Subscription Offering.  The offer and sale of Holding Company Common Stock prior to the Special Meeting of Members, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including Minority Stockholders.

 

If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock.  The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock has been issued.

 

6.                                       PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price.  The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest.  The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or

 

13



 

demand for the shares.  The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest.

 

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation.  Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company.  If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

 

The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

7.                                       RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

 

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering.  The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment activities, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of

 

14



 

the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.

 

8.                                       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

 

A.                                     Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.                                     In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

C.                                     Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

 

9.                                       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

 

The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription

 

15



 

Shares issued in the Offering, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion.  Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements.  The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank.  Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

 

10.                                SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

 

A.                                     Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.                                     In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account

 

16



 

Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

11.                                SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

 

A.                                     Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.                                     In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated among Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

12.                                COMMUNITY OFFERING

 

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities.  Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof.  In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general

 

17



 

public.  In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the purchase priorities described in the preceding sentence, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of 100 shares or the amount ordered and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.  In connection with the allocation, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.  The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock.  The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering.  Any Person may purchase up to $             of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

13.                                SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

 

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Syndicated Community Offering.  In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.  Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time.  The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.  Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.

 

18



 

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range.  Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

14.                                LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

 

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:

 

A.                                     The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant, together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed $300,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).

 

B.                                     The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed 32% of the shares of Conversion Stock.

 

C.                                     The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to Employee Plans.

 

D.                                     A minimum of 25 shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

 

19



 

E.                                      If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members or Stockholders, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below.  If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers.  In the event of such a resolicitation, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock.  Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer.  In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering.  Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

 

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans’ orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

 

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a

 

20



 

result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A.  and B.  of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

 

Each Person purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

15.                                PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion.  Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

 

Except as set forth in Section 14.E.  above, payment for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft.  Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares.  Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal.  If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.  Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings.  Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share.  Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect.  Interest on funds received by check, draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate.  Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering.  If for any reason

 

21



 

the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest.  In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.  The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

 

16.                                MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

 

As soon as practicable after the registration statements prepared by the Holding Company have been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.  Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering.  Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

 

A.                                     A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

 

B.                                     The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

 

C.                                     A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;

 

D.                                     Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

 

E.                                      An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

 

22



 

F.                                       A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company or their agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account(s) at the Bank); and

 

G.                                     A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.

 

17.                                UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

 

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or are received by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or their agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify.  The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

18.                                RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

 

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to this Plan

 

23



 

reside.  However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

19.                                ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

 

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock).  Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided.  The Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

 

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.  A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose.  In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

 

24



 

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.

 

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account.  Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

 

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date.  Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

 

If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental

 

25



 

Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance.  In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account.  If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

 

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank.  Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively.  Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

 

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account.  In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

 

For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior Federal Reserve approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated.  Upon the written request of the Federal Reserve, the Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve, the Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion eliminate or transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in such liquidation account at the Bank.  In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors.  Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

 

26



 

20.                                VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

21.                                RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

 

A.                                     All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

 

B.                                     The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)                                  Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate state and federal regulatory agencies; and

 

(2)                                  Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

 

C.                                     With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

(1)                                  Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

(2)                                  Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

(3)                                  Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

27



 

22.                                REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

 

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC.  This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director.  As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative.  The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

23.                                TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately prior to completion of the Conversion.

 

24.                                REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

 

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company.  In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange such as the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

25.                                TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

 

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of

 

28



 

advice from their tax advisor regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.

 

26.                                STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENTS AGREEMENTS

 

A.                                     The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP.  Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

 

B.                                     As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans.  Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.  Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

 

C.                                     The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations.  The Holding Company and the Bank intend

 

29



 

to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan no earlier than six months after completion of the Conversion.  Stockholder approval of these plans will be required.  If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering).  Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than one year following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence.  Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.

 

D.                                     The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.

 

27.                                RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

A.                                     (1)  The charter of the Bank may contain, but is not required to contain, a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of three years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve.  In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of three years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.  In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

(2)                                  For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve.  Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R.  239.63(f).

 

30



 

B.                                     The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%.  In addition, the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

 

C.                                     For the purposes of this section:

 

(1)                            The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

(2)                            The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

(3)                            The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

(4)                            The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C.  § 77b(a)(1).

 

28.                                PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK

 

A.                                     The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion.  The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

 

B.                                     The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

29.                                ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company.

 

31



 

30.                                CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the Federal Reserve and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Maryland Department.  The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, depositor and stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received.  The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

 

31.                                EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

 

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.

 

32.                                AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the meetings of Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.  Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators.  The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members and the meeting of Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

 

By adoption of the Plan, Voting Members of the Mutual Holding Company authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate the Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.

 

33.                                CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

 

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

 

A.                                     Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the

 

32



 

United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25 hereof;

 

B.                                     The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;

 

C.                                     The issuance of Exchange Shares; and

 

D.                                     The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

34.                                INTERPRETATION

 

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

Dated: March 2, 2015

 

33



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL MHC AND

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 



 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL MHC AND

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of                             , is made by and between Equitable Financial MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) of the Mutual Holding Company, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.                                       The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

 

2.                                       The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns 43.0% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

3.                                       At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       Merger .  At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Qualifying Members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

2.                                       Effective Date .  The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve

 



 

System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the MHC Merger.  Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members.  Approval of the Plan by Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

 

3.                                       Name .  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Equitable Financial Corp.

 

4.                                       Offices .  The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska.

 

5.                                       Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

6.                                       Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation.  The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a federally-chartered corporation as provided in its Charter.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.  The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on

 



 

property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.                                       Rights of Stockholders .  At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.  Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.

 

8.                                       Other Terms .  All terms used in this MHC Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial MHC

 

 

 

(a federal mutual holding company)

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

Secretary

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

 

(a federal corporation)

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

Secretary

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.,

 

A FEDERAL CORPORATION AND

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.,

 

A MARYLAND CORPORATION

 



 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.,

 

a federal corporation and

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.,

 

a MARYLAND corporation

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of                             , is made by and between Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and Equitable Financial Corp., a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial MHC (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.                                       The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

 

2.                                       The Holding Company has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

3.                                       At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       Merger .  At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Qualifying Members of the Bank who constructively received liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account and Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange their

 



 

shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

 

2.                                       Effective Date .  The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve and Articles of Merger have been filed with the Maryland Department with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger.  Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement.  Approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

 

3.                                       Name .  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Equitable Financial Corp.

 

4.                                       Offices .  The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 113 North Locust Street, Grand Island, Nebraska 68801.

 

5.                                       Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

6.                                       Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporatio n .  At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation.  The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company.  The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets,

 



 

books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company.  The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.                                       Rights of Stockholders .  At the Effective Date, the Qualifying Members of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange the liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

 

8.                                       Other Terms .  All terms used in this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

 

(a federal corporation)

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

Secretary

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

 

(a Maryland corporation)

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

Secretary

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

The undersigned, Robert J. Routh, whose address is 233 South 13th Street, 1900 U.S. Bank Building Lincoln, Nebraska, 68508, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock.

 

A.                                     Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is thirty-five million (35,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.                                       Ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.                                       Twenty five million (25,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is three hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($350,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the

 



 

Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

B.                                  Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

C.                                  Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

 

D.                                  Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.                                       Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned,

 

2



 

directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.  The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

2.                     The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

a.               An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

b.               “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 in effect as of the date which these Articles are filed with the Secretary of State of Maryland; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

i.                 That such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

ii .              That such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement,

 

3



 

arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

iii.           That are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

4



 

c.                A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

d.               The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

 

3.                     The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

4.                     Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

5.                     In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

E.                                     Majority Vote. Pursuant to Section 2-104(b)(5) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a

 

5



 

majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise specified in these Articles.

 

F.                                      Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

G.                                    Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Equitable Financial Corp., as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Equitable Bank, a federally chartered savings association that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holder to voting rights.

 

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

 

A.                                     Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

B.                                     Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to

 

6



 

a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.                                  Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Director’s management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.                                  Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be nine (9), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Class I Directors:

 

Term to Expire in

Benedict P. Wassinger, Jr.

 

2015

Pamela L. Price

 

2015

Douglas Nodgaard

 

2015

 

7



 

Class II Directors :

 

Term to Expire in

David L. Richardson

 

2016

Gary L. Hedman

 

2016

Douglas J. Redman

 

2016

 

Class III Directors :

 

Term to Expire in

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

2017

Vincent J. Dugan

 

2017

Jack E. Rasmussen

 

2017

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

 

C.                                  Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.                                  Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.                                  Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate

 

8



 

the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

9



 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.                                     Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred herein shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

B.                                     Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL.  Further, in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of

 

10



 

conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C.                                     Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.                                     Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.                                     Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.                                      Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually

 

11



 

received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or

 

12



 

repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of the original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

 

ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Robert J. Routh

233 S. 13th Street

1900 U.S. Bank Bldg.

Lincoln, NE 68508

 

Dated this 24th day of February, 2015.  In witness whereof, I have signed theses articles and acknowledge the same to be my act.

 

 

 

/s/ Robert J. Routh

 

Robert J. Routh, Incorporator

 

13


Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

OF

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.  Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Corporation”) shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.  Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the

 



 

records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or if such person is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

 

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder. If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.  Unless the Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”) of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or

 

2



 

represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the Chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.  The Chairman of the Board of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman appoints. The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)                                  At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made. The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

3



 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the  meeting.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

(b)                                  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made. The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for

 

4



 

the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure.

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

5



 

Section 7. Proxies and Voting. Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share, or limit or deny voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting.  The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the Chairman of the Board shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the Chairman of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

6



 

Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(e) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairman of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.  By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected

 

7



 

and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5. Quorum.  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.  Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Conduct of Business.  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or

 

8



 

the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.  All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporation’s Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i)                                      To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(ii)                                   To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii)                                To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv)                               To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v)                                  To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(vi)                               To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii)                            To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(viii)                         To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.  Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

9



 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.  A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications.  A person is not qualified to serve as director if he or she: (1) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust and the penalty for such offense could be imprisonment for more than one year, (2) is a person against whom a banking agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving dishonesty or breach of trust and that order is final and not subject to appeal, or (3) has been found either by a regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal or by a court to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, or (ii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency. In addition, a person is not qualified to be elected as a director unless he or she is a bona fide resident of the State of Nebraska at the time of his or her nomination and at the time of his or her election; provided, that the Board of Directors may agree to waive this qualification in its sole discretion with respect to any nominee whose nomination complies with Article I, Section 6(b) of these Bylaws.  No person may serve on the Board of Directors and at the same time be a director or officer of another credit union, savings bank, savings and loan association, trust company, bank or holding company thereof (in each case whether chartered under state, federal or other law) that has an office in any county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office, or in any county contiguous to any county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings. The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the Board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

10



 

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)                                  General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating/Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairman of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the Chairman and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairman of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

(c)                                   Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.  Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of

 

11



 

the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

 

(a)                                  The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)                                   All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3. Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors.  If appointed, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairman of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all

 

12



 

orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5. President.  The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6. Vice President.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Secretary.  The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer.   The Chief Financial Officer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Other Officers.  The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

13



 

Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.  The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.  Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of

 

14



 

these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.  The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5. Stock Ledger.  The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.  The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

15



 

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signature.  In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.  The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Books and Records.  The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of July and end on the last day of June in each year.

 

Section 6. Time Periods.  In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

16



 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Mail.  Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

17


Exhibit 4

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

No.

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

Shares

 

 

 

CUSIP:           

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that

 

is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Equitable Financial Corp.

a Maryland corporation

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Equitable Financial Corp. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Equitable Financial Corp. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:

 

[SEAL]

By:

 

 

TERESA HARTWIG

 

 

THOMAS E. GDOWSKI

 

CORPORATE SECRETARY

 

 

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 



 

The Board of Directors of Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM

- as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

-                Custodian

 

 

 

       (Cust)                         (Minor)

TEN ENT

- as tenants by the entireties

 

 

 

 

 

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

JT TEN

- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received,                                                                  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                           Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the presence of

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 


Exhibit 5

 

March 11, 2015

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska 68801

 

Re:                              Equitable Financial Corp.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Equitable Financial Corp., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), of 1,256,873 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March [    ], 2015. The Registration Statement relates to up to 1,983,750 shares (the “ Offering Shares ”) that may be issued in a subscription offering, community offering and/or syndicated community offering and up to 1,493,579 shares (the “ Exchange Shares ”) that may be issued in exchange for outstanding shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation.

 

We have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization filed as Exhibit 2.0 to the Registration Statement and the corporate proceedings of the Company with respect to the authorization of the issuance of the Shares.  We have also examined originals or copies of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments, and have conducted such other investigations of law and fact as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of our opinion.  In our examination, we have assumed, without verification, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents and instruments submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to the originals of all documents and instruments submitted to us as certified or conformed copies.

 



 

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that, prior to the issuance of any shares, the Registration Statement, as finally amended, will have become effective under the Act and that the mergers contemplated by the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization will have become effective.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

 

(i)             The Offering Shares, when issued and sold in the manner described in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and

 

(ii)            When the Company issues and delivers the Exchange Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, the Exchange Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and as an exhibit to Equitable Financial MHC’s Application for Conversion on Form AC filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  We also consent to the references to our firm in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement under the caption “Legal Matters.”

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/

Cline Williams

 

 

Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P.

 

 

 

 

CLINE WILLIAMS

 

WRIGHT JOHNSON & OLDFATHER, L.L.P.

 

2


Exhibit 8.1

 

FORM OF

TAX OPINION

 

[CLINE WILLIAMS WRIGHT JOHNSON & OLDFATHER, L.L.P.]

 

                         , 2015

 

Boards of Directors

Equitable Financial MHC, a Federally Chartered Mutual Holding Company

Equitable Financial Corp., a Federally Chartered Mid-Tier Holding Company

Equitable Financial Corp., a Maryland Corporation

Equitable Bank, a Federal Savings Bank

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska 68801

 

Re:                              Income Tax Consequences of Conversion under Federal Law and Nebraska State Law

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as tax counsel to Equitable Financial MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holding Company ”), Equitable Financial Corp., a federally chartered mid-tier holding company (the “ Mid-Tier Holding Company ”), Equitable Financial Corp., a Maryland corporation (the “ Holding Company ”), and Equitable Bank, a federal savings bank with its principal office in Grand Island, Nebraska (the “ Bank ”), in connection with the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization (the “ Conversion ”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank on March 2, 2015 (the “ Plan ”).  You have requested our opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences and the material Nebraska state income tax consequences that will result from the Conversion and the transactions described below.  This opinion is delivered in response to your request.  All capitalized terms in this opinion and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Plan.

 

In connection with rendering our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion.  In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures.  We have further assumed

 



 

the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan and in the Registration Statement filed by the Holding Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and in the Application for Conversion on Form AC filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“ FRB ”).  In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you, dated                       , 2015, stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below.  Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations thereunder (the “ Treasury Regulations ”).

 

Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of Chapter 77 of the Nebraska Revised Statutes, the regulations promulgated thereunder and existing court decisions, as well as the existing provisions of the Code, the Treasury Regulations, current Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) published rulings and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time.  Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein.  Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions.  This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

 

We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address.  We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.

 

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank, as set forth in certificates delivered to us for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities.

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED TRANSACTION

 

Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows.  The Bank was founded in 1882 as a mutual building and loan association chartered by the State of Nebraska and was converted to a federally chartered savings association in 1992.   The Bank conducts business primarily from its main office in Grand Island, Nebraska, from its three full-service branches in Grand Island,

 

2



 

North Platte and Omaha, Nebraska, and from one additional limited service branch in Grand Island, Nebraska.  The Bank has been organized in the two-tiered mutual holding company structure since 2005.  In connection with the reorganization from the federally chartered mutual savings and loan association into the two-tiered mutual holding company structure, the Mid-Tier Holding Company sold 1,421,226 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 43.1% of its then-outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share.  An additional 62,653 shares, or 1.9% of the then-outstanding shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, were contributed to the Equitable Bank Charitable Foundation, and 1,813,630 shares, or 55.0% of the then-outstanding shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, were issued to the Mutual Holding Company.  The Mutual Holding Company is a mutual holding company with no stockholders.  Instead, the Mutual Holding Company has members (i.e, the depositors of the Bank), who are entitled upon the complete liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company to liquidation proceeds after the payment of creditors.

 

The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company adopted the Plan providing for the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization.   As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Comany and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to the Bank’s depositors, current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and members of the general public in the Offering.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows, in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:

 

(1)                                  The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

(2)                                  The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “ MHC Merger ”), whereby the shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(3)                                  Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company (the “ Mid-Tier Merger ”), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity.   As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier

 

3



 

Holding Company constructively received by the members of the Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio.

 

(4)                                  Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(5)                                  The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for common stock of the Bank and the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank.  Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (a) the percentage of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company owned by the Mutual Holding Company multiplied by (b) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock).  The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are described in Section 19 of the Plan.

 

As part of the Conversion, all of the then-outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio that ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of Holding Company Common Stock as they held in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering and receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares.  As part of the Conversion, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale on a priority basis to depositors of the Bank, to current shareholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and to members of the public in the Offering.

 

As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock

 

4



 

pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC.  The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.  Nontransferable rights to subscribe for Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and certain depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date (“ Other Members ”).  Subscription rights are nontransferable.  The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, in the order of priority, to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Nebraska counties of Hall, Lincoln and Douglas, public stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company as of the Voting Record Date and members of the general public.

 

DISCUSSION RELATED TO NEBRASKA TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

Nebraska tax law does not specifically adopt any tax-free reorganization or tax-free capital contribution provisions of the Code.  However, Nebraska tax law defines the term “Internal Revenue Code” as the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.  Threefore, Nebraska, per its definition of the Internal Revenue Code, conforms to the rules of Code Section 368.  Nebraska imposes a tax measured by the “adjusted gross income” of each corporation, the beginning point of which is taxable income, as defined by Section 63 of the Code.  Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.  Our federal tax opinions below, which generally state that no income or loss will be recognized for federal income tax purposes by any of the parties participating in the Conversion, thus provides the basis upon which we conclude that Nebraska tax law holds that the Conversion results in no gain or loss.  In addition, as it relates to individual taxpayers, Nebraska imposes tax on “adjusted gross income,” which is equal to taxable income as defined by Section 62 of the Code, with certain modifications.  Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.

 

OPINIONS

 

Based on the above description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

 

5



 

1.                                       The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

2.                                       The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ ownership interests (i.e., liquidation and voting rights) in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Treasury Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

3.                                       No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

4.                                       No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company.  (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

5.                                       Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.  (Section 354(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

6.                                       The basis of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer.  (Section 362(b) of the Code.)

 

6



 

Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

7.                                       The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

8.                                       The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.  (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

9.                                       The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock or the distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and distribution of interests in the Liquidation Account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

10.                                No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger.  (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

11.                                The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer.  (Section 362(b) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

12.                                The holding period of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer.  (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

13.                                The Mid-Tier Holding Company’s stockholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company

 

7



 

common stock for Holding Company Common Stock.  (Section 354 of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)  Also, in the case of individuals, “adjusted gross income” is equal to taxable income as defined by Section 62 of the Code, with certain modifications.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.01.)

 

14.                                Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company which they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account in the Holding Company.  (Section 354 of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)  Also, in the case of individuals, “adjusted gross income” is equal to taxable income as defined by Section 62 of the Code, with certain modifications.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.01.)

 

15.                                The exchange of the Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company which they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in a Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Treasury Regulations with respect to the MHC Merger. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

16.                                The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Mid-Tier Merger and then redeemed by the Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such stockholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares.  (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)  Also, in the case of individuals, “adjusted gross income” is equal to taxable income as defined by Section 62 of the Code, with certain modifications.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.01.)

 

17.                                It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the

 

8



 

Code.)  Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

18.                                It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the possible creation of a Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company liquidates and lacks sufficient net assets is zero.  Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in a Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger.  (Section 356(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

19.                                Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered in exchange therefor.  (Section 358(a) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

20.                                Because it is more likely than not that the subscription rights have no value, it is more likely than not that the basis of Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof.  (Section 1012 of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

21.                                Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.  (Section 1223(1) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

22.                                The holding period of Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.  (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

9



 

23.                                No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering.  (Section 1032 of the Code.)  Nebraska tax law conforms to the Code, as amended and in effect on January 1, 2015.  ( Neb. Rev. Stat. § 22-2714.)

 

Our opinions under paragraph 17 and 20 above are based on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 17, 19 and 20 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero.  We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in a firm commitment underwritten offering.  We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value.  In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the Subscription Offering.  Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.  If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised), and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

 

Our opinion under paragraph 18 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the possible creation of a Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company is liquidated and lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero.  We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received payment attributable to such interest in a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and the right to interests in a Bank liquidation account (to the extent created) are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if it is created because the Holding Company is liquidated and lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account.  In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that the benefit provided by a Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company is liquidated and lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion.  Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more

 

10



 

likely than not that such rights in a Bank liquidation account have no value.  If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger.

 

CONSENT

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion of a Mutual Holding Company filed with the FRB and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering—Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

CLINE WILLIAMS

 

WRIGHT JOHNSON & OLDFATHER, L.L.P.

 

11


Exhibit 10.2

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 30, 2011, by and among EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP. (the “Corporation”) and THOMAS GDOWSKI (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation and the Executive were parties to an employment agreement entered into as of March 1, 2009, and

 

WHEREAS , the Executive continues to serve in a position of substantial responsibility with the Corporation; and

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation and the Executive wish to set forth the terms of the Executive’s continued employment in this position and enter into this new employment agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Executive is willing and desires to serve in these positions with the Corporation.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of these premises, the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE 1

EMPLOYMENT

 

1.1                                Employment .                     The Corporation hereby employs the Executive to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation according to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and for the period stated in Section 1.3 of this Agreement. The Executive hereby accepts continued employment according to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and for the period stated in Section 1.3 of this Agreement.

 

1.2                                Responsibilities and Duties .

 

(a)                                 As President and Chief Executive Officer, the Executive shall serve under the board of directors of the Corporation and will perform all duties and will have all powers associated with these positions, as set forth in any job description provided to the Executive by the Corporation or as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Corporation. In addition, the Executive shall be responsible for establishing the business objectives, policies and strategic plans of the Corporation. The Executive shall report directly to the board of directors of the Corporation.

 



 

(b)                                  During the period of his employment hereunder, except for reasonable periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and other reasonable leaves of absence approved by the board of directors of the Corporation, the Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties directed by the board of directors. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the board of directors, the Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case the service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Corporation or any other affiliates of the Corporation, or present any conflict of interest. Nothing in this Section 1.2 shall prevent the Executive from managing personal investments and affairs, provided that doing so also does not interfere with the proper performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

1.3                           Term .

 

(a)                                 The term of this Agreement shall include: (i) the initial term, consisting of the period commencing on the date of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”) and continuing for twenty-four (24) full months thereafter, plus (ii) any and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this Section 1.3.

 

(b)                                Commencing as of the first anniversary of the Effective Date and continuing as of each anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter, the outside members of the board of directors of the Corporation may extend the Agreement term for an additional year, so that the remaining term of the Agreement again becomes twenty-four (24) full months from the applicable anniversary of the Effective Date, unless the Executive elects not to extend the term of this Agreement by giving written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the applicable anniversary date.

 

(c)                                  The outside members of the board of directors of the Corporation will review the Agreement and the Executive’s performance annually for purposes of determining whether to extend the Agreement term and will include the rationale and results of its review in the minutes of the meetings. The board of directors will notify the Executive no earlier than sixty (60) days and no later than thirty (30) days prior to the applicable anniversary date whether it has determined to extend the Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of the Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Corporation and the Executive may mutually agree.

 

1.4                              Service on the Boards of Directors . The Executive agrees to serve as a member of the board of directors of the Corporation if elected. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned as a director of the Corporation effective immediately after termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement, regardless of whether the

 

2



 

Executive submits a formal, written resignation as director.

 

ARTICLE 2

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

2.1                             Base Salary and Bonus and Incentive Compensation .

 

(a)                                 In consideration of the Executive’s performance of the obligations under this Agreement, the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a salary at the annual rate of not less than $150,000, payable according to the regular payroll practices of the Corporation. During the period of this Agreement, the Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the board of directors of the Corporation or a compensation committee designated by the board of directors. Any increase in the Executive’s base salary will become the new “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Executive shall be entitled to incentive compensation in accordance with any program established by the Corporation or as otherwise provided to the Executive at the discretion of a majority of the outside members of the Board of Directors.

 

2.2                                Benefit Plans and Perquisites .                          For  as  long  as  the  Executive  is  employed  by  the Corporation, the  Executive  shall  be  eligible  (x)  to  participate  in  any  and  all  officer  or  employee compensation,  incentive compensation  and benefit plans  in effect from time to time,  including without limitation plans providing retirement, medical, dental, disability, and group life benefits and including incentive, or bonus plans existing on the date of this Agreement or adopted after the date of this Agreement, provided that the Executive satisfies the eligibility requirements for any of the plans, arrangements or benefits, and (y) to receive any and all other fringe and other benefits provided from time to time, including the specific items described in (a)-(b) below.

 

(a)                                                Reimbursement of business expenses .                           The Executive shall be entitled to  reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses (including mileage at the prevailing rate established  by the Internal Revenue Service) incurred while performing his obligations under this Agreement,  including but not limited to all reasonable business travel and entertainment expenses incurred while acting at the request of or in the service of the Corporation and reasonable expenses for attendance at annual and other periodic meetings of trade associations. Expenses will be reimbursed if they are submitted in accordance with the Corporation’s policies and procedures. The Corporation will also provide the Executive with a monthly car allowance of four hundred dollars ($400).

 

(b)                                              Facilities .                              The Corporation will furnish the Executive with the working facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the comparable title and duties of the Executive as set forth in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of this Agreement and as are necessary for the Executive to perform his duties. The location of such facilities and staff shall be at the principal administrative offices of the Corporation, or at such other site or sites customary for such offices.

 

3



 

2.3                                            Vacation; Leave .                                     The Executive shall be entitled to sick leave and paid annual vacation in accordance with policies established from time to time by the Corporation for senior management. In addition to paid vacations and other leave, the board of directors may grant the Executive a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the board of directors may determine.

 

2.4                                Insurance .                                      The Corporation shall maintain or cause to be maintained director and officer liability insurance covering the Executive throughout the term of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3

EMPLOYMENT TERMINATION

 

3.1                                Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Death .             The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically at the Executive’s death. If the Executive dies in active service to the Corporation, the Executive’s estate shall receive any sums that would have otherwise been due to the Executive as Base Salary and reimbursement of expenses.

 

(b)                                  Disability .                                       By delivery of written notice thirty (30) days in advance to the Executive, the Corporation may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled. For purposes of this Agreement the Executive shall be considered “disabled” if an independent physician selected by the Corporation and reasonably acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative determines that, because of illness or accident, the Executive is unable to perform the Executive’s duties and will be unable to perform the Executive’s duties for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days within a six (6) month period. If the Executive is also employed by the Corporation and is terminated by Equitable Bank (the “Bank”) because of disability, the Executive’s employment with the Corporation shall also terminate at the same time. During the period of incapacity leading up to the termination of the Executive’s employment under this provision, the Corporation shall continue to pay the full Base Salary at the rate then in effect, provided that the amount of the payments by the Corporation to the Executive under this Section 3.1(b) shall be reduced by the sum of the amounts, if any, payable to the Executive for the same period under any disability benefit plan covering the Executive.

 

3.2                       Involuntary Termination with Cause .                               The Corporation may terminate the Executive’s employment for Cause. If the Executive’s employment terminates for Cause, the Executive shall receive the Base Salary through the date on which the termination of employment becomes effective and reimbursement of expenses to which the Executive is entitled when termination becomes effective. If the Executive is employed by the Corporation and is terminated for Cause by the Bank, the Executive shall be deemed also to have been terminated for Cause by the Corporation. The Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause under this Agreement unless and until there is delivered to the Executive a

 

4



 

copy of a resolution adopted at a meeting of the board of directors called and held for the purpose, which resolution shall (x) contain findings that the Executive has committed an act constituting Cause, and (y) specify the particulars thereof. The resolution of the board of directors shall be deemed to have been duly adopted if and only if it is adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outside directors of the Corporation then in office, excluding the Executive. Notice of the meeting and the proposed termination for Cause shall be given to the Executive a reasonable time before the meeting of the board of directors. The Executive and the Executive’s counsel (if the Executive chooses to have counsel present) shall have a reasonable opportunity to be heard by the board of directors at the meeting. For purposes of this Agreement “Cause” means any of the following:

 

(1)                                  dishonesty in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Corporation;

 

(2)                                   misconduct that in the judgment of the board of directors will likely cause economic damage to the Corporation or its affiliates or injury to the business reputation of the Corporation or its affiliates;

 

(3)                                   incompetence (in determining incompetence, the Executive must  have demonstrated an inability to perform the duties assigned to him which inability directly causes material injury to the Corporation and the Executive’s acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

 

(4)                                  a breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

(5)                                   the failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the board of directors of the Corporation;

 

(6)                                  a violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than minor or routine traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflects adversely on the reputation of the Corporation or its affiliates, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease- and-desist order;

 

(7)                                  habitual drunkenness or illegal use of controlled dangerous substances; or

 

(8)                                  a material breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

3.3                               Voluntary Termination by the Executive Without Good Reason .  In addition to his other rights to terminate his employment under this Agreement, the Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the board of directors of the Corporation. Upon the Executive’s voluntary termination, he will receive only his compensation and vested rights and benefits to the date of his termination of employment.

 

5



 

3.4                               Involuntary Termination Without Cause and Voluntary Termination with Good Reason .                                With written notice to the Executive at least thirty (30) days in advance, the Corporation may terminate the Executive’s employment without Cause. Termination shall take effect at the end of the notice period. With advance written notice to the Corporation as provided in clause (y), the Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment terminates involuntarily without Cause or voluntarily but with Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Article 4 of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a voluntary termination by the Executive shall be considered a voluntary termination with Good Reason if the conditions stated in both clauses (x) and (y) of this Section 3.4 are satisfied:

 

(x)                                  a voluntary termination by the Executive shall be considered a voluntary termination with Good Reason if any of the following occur without the Executive’s written consent, and the term Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s written consent:

 

(1)                                  a failure to reelect or reappoint the Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (provided, however, that a change in the Executive’s position consented to in writing by the Executive in connection with succession planning of the Corporation or otherwise, shall not be deemed a Good Reason);

 

(2)                                  a material change in the Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of this Agreement (provided, however, that a reduction in duties and responsibilities consented to in writing by the Executive in connection with succession planning of the Corporation or otherwise, shall not be deemed a Good Reason);

 

(3)                                  a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, other than liquidations or dissolutions that are caused by reorganizations that do not affect the status of the Executive;

 

(4)                                  a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits required to  be provided hereunder (other than a reduction that is generally applicable to the Corporation’s executive employees or a reduction or elimination of the Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Corporation as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against the Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law)); or

 

(5)                                  a material breach of this Agreement by the Corporation.

 

(y)                                  the Executive must give notice to the Corporation of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clause (x) within sixty (60) days after the initial existence of the condition, and the Corporation shall have thirty (30) days thereafter to remedy the condition. In addition, the Executive’s voluntary termination because of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clause (x) must occur within six (6) months after the initial existence of the condition.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 4

SEVERANCE COMPENSATION

 

4.1                                         Cash Severance after Termination Without Cause or Termination for Good Reason.

 

(a)                                                     Subject to the possibility that cash severance after employment termination might be delayed under Section 4.l(b), if the Executive’s employment terminates involuntarily but without Cause or if the Executive voluntarily terminates employment with Good Reason, the Executive shall for a period of six (6) months, and in accordance with the Corporation’s regular pay practices, continue to receive the Base Salary in effect at the Executive’s tem1ination of employment. The Corporation and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the severance benefits under this Section 4.1 shall not be payable if severance benefits are payable or shall have been paid to the Executive under Article 5 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                   If when employment termination occurs the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if the cash severance payment under Section 4.l(a) would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and finally if an exemption from the six-month delay requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code is not available, the Executive’s continued Base Salary under Section 4.l(a) for the first six months after employment termination shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum without interest on the first day of the seventh (7th) month after the month in which the Executive’s employment terminates and all remaining payments shall be made as originally scheduled. References in this Agreement to Section 409A of the Code include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Section 409A of the Code.

 

ARTICLE 5

CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFITS

 

5.1                                Change in Control Benefits .                                     If a Change in Control occurs during the term of  this Agreement and, thereafter, the Executive’s employment terminates involuntarily but without Cause or if the Executive voluntarily terminates employment with Good Reason, the Corporation shall make or cause to be made a lump-sum payment to the Executive in an amount in cash equal to the sum of (i) six (6) month’s Base Salary (as in effect at the time of the change in control or the Executive’s termination of employment, whichever is higher). The payment required under this paragraph is payable no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive’s termination of employment. If the Executive receives payment under Section 5.1, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional severance benefits under Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

 

5.2                                Change in Control Defined .                                       For purposes  of this Agreement “Change in  Control” means, with respect to the Corporation or the Bank, a change in ownership, change in effective control or change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets, as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  A Change in Control shall not include a “second-step” offering from the mutual holding company form of ownership.

 

7



 

5.3                                Potential Limitation of Benefits Under Certain Circumstances In the event that the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive in the event of a Change of Control (whether under this Agreement or otherwise) would be deemed to include an “excess parachute payment’’ under Code Section 2800 or any successor thereto, then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid treatment as an “excess parachute payment”, with the reduction among such payments and benefits to be made  first to payments and benefits payable or provided under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6

CONFIDENTIALITY AND CREATIVE WORK

 

6.1                                Non-disclosure . The Executive covenants and agrees not to reveal to any person, firm, or corporation any confidential information of any nature concerning the Corporation or its business, or anything connected therewith. As used in this Article 6 the term “confidential information” means all of the Corporation’s and the Corporation’s affiliates’ confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets in existence on the date hereof or existing at any time during the term of this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                  the whole or any portion or phase of any business plans,  financial information, purchasing data, supplier data, accounting data, or other financial information;

 

(b)                                   the whole or any portion or phase of any research and development information, design procedures, algorithms or processes, or other technical information;

 

(c)                                    the whole or any portion or phase of any marketing or sales information, sales records, customer lists, prices, sales projections, or other sales information; and

 

(d)                                        trade secrets, as defined from time to time by the laws of Nebraska.

 

This Section 6.1 does not prohibit disclosure required by an order of a court having jurisdiction or a subpoena from an appropriate governmental agency or disclosure made by the Executive in the ordinary course of business and within the scope of the Executive’s authority.

 

6.2                               Return of Materials .                              The  Executive  agrees  to  immediately  deliver  or return  to  the Corporation upon termination, upon expiration of this Agreement, or as soon thereafter  as possible, all written information and any other similar items furnished by the Corporation or prepared by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s services  hereunder  and  to  immediately delete all electronically stored data of the Corporation maintained on the Executive’s personal computers and to return all Corporation-provided computers or communication devices (e.g.,  laptop, Blackberry,  PDA, etc.). The Executive will retain no copies thereof after termination of this Agreement or termination of the Executive’s employment.

 

6.3                               Creative Work .      The Executive agrees that all creative work and work product, including but not limited to all technology, business management tools, processes, software,

 

8



 

patents, trademarks, and copyrights developed by the Executive during the term of this Agreement, regardless of when or where such work or work product was produced, constitutes work made for hire, all rights of which are owned by the Corporation. The Executive hereby assigns to the Corporation all rights, title, and interest, whether by way of copyrights, trade secret, trademark, patent, or otherwise, in all such work or work product, regardless of whether the same is subject to protection by patent, trademark, or copyright laws.

 

6.4                                Affiliates’ Confidential Information is Covered; Confidentiality Obligation Survives Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “affiliate” of the Corporation includes any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control of the Corporation. The rights and obligations set forth in this Article 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges that it is impossible to measure in money the damages that will accrue to the Corporation if the Executive fails to observe the obligations imposed by this Article 6. Accordingly, if the Corporation institutes an action to enforce the provisions hereof, the Executive hereby waives the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law is available to the Corporation, and the Executive agrees not to urge in any such action the claim or defense that an adequate remedy at law exists. The confidentiality and remedies provisions of this Article 6 shall be in addition to and shall not be deemed to supersede or restrict, limit, or impair the Corporation’s rights under applicable state or federal statute or regulation dealing with or providing a remedy for the wrongful disclosure, misuse, or misappropriation of trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.

 

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1                            Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)                                This Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and any successor to the Corporation, including any persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, but this Agreement and the Corporation’s obligations under this Agreement are not otherwise assignable, transferable, or delegable by the Corporation. By agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, the Corporation shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Corporation would be required to perform had no succession occurred.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, and legatees.

 

(c)                                  Without written consent of the other parties, no party shall assign, transfer, or

 

9



 

delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations under this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Executive’s right to receive payments hereunder is not assignable or transferable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest, or otherwise, except for a transfer by the Executive’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. If the Executive attempts an assignment or transfer that is contrary to this Section 7.1, the Corporation shall have no liability to pay any amount to the assignee or transferee.

 

7.2                               Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Forum .         This Agreement shall be construed. under and governed by the internal laws of the State of Nebraska, without giving effect to any conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than Nebraska. By entering into this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that the Executive is subject to the jurisdiction of both the federal and state courts in Nebraska.

 

7.3                               Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties concerning the employment of the Executive by the Corporation and replaces the prior employment agreement between the Corporation and the Executive. Any oral or written statements, representations, agreements, or understandings made or entered into prior to or contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement are hereby rescinded, revoked, and rendered null and void by the parties.

 

7.4                               Notices . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid. Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Corporation at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Corporation if addressed to the board of directors of the Corporation at the Corporation’s executive offices.

 

7.5                               Severability .                         If there is a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any statute, regulation, or judicial precedent, the latter shall prevail, but the affected provisions of this Agreement shall be curtailed and limited solely to the extent necessary to bring them within the requirements of law. If any provisions of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be indefinite, invalid, void or voidable, or otherwise unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect unless that would clearly be contrary to the intentions of the parties or would result in an injustice.

 

7.6                                Captions and Counterparts .                                      The captions in this Agreement are solely for convenience. The captions do not define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.7                                No Duty to Mitigate .                               The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment. Moreover, provided the Executive is not in breach of any obligation under Article 6 of this Agreement, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any

 

10



 

compensation earned or benefits provided as the result of employment of the Executive or as a result of the Executive being self-employed after employment termination.

 

7.8                               Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended, released, discharged, abandoned, changed, or modified in any manner, except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties hereto. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor affect the validity of this Agreement or any part thereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each  and  every  such provision. No waiver or any breach of this Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

7.9                                Compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A . The Corporation and the Executive intend that their exercise of authority or discretion under this Agreement shall comply with Section 409A of the Code.  If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Corporation shall reform the provision.   However, the Corporation shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Corporation shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.

 

7.10                          Required Provisions . In the event any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement conflict with the terms of this Section 7.10, this Section 7.10 shall prevail.

 

(a)                                  The board of directors of the Corporation may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Corporation, other than termination for Cause, shall not prejudice the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. The Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause as defined in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 If the Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3) or (g)(l), the Corporation’s obligations under this  Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Corporation may, in its discretion: (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

 

(c)                                   If the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act,  12 U.S.C. Section  1818(e)(4) or (g)(l), all obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested

 

11



 

rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

 

(d)                                 If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(x)(l), all of the Corporation’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

 

(e)                                  All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the institution: (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or its successor (OTS), or his designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c), or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee) at the time the Director of the OTS (or his designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director of the OTS to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the Executive that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

(f)                                     Any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to, and conditioned upon, their compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and FDIC Regulation 12 C.F.R. Part 359, Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments.

 

7.11                        Source of Payments .                              Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent payments and benefits, as provided for under this Agreement, are paid or received by the Executive under an employment agreement in effect between the Executive and the Bank, the payments and benefits paid by the Bank will be subtracted from any amount or benefit due simultaneously to the Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments will be allocated in proportion to the level of activity and the time expended by the Executive on activities related to the Corporation and the Bank, respectively, as determined by the Corporation and the Bank.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ben Wassinger, Jr.

 

Ben Wassinger, Jr.

 

For the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Gdowski

 

Thomas Gdowski

 

13


Exhibit 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name

 

Percent Ownership

 

State of
 Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

Equitable Bank

 

100

%

Federal

 


Exhibit 23.2

 

 

 

March 9, 2015

 

Boards of Directors
Equitable Financial MHC
Equitable Financial Corp.
Equitable Bank
113 North Locust Street
Grand Island, Nebraska  68802

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates and our statement concerning subscription rights and liquidation rights in such filings including the prospectus of Equitable Financial Corp.  We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


Exhibit 23.3

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Equitable Financial Corp. of our report dated March 12, 2015, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ McGladrey LLP

 

Omaha, Nebraska
March 12, 2015

 

 


Exhibit 99.1

 

August 11, 2014

 

Mr. Thomas E. Gdowski
Equitable Financial Corp.
Equitable Bank
113-115 North Locust Street
Grand Island, NE 68801

 

Dear Mr. Gdowski:

 

This letter sets forth the agreement between Equitable Bank, Grand Island, Nebraska (the “Bank”), the wholly-owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Company”), which in turn is the majority-owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial MHC (the “MHC”), and RP® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), whereby RP Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the second-step conversion transaction by the MHC. The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

 

These appraisal services will be directed by the undersigned, with the assistance of the agreed upon team of Director, Consulting Associate and Associate.

 

Description of Appraisal Services

 

In conjunction with these appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

 

We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate,

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Direct: (703) 647-6543

Three Ballston Plaza

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100th Glebe Road, Suite 600

 

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

 

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-mail: rriggins@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 



 

tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans and the structure of any contribution to a charitable foundation immediately following the offering. The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations. In the event of a syndicated community offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten offering, it will be necessary to file an update in conjunction with the close of the subscription offering and prior to the pricing phase in the syndicated community offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten offering.

 

RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines.  Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates.

 

In the event of a syndicated community offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various all hands calls regarding the offering results, pricing discussions and timing.

 

RP Financial will formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

 

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

 

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

·                   $5,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

·                   $30,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

·                   $5,000 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report required in conjunction with the regulatory application and stock offering. Under the conversion regulations a closing appraisal update is required in conjunction with the completion of the offering. In addition, there may appraisal updates required prior to commencement of the offering if interim changes in market conditions or financial results dictate. Also, if there is a syndicated offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten offering phase, it will be necessary to prepare an update immediately upon completion of the subscription/

 

2



 

community offering and prior to the commencement of the syndicated and/or firm commitment underwriting phase of the offering.

 

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, communications, shipping, computer and data services, and will not exceed $6,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s authorization to exceed this level.

 

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above.  RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction  requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

 

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

 

1.             The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

 

2.             The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

3



 

3.(a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement  (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to Indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

 

(b)           RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(c)           Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it Is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that RP Financial Is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

 

(d)           In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

 

4



 

(e)           Any indemnification payments to be made by the Company hereunder are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 USC 1828(k)) and the Regulations promulgated thereunder by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (12 CFR Part 359).

 

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the State of Nebraska. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

 

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

 

*************************

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald S. Riggins

 

 

Ronald S. Riggins

 

 

President and Managing Director

 

 

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:

/s/Thomas E. Gdowski

 

 

Thomas E. Gdowski

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

For: Equitable Bank, subsidiary of Equitable Financial Corp., Grand Island, Nebraska

 

Date Executed: 9-26-14

 

5


Exhibit 99.2

 

 

 

March 9, 2015

 

Boards of Directors

Equitable Financial MHC
Equitable Financial Corp.
Equitable Bank
113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska  68802

 

Re:                              Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

Equitable Financial MHC
Equitable Financial Corp.

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of Equitable Financial MHC (the “MHC”) and Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation.  The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization.  Pursuant to the Plan, a new Maryland stock holding company named Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Company”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering.  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Equitable Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans including Equitable Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”); (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Depositors.  Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community or syndicated offerings but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

(1)                                  the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

(2)                                  the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

 

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 



 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

RP Financial, LC.

 

Washington Headquarters

 

 

Three Ballston Plaza

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

 

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

 

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

 

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


Exhibit 99.3

 

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

SECOND-STEP CONVERSION

 

Equitable Financial Corp. | Grand Island , Nebraska

 

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

Equitable Bank | Grand Island, Nebraska

 

Dated as of February 6, 2015

 

 

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com

 



 

GRAPHIC

 

February 6, 2015

 

Boards of Directors

Equitable Financial MHC

Equitable Financial Corp.

Equitable Bank

113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska 68802

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

 

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

 

Description of Plan of Conversion

 

On February 24, 2015, the Boards of Directors of Equitable Financial MCH (the “MHC”) and Equitable Financial Corp. (“EQFC”) adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization whereby the MHC will convert to stock form.  As a result of the conversion, EQFC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Equitable Bank (the “Bank”), will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation with the name of Equitable Financial Corp. (“Equitable Financial” or the “Company”).  Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist.  For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter also be referred to as Equitable Financial or the Company, unless otherwise identified as EQFC.  As of December 31, 2014, the MHC had a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consisted of, approximately 56.98% of the common stock (the “MHC Shares”) of EQFC.  The remaining 43.02% of EQFC’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.

 

It is our understanding that Equitable Financial will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors.  To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Telephone:  (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com

 



 

subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated offering.   Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of EQFC will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

 

RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

RP ®  Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form.  The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1.  We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for the Appraisal, we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

 

Valuation Methodology

 

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2014 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through December 31, 2014, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; McGladrey LLP, the Company’s independent auditor; Cline William Wright Johnson & Oldfather, L.L.P., the Company’s conversion counsel; and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering.  All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions.  In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable.  While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

 

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Equitable Financial operates and have assessed Equitable Financial’s relative strengths and weaknesses.  We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Equitable Financial and the industry as a whole.  We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on Equitable Financial’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Equitable Financial.  We have analyzed the assets held by the MHC, which will be consolidated with Equitable Financial’s assets and equity pursuant to the completion of the second-step conversion.  We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area.  We have compared Equitable Financial’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies.  We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in

 

2



 

particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings.  We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

 

The Appraisal is based on Equitable Financial’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Equitable Financial and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete.  We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Equitable Financial or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Equitable Financial.  The valuation considers Equitable Financial only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Equitable Financial’s liquidation value.

 

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Equitable Financial and for all thrifts and their holding companies.  Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of Equitable Financial’s stock alone.  It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Equitable Financial following completion of the second-step conversion.  To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

 

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Equitable Financial’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

 

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC’s net assets (i.e., unconsolidated equity) that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will slightly increase equity.  After accounting for the impact of the MHC’s net assets, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced by approximately 0.07%.  Accordingly, for purposes of the Company’s pro forma valuation, the public shareholders’ pro forma ownership interest was reduced from 43.02% to 42.95% and the MHC’s ownership interest was increased from 56.98% to 57.05%.

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

It is our opinion that, as of February 6, 2015, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering — including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of EQFC — was $21,034,880 at the midpoint, equal to 2,629,360 shares at $8.00 per share.  The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $8.00 per share, are as follows:  $17,879,648 or 2,234,956 shares at the minimum, $24,190,112 or 3,023,764 shares at the maximum and $27,818,632 or 3,477,329 shares at the super maximum.

 

3



 

Based on this valuation and taking into account the ownership interest represented by the shares owned by the MHC, the midpoint of the offering range is $12,000,000 equal to 1,500,000 shares at $8.00 per share.  The resulting offering range and offering shares, all based on $8.00 per share, are as follows:  $10,200,000 or 1,275,000 shares at the minimum, $13,800,000 or 1,725,000 shares at the maximum and $15,870,000 or 1,983,750 shares at the super maximum,

 

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

 

The conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company.  The Boards of Directors of the MHC and EQFC have independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company (adjusted for the dilution resulting from the consolidation of the MHC’s unconsolidated equity into the Company).  The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the offering and the final appraisal.  Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $8.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 0.8247 shares of the Company’s stock for every one share held by public shareholders.  Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 0.7010 at the minimum, 0.9484 at the maximum and 1.0907 at the super maximum.  RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

 

Limiting Factors and Considerations

 

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock.  Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering, or prior to that time, will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof.  The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Equitable Financial immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the second-step conversion.

 

RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of Equitable Financial as of December 31, 2014, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.  The proposed exchange ratio to be received by the current public stockholders of EQFC and the exchange of the public shares for newly issued shares of Equitable Financial’s common stock as a full public company was determined independently by the Boards of Directors of the MHC and EQFC.  RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange ratio to public stockholders or the exchange of public shares for newly issued shares.

 

4



 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities.  RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

 

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines.  These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Equitable Financial, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues.  These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to:  various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates.  Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made.  The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.  The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Equitable Financial’s stock offering.

 

 

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

 

 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 

 

Ronald S. Riggins

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

Gregory E. Dunn

 

Director

 

5



 

RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

EQUITABLE BANK

Grand Island, Nebraska

 

 

 

PAGE

DESCRIPTION

 

NUMBER

 

 

 

CHAPTER ONE

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

Introduction

I.1

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

I.1

Strategic Overview

I.2

Balance Sheet Trends

I.4

Income and Expense Trends

I.8

Interest Rate Risk Management

I.11

Lending Activities and Strategy

I.12

Asset Quality

I.15

Funding Composition and Strategy

I.16

Investment Services and Subsidiaries

I.17

Legal Proceedings

I.17

 

 

 

CHAPTER TWO

MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

Introduction

II.1

National Economic Factors

II.1

Market Area Demographics

II.4

Regional Economy

II.6

Unemployment Trends

II.7

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Trends

II.8

Competition

II.9

 

 

 

CHAPTER THREE

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

Peer Group Selection

III.1

Financial Condition

III.5

Income and Expense Components

III.8

Loan Composition

III.11

Interest Rate Risk

III.13

Credit Risk

III.13

Summary

III.16

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

EQUITABLE BANK

Grand Island, Nebraska

(continued)

 

 

 

PAGE

DESCRIPTION

 

NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FOUR

VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introduction

 

IV.1

Appraisal Guidelines

 

IV.1

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

 

IV.1

Valuation Analysis

 

IV.2

1.

Financial Condition

 

IV.2

2.

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

IV.4

3.

Asset Growth

 

IV.6

4.

Primary Market Area

 

IV.6

5.

Dividends

 

IV.8

6.

Liquidity of the Shares

 

IV.8

7.

Marketing of the Issue

 

IV.9

A.

The Public Market

 

IV.9

B.

The New Issue Market

 

IV.13

C.

The Acquisition Market

 

IV.16

D.

Trading in Equitable Financial’s Stock

 

IV.16

8.

Management

 

IV.17

9.

Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

 

IV.17

Summary of Adjustments

 

IV.17

Valuation Approaches

 

IV.18

1.

Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

 

IV.20

2.

Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

 

IV.20

3.

Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

 

IV.22

Comparison to Recent Offerings

 

IV.22

Valuation Conclusion

 

IV.23

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

 

IV.24

 

ii



 

LIST OF TABLES

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.

EQUITABLE BANK
Grand Island, Nebraska

 

TABLE

 

 

 

 

NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Historical Balance Sheet Data

 

I.5

1.2

 

Historical Income Statements

 

I.9

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Summary Demographic Data

 

II.5

2.2

 

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors as of 2014

 

II.7

2.3

 

Unemployment Trends

 

II.7

2.4

 

Deposit Summary

 

II.8

2.5

 

Market Area Deposit Competitors as of June 30, 2014

 

II.9

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

 

III.3

3.2

 

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

 

III.6

3.3

 

Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

 

III.9

3.4

 

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

 

III.12

3.5

 

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

 

III.14

3.6

 

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

 

III.15

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Market Area Unemployment Rates

 

IV.7

4.2

 

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

 

IV.14

4.3

 

Market Pricing Comparatives

 

IV.15

4.4

 

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

 

IV.21

 

iii



 

I.  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

Equitable Bank (the “Bank”), founded in 1882, is a federally-chartered stock savings bank.  The Company is headquartered in Grand Island, Nebraska, where it maintains two full service branch offices and two drive through facilities. Grand Island is in south-central Nebraska approximately 150 miles west of Omaha and is located in Hall County.  Equitable Financial also maintains single branch locations in Omaha, which is located in Douglas County, and North Platt, which is located in Lincoln County.  North Platt is approximately 150 miles west of Grand Island.   The Bank is subject to regulation and oversight by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the FDIC.  Exhibit I-1 is a map of the Bank’s office locations.

 

Equitable Financial Corp. (“EQFC”) is the federally-chartered mid-tier holding company of the Bank and owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank.  EQFC was organized on November 8, 2005 and has since been engaged primarily in the business of holding the common stock of the Bank.  EQFC completed its initial public offering on November 8, 2005, pursuant to which it sold 1,421,226 shares or 43.10% of its outstanding common stock to the public, contributed 62,653 shares or 1.90% of its outstanding common stock to the Equitable Bank Charitable Foundation and issued 1,813,630 shares or 55.00% of its common stock outstanding to Equitable Financial MHC (the “MHC”).  The MHC and EQFC are subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board” or the “FRB”).   At December 31, 2014, EQFC had total consolidated assets of $197.8 million, deposits of $164.9 million and equity of $20.5 million or 10.35% of total assets.  EQFC’s audited financial statements for the most recent period are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

 

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

 

On February 24, 2015, the respective Board of Directors of the MHC and EQFC adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), whereby the MHC will convert to stock form.  As a result of the conversion, EQFC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be succeeded by a new Maryland

 

I.1



 

corporation with the name of Equitable Financial Corp. (“Equitable Financial” or the “Company”).  Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist.  For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will also hereinafter be referred to as Equitable Financial or the Company, unless otherwise identified as EQFC.  As of December 31, 2014, the MHC had a majority ownership interest of approximately 56.98% in, and its principal asset consisted of, 1,813,630 common stock shares of Equitable Financial (the “MHC Shares”).  The remaining 1,369,374 shares or approximately 43.02% of Equitable Financial’s common stock was owned by public shareholders.

 

It is our understanding that Equitable Financial will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors.  To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated offering.   Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of EQFC will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

 

Strategic Overview

 

Equitable Financial maintains a local community banking emphasis, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and savings needs of consumers and businesses in the markets served by its branches and surrounding counties.  The Company has resumed a growth strategy in recent years, which was preceded by a period of asset shrinkage as credit quality deterioration negatively impacted earnings and eroded capital.  Asset growth has been primarily sustained through loan growth, pursuant to which the Company has emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans.  Operating in largely rural markets, with the exception of Omaha, agricultural related loans constitute a major component of the Company’s commercial lending activities. The origination of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans is also an area of lending emphasis for the Company, although growth of the 1-4 family loan portfolio has been limited in recent years by the Company’s general philosophy of selling most originations of 1-4 family fixed rate loans for purposes of

 

I.2



 

managing interest rate risk.  Lending diversification by the Company also includes the origination of home equity loans and lines of credit, construction and land loans, and consumer loans.  The Company’s lending activities are supplemented with investments in securities, which comprise a much smaller portion of the Company’s interest-earning asset composition.  Mortgage-backed securities and municipal bonds comprise the Company’s current holdings of investment securities.  Assets are primarily funded by retail deposits generated through the branch network, with supplemental funding provided by borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of managing funding costs and interest rate risk.

 

Equitable Financial’s earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels.   Overall, recent growth strategies facilitated higher net interest margins for the Company since fiscal 2013, as the concentration of loans comprising interest-earning assets has increased.  Operating expenses have been maintained at relatively high levels, which is in part attributable to asset shrinkage and resulting de-leveraging of operating expenses.  The Company experienced asset shrinkage from fiscal yearend 2010 through fiscal yearend 2012 and as of December 31, 2014 total assets were slightly higher than total assets at fiscal yearend 2010.  Also contributing to the Company’s relatively high operating expense ratio is diversification of products and services that generate revenues derived from sources of non-interest operating income sources, which have been a fairly significant contributor to the Company’s earnings.

 

Overall, implementation of the Company’s strategies has been effective in reducing problem assets and restoring profitability.  A key component of the Company’s business plan is to complete a second-step conversion offering.  The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to continue to focus on implementing strategic initiatives to develop and grow a full service community banking franchise.  Accordingly, Equitable Financial will continue to be an independent full service community bank, with a commitment to meeting the retail and commercial banking needs of individuals and businesses in southeast and south-central Nebraska.

 

The capital realized from the stock offering will increase the Company’s operating flexibility and allow for continued growth of the balance sheet that will facilitate leveraging of operating expenses and increase earnings.  The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will increase liquidity to support funding of future loan growth and other interest-earning assets.  The Company’s strengthened capital position will also provide more of a cushion against

 

I.3



 

potential credit quality related losses.  Equitable Financial’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds will also serve to reduce interest rate risk, particularly through enhancing the Company’s interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio.  The additional funds realized from the stock offering will serve to raise the level of interest-earning assets funded with equity and, thereby, reduce the ratio of interest-earning assets funded with interest-bearing liabilities as the balance of interest-bearing liabilities will initially remain relatively unchanged following the conversion, which may facilitate a reduction in Equitable Financial’s funding costs.  Additionally, Equitable Financial’s higher equity-to-assets ratio will enable the Company to pursue expansion opportunities.  Such expansion would most likely occur through the establishment or acquisition of additional banking offices or customer facilities that would increase market penetration in the markets currently served by the Company or to gain a market presence into nearby complementary markets.  The Company will also be better positioned to pursue growth through acquisition of other financial institutions and/or financial service providers, given its strengthened capital position and ability to offer stock as consideration.  At this time, the Company has no specific plans for expansion.  The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.

 

·                   Equitable Financial.   The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds.  At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Bank.  Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of cash dividends.

 

·                   Equitable Bank.   Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank in exchange for all of the Bank’s stock.  Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth over time.

 

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase returns, while, at the same time, growth will not be pursued that could potentially compromise the overall risk associated with Equitable Financial’s operations.

 

Balance Sheet Trends

 

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five and one-half fiscal years.  Total assets declined from fiscal yearend 2010 through fiscal yearend 2012, which was followed by sustained asset growth through December 31, 2014.  Overall, the

 

I.4



 

Table 1.1

Equitable Fnancial Corp.

Historical Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

06/30/10-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/14

 

 

 

At Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

Annual.

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2014

 

Growth Rate

 

 

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Pct

 

 

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Amount of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

190,356

 

100.00

%

$

171,026

 

100.00

%

$

165,485

 

100.00

%

$

166,729

 

100.00

%

$

182,234

 

100.00

%

$

197,798

 

100.00

%

0.86

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

8,214

 

4.32

%

15,052

 

8.80

%

21,759

 

13.15

%

19,556

 

11.73

%

7,776

 

4.27

%

16,681

 

8.43

%

17.05

%

Interest earning time deposits

 

1,734

 

0.91

%

3,478

 

2.03

%

2,135

 

1.29

%

3,287

 

1.97

%

1,250

 

0.69

%

500

 

0.25

%

-24.15

%

Investment securities

 

6,219

 

3.27

%

5,091

 

2.98

%

3,247

 

1.96

%

2,184

 

1.31

%

4,525

 

2.48

%

4,096

 

2.07

%

-8.86

%

Loans receivable, net

 

158,988

 

83.52

%

131,494

 

76.89

%

121,903

 

73.66

%

127,049

 

76.20

%

157,509

 

86.43

%

165,203

 

83.52

%

0.86

%

FHLB stock

 

3,382

 

1.78

%

3,439

 

2.01

%

3,486

 

2.11

%

2,587

 

1.55

%

550

 

0.30

%

550

 

0.28

%

-33.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

135,354

 

71.11

%

128,895

 

75.37

%

125,128

 

75.61

%

134,758

 

80.82

%

149,763

 

82.18

%

164,876

 

83.36

%

4.48

%

Borrowings

 

34,216

 

17.97

%

22,963

 

13.43

%

20,351

 

12.30

%

11,578

 

6.94

%

10,768

 

5.91

%

10,870

 

5.50

%

-22.49

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

19,254

 

10.11

%

17,985

 

10.52

%

18,463

 

11.16

%

18,718

 

11.23

%

19,966

 

10.96

%

20,480

 

10.35

%

1.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans/Deposits

 

 

 

87.52

%

 

 

86.26

%

 

 

82.15

%

 

 

84.03

%

 

 

82.07

%

 

 

78.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full Service Banking Offices Open

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

 

Sources: Equitable Financial’s prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

 

I.5



 

Company’s assets increased at an annual rate of 0.86% from fiscal yearend 2010 through December 31, 2014.  Asset growth during the period was largely due to loan growth and an increase in cash and cash equivalents, which was partially offset by a decline in investments and interest-earning time deposits.  Deposit growth funded` asset growth and the pay down of borrowings during the period covered in Table 1.1.  A summary of Equitable Financial’s key operating ratios for the past two and one-half fiscal years is presented in Exhibit I-3.

 

Equitable Financial’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 0.86% annual rate from fiscal yearend 2010 through December 31, 2104, in which loan growth paralleled asset growth trends throughout the period covered in Table 1.1.  The Company’s same growth rates for assets and loans provided for no change in the loans-to-assets ratio equal to 83.52% at June 30, 2010 and at December 31, 2014.  Net loans receivable at December 31, 2014 totaled $165.2 million, versus $159.0 million at June 30, 2010.

 

Loan growth in recent years has been mostly attributable to growth of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, which comprise the two largest components of the Company’s loan portfolio composition.  Commercial real estate loans, which includes multi-family loans, comprise the largest segment of the loan portfolio and the concentration of commercial real estate loans increased from 37.18% of total loans at June 30, 2013 to 42.36% of total loans at December 31, 2014.  Comparatively, 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans decreased from 26.01% of total loans at June 30, 2013 to 21.92% of total loans at December 31, 2014 and over the same time period commercial business loans decreased from 27.46% of total loans to 24.14% of total loans.  Other areas of lending diversification have been less significant, consisting of construction and land loans equal to 3.88% of total loans at December 31, 2014 versus 1.89% of total loans at June 30, 2013, home equity loans and lines of credit equal to 5.71% of total loans at December 31, 2014 versus 5.17% of total loans at June 30, 2013 and consumer loans equal to 1.99% of total loans at December 31, 2014 versus 2.28% of total loans at June 30, 2013.

 

The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting overall credit and interest rate risk objectives.  It is anticipated that proceeds retained at the holding company level will primarily be invested into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Bank.  Since fiscal yearend 2010, the Company’s level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB stock) ranged from a low of 7.74% of assets at fiscal yearend 2014 to a high of 18.51% of assets at fiscal yearend 2012.

 

I.6



 

As of December 31, 2014, cash and investments totaled $21.8 million or 11.03% of assets.  Municipal bonds totaling $3.1 million comprised the largest portion of the Company’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2014, with the balance of investment portfolio consisting of $1.0 million of mortgage-backed securities.  The mortgage-backed securities portfolio consists of securities that are guarantee by Government Sponsored Enterprises (“GSEs”) or U.S. Government agencies.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintained $3.4 million of investment securities as held-to-maturity and $658,000 of investment securities as available-for-sale.  The available-for-sale portfolio had a net unrealized loss of $4,000 at December 31, 2014.  Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Company’s investment portfolio.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company also held $500,000 of interest-earning time deposits with other banks, $16.7 million of cash and cash equivalents and $550,000 of FHLB stock.

 

Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, Equitable Financial’s funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows.  From fiscal yearend 2010 through December 31, 2014, the Company’s deposits increased at a 4.48% annual rate.  Deposit growth paralleled asset growth trends, with deposits declining from fiscal yearend 2010 through fiscal yearend 2012 followed by sustained deposit growth through December 31, 2014.  Overall, deposits increased from $135.4 million or 71.11% of assets at fiscal yearend 2010 to $164.9 million or 83.36% of assets at December 31, 2014.  Transaction and savings account deposits constitute the largest concentration of the Company’s deposits and have been the primary source of the Company’s deposit growth in recent years.

 

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to address funding needs for growth and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk.  From fiscal yearend 2010 through December 31, 2014, the Company’s balance of borrowings ranged from a low of $10.8 million or 5.91% of assets at fiscal yearend 2014 to a high of $34.2 million or 17.97% of assets at fiscal yearend 2010.  As of December 31, 2014, borrowing held by the Company totaled $10.9 million or 5.50% of assets.  Overall, borrowings decreased at a 22.49% annual rate from fiscal yearend 2010 through December 31, 2014.  FHLB advances constitute the primary source of borrowings utilized by the Company, while on a more limited basis repurchase agreements have been utilized as a source of borrowings for the Company.

 

The Company’s equity increased at a 1.38% annual rate from fiscal yearend 2010 through December 31, 2014.  Capital growth was largely realized through retention of earnings, partially offset by a net loss reported during fiscal 2011.  Overall, capital growth combined with a

 

I.7



 

slightly lower rate of asset growth provided for a slight increase in the Company’s equity-to-assets ratio from 10.11% at fiscal yearend 2010 to 10.35% at December 31, 2014.  All of the Company’s capital is tangible capital and Equitable Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2014.  The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Company’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities.  At the same time, the significant increase in Equitable Financial’s pro forma capital position will initially depress its ROE.

 

Income and Expense Trends

 

Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.  The Company’s reported earnings over the past five and one-half years ranged from a net loss of $1.3 million or 0.74% of average assets during fiscal 2011 to net income of $1.3 million or 0.75% of average assets during fiscal 2014.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the Company reported net income of $1.0 million or 0.57% of average assets.  Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s earnings.  Non-interest operating income has been a relatively strong contributor to the Company’s earnings, while loan loss provisions have had a varied impact on the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-half fiscal years.  Non-operating income typically has not been a factor in the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-half fiscal years.

 

Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio ranged from a low of 2.80% during fiscal 2013 to a high of 3.40% during fiscal 2014.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio declined slightly to 3.27%.  T he increase in the Company’s net interest income ratio since fiscal 2013 has been related to an increase in the average yield earned on interest-earning assets, which was facilitated by loan growth.  Lower funding costs have also contributed to the increase in the Company’s net interest income ratio since fiscal 2013.  Overall, the Company’s interest rate spread increased from 3.00% during fiscal 2013 to 3.49% during the six months ended December 31, 2014, which was lower than the comparable year ago period interest spread of 3.83%.  The narrowing of the Company’s interest rate spread over the past year has been the result of a more significant decrease in the yield earned on interest-earning assets relative to the decrease in funding costs.  Equitable Financial’s net

 

I.8



 

Table 1.2

Equitable Financial Corp.

Historical Income Statements

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

For the 12 Months

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Ended 12/31/14

 

 

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

 

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

9,743

 

4.94

%

$

8,412

 

4.92

%

$

7,030

 

4.18

%

$

6,065

 

3.59

%

$

6,910

 

3.99

%

$

7,111

 

3.85

%

Interest expense

 

(4,069

)

-2.06

%

(2,852

)

-1.67

%

(1,803

)

-1.07

%

(1,324

)

-0.78

%

(1,013

)

-0.58

%

(1,078

)

-0.58

%

Net interest income

 

$

5,674

 

2.87

%

$

5,560

 

3.25

%

$

5,227

 

3.11

%

$

4,741

 

2.80

%

$

5,897

 

3.40

%

$

6,033

 

3.27

%

Provision for loan losses

 

(1,421

)

-0.72

%

(2,963

)

-1.73

%

(148

)

-0.09

%

97

 

0.06

%

681

 

0.39

%

(235

)

-0.12

%

Net interest income after provisions

 

$

4,253

 

2.15

%

$

2,597

 

1.52

%

$

5,079

 

3.02

%

$

4,838

 

2.86

%

$

6,578

 

3.80

%

$

5,798

 

3.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest operating income

 

$

1,737

 

0.88

%

$

2,484

 

1.45

%

$

1,871

 

1.11

%

$

2,306

 

1.36

%

$

1,917

 

1.11

%

$

2,192

 

1.19

%

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

Non-interest operating expense

 

(6,417

)

-3.25

%

(7,054

)

-4.12

%

(6,224

)

-3.70

%

(6,521

)

-3.86

%

(6,926

)

-4.00

%

(6,914

)

-3.74

%

Net operating income

 

$

(427

)

-0.22

%

$

(1,973

)

-1.15

%

$

726

 

0.43

%

$

623

 

0.37

%

$

1,569

 

0.91

%

$

1,076

 

0.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Operating Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain(loss) on sale of securities

 

$

254

 

0.13

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

Net non-operating income

 

$

254

 

0.13

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before tax

 

$

(173

)

-0.09

%

$

(1,973

)

-1.15

%

$

726

 

0.43

%

$

623

 

0.37

%

$

1,569

 

0.91

%

$

1,076

 

0.58

%

Income tax provision

 

144

 

0.07

%

700

 

0.41

%

(226

)

-0.13

%

(226

)

-0.13

%

(269

)

-0.16

%

(28

)

-0.02

%

Net income (loss)

 

$

(29

)

-0.01

%

$

(1,273

)

-0.74

%

$

500

 

0.30

%

$

397

 

0.23

%

$

1,300

 

0.75

%

$

1,048

 

0.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

(29

)

-0.01

%

$

(1,273

)

-0.74

%

$

500

 

0.30

%

$

397

 

0.23

%

$

1,300

 

0.75

%

$

1,048

 

0.57

%

Add(Deduct): Net gain/(loss) on sale

 

(254

)

-0.13

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

Tax effect (2)

 

93

 

0.05

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

Adjusted earnings

 

$

(190

)

-0.10

%

$

(1,273

)

-0.74

%

$

500

 

0.30

%

$

397

 

0.23

%

$

1,300

 

0.75

%

$

1,048

 

0.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Coverage Ratio (3)

 

0.88

x

 

 

0.79

x

 

 

0.84

x

 

 

0.73

x

 

 

0.85

x

 

 

0.87

x

 

 

Efficiency Ratio (4)

 

86.67

%

 

 

87.66

%

 

 

87.68

%

 

 

92.79

%

 

 

88.69

%

 

 

83.86

%

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

83.24

%

 

 

35.48

%

 

 

31.13

%

 

 

36.28

%

 

 

17.14

%

 

 

2.60

%

 

 

 


(1)

Ratios are as a percent of average assets.

(2)

Assumes a 36.5% effective tax rate.

(3)

Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses.

(4)

Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus other income (excluding non-operating gains).

 

Sources:  Equitable Financial’s prospectus, audited & unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

 

I.9



 

interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past two and one-half fiscal years are set forth in Exhibit I-5.

 

Non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets has been a notable contributor to the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of $1.7 million or 0.88% of average assets during fiscal 2010 to a high of $2.5 million or 1.45% of average assets during fiscal 2011.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, non-interest operating income equaled $2.2 million or 1.19% of average assets.  Service charges on deposit accounts, commissions and fees earned on wealth management and brokerage services and loan sale gains are the primary contributors to the Company’s non-interest operating revenues.

 

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Company’s earnings , which have been maintained at a relatively high level as a percent of average assets.  Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, operating expenses as a percent of average assets ranged from a low of 3.25% during fiscal 2010 to a high of 4.12% during fiscal 2011.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, operating expenses amounted to $6.9 million or 3.74% of average assets.  Comparatively, operating expenses were $6.4 million during fiscal 2010.  Factors contributing to the Company’s relatively high operating expense ratios have been the lack of asset growth to facilitate leveraging of operating expenses and the increase in staffing and other administrative expenses associated with diversification into products and services that generate revenues derived from sources of non-interest operating income.  This includes the Company’s wealth management business, which had $142.6 million of assets under management at December 31, 2014.  The Company also maintained an off-balance sheet portfolio of loans serviced for others with a total balance of $88.5 million at December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, due to the increase in staffing needs resulting from the Company’s diversification of products and services, the Company maintains a relative low ratio of assets per employee.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s ratio of assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $2.9 million versus $6.0 million for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

Overall, the general trends in the Company’s net interest margin and operating expense ratio since fiscal 2010 reflect stability in core earnings, as indicated by the Company’s expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses).  Equitable Financial’s expense coverage ratio equaled 0.88 times during fiscal 2010 and 0.87 times for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.  Likewise, Equitable Financial’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) of 86.67%

 

I.10



 

during fiscal 2010 was similar to its efficiency ratio of 83.86% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.

 

Over the past five and one-half fiscal years, loan loss provisions established by the Company have had a varied impact on the Company’s earnings ranging from $3.0 million or 1.73% of average assets during fiscal 2011 to a credit to loan loss provisions of $681,000 or 0.39% of average assets during fiscal 2014.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2104, the Company recorded loan loss provisions of $235,000 or 0.12% of average assets.  The significant reduction in the amount of loan loss provisions established since fiscal 2011 has been facilitated by improving credit quality trends, including a decline in non-performing assets and lower net charge-offs.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $2.4 million, equal to 1.44% of total loans and 279.74% of non-accruing loans.  Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the past two and one-half fiscal years.

 

With the exception of fiscal 2010, non-operating income and losses have not been a factor in the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-half fiscal years.  During fiscal 2010, the Company reported a gain on the sale of investment securities of $254,000 or 0.13% of average assets.

 

The Company’s effective tax rate ranged from 2.60% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 to 83.24% during fiscal 2010.  As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is 36.50%.

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Bank’s interest rate risk analysis (see Exhibit I-7) indicated that that a 2.0% instantaneous and sustained increase in interest rates would result in a 4.7% increase in the Bank’s economic value of equity (“EVE”).  The percentage change in the Bank’s EVE was within policy limits.

 

The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities.  The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling originations of 1-4 family fixed rate loans to the secondary market, originating 1-4 family ARM loans for investment, significant diversification into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which consist primarily of shorter term

 

I.11



 

fixed rate loans, fixed rate loans with a shorter term balloon provision and variable rate loans.  As of June 30, 2014, ARM loans comprised 31.56% of the dollar amount of all fixed rate and adjustable rate loans due after June 30, 2015 (see Exhibit I-8).  On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits and extending maturities of certificates of deposit (“CDs”) through offering attractive rates on certain CDs with terms of more than one year.  Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 70.06% of the Company’s total deposits at December 31, 2014.

 

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

 

Lending Activities and Strategy

 

The Company’s lending activities have emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loan, which constitute the largest concentrations of the Company’s loan portfolio..  While the origination of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans continues to be a significant lending activity for the Company, the concentration of 1-4 family loans held in the portfolio has declined in light of the Company’s current philosophy of selling most fixed rate loan originations to the secondary market.  Other areas of lending diversification for the Company include home equity loans and lines of credit, construction and land loans, and consumer loans.  Going forward, the Company’s lending strategy is expected to remain consistent with recent historical trends.  The Company’s general lending philosophy has been to limit its lending activities to local and familiar markets.  Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of Equitable Financial’s loan portfolio composition over the past two and one-half fiscal years.  Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of June 30, 2014.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans   Commercial real estate loans consist largely of loans originated by the Company, which are collateralized by properties in the Company’s regional lending area.  The commercial real estate loan portfolio also includes a small balance of purchased loan participations.  Currently, the Company’s lending philosophy is to limit loan generation to loans that are originated directly by the Company.  Equitable Financial generally

 

I.12



 

originates commercial real estate loans up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 70.0% and generally requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.25 times.  Commercial real estate loans are generally originated as 3 to 5 year balloon loans with terms of up to 20 years and are typically indexed to the corresponding FHLB of Topeka advance rate.  Agricultural real estate loans constitute the largest segment of the Company’s commercial real loan portfolio, which are loans to finance the acquisition, development or refinancing of loans secured by farm land.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s outstanding balance of agricultural real estate loans totaled $19.5 million.  Other properties securing the commercial real estate loan portfolio include apartments, hotels, restaurants, office buildings, owner-occupied offices, nursing homes and retail properties.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial real estate loans totaled $70.8 million equal to 42.36% of total loans outstanding.

 

Commercial Business Loans   The commercial business loan portfolio is generated through extending loans to businesses operating in the local market area.  Expansion of commercial business lending activities is a desired area of loan growth for the Company, pursuant to which the Company is seeking to become a full service community bank to its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products.  Agricultural operating loans constitute the major portion of the Company’s commercial business loan portfolio, which are comprised of operating lines of credit to fund crop and livestock operating expenses and term loans to fund the purchase of equipment, machinery and breeding stock.  Operating lines of credit are one year floating rate loans, while term loans are fixed rate loans generally extended for terms of 80.0% of the useful life of the asset securing the loan or seven years, whichever is less.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s outstanding balance of agricultural operating loans totaled $25.7 million.  Commercial business loans other than agricultural operating loans consist mostly of l oans secured by business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, furniture and fixtures, and equipment.  Commercial business loans are offered with comparable terms as offered for agricultural operating loans.  As of December 31, 2014, Equitable Financial’s outstanding balance of commercial business loans equaled $40.3 million or 24.14% of total loans outstanding.

 

1-4 Family Residential Loans.   Equitable F inancial offers both fixed rate and adjustablee rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, with most current originations consisting of fixed rate loans reflecting high demand for such loans in the low interest rate environment that has prevailed in recent years.  Loans are underwritten to secondary market guidelines, as the

 

I.13



 

Company’s current philosophy has been to sell originations of conforming fixed rate loans into the secondary market.  Loans are generally sold on a servicing retained basis.  Adjustable rate loans offered by the Company have initial repricing terms of one, three or five years and then reprice annually for the balance of the loan term.  Adjustable rate loans are indexed to the one year Constant Maturity U.S. Treasury index.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s outstanding balance of 1-4 family residential loans totaled $36.6 million or 21.92% of total loans outstanding.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit.   The Company’s 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and lines of credit.  Home equity loans are originated as fixed rate loans with a five year balloon provision or adjustable rate loans with an initial repricing term of five years and then reprice annually for the balance of the loan terms.  Home equity loans are offered with amortization terms of up to 15 years.  Home equity lines of credit are offered as floating rate loans or three year fixed rate loans.  Fixed rate home equity lines of credit are interest only loans.  The Company will originate home equity loans and lines of credit up to a maximum LTV ratio of 85.0%, inclusive of other liens on the property.  If the Company hold the first mortgage on the residence, home equity of lines of credit may be originated up to a LTV ratio of 90.0%, inclusive of other liens on the property.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company ’s outstanding balance of home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $9.5 million or 5.71% of total loans outstanding.

 

Construction and Land Loans.   Construction loans originated by the Company consist of loans to finance the construction of 1-4 family residences and commercial properties.  The Company’s 1-4 family construction lending activities consist of one year interest only loans to individuals and, to a lesser extent builders, to finance the construction of residential dwellings.  Residential construction loans are originated up to a LTV ratio of 80.0%.  Commercial real estate construction loans are originated as interest only loans during the construction phase for up to an 18 month period and up to a maximum LTV ratio of 70.0%.  Land loans consist of properties acquired for residential development and are extended up to a maximum LTV ratio of 65.0%.  Land loans are generally offered as fixed rate loans with terms of up to three years.   As of December 31, 2014, Equitable Financial’s outstanding balance of construction and land loans totaled $6.5 million or 3.88% of total loans outstanding

 

Consumer Loans   The Company’s diversification into consumer lending has been limited, with such loans generally consisting of automobile loans and other installment loans,

 

I.14



 

loans secured by deposits and unsecured personal loans.  As of December 31, 2014, Equitable Financial’s outstanding balance of consumer loans equaled $3.3 million or 1.99% of total loans outstanding.

 

Exhibit I-11 provides a summary of the Company’s lending activities over the past two and one-half fiscal years.   Total loans originated increased from $150.6 million in fiscal 2013 to $165.3 million in fiscal 2014.  Loans originated for the six months ended December 31, 2014 totaled $87.5 million, versus total loan originations of $81.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans accounted for most of the increase in loan originations during fiscal 2014, which was partially offset by a decrease in 1-family loans originations.  An increase in 1-4 family loan originations accounted for most of the increase in originations for the six months ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ago six month period.  Loans sold during the past two and one-half fiscal years totaled $59.4 million, while loans purchased over the past two and one-half fiscal years totaled $2.5 million.  Loan originations and purchases exceeded principal repayments, loans sold, loan charge-offs and loans transferred to foreclosed assets during the past two fiscal years and during the six months ended December 31, 2014, as net loans receivable increased from $121.9 million at fiscal yearend 2012 to $165.2 million at December 31, 2014.

 

Asset Quality

 

Historically, the Company’s lending emphasis on lending in local and familiar markets generally supported maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures.  However, with the onset of the national recession and bursting of the housing bubble in 2008, the Company experienced elevated levels of problems assets.  Most of the deterioration in the Company’s credit quality was related to loan participations purchased by the Company, which were secured by properties located outside of the Company’s lending markets such as Las Vegas.  The Company no longer purchases out-of-state loan participations.  Over the past two and one-half fiscal years, Equitable Financial’s balance of non-performing assets trended lower from a high of $6.4 million or 3.85% of assets at fiscal yearend 2013 to a low of $1.2 million or 0.61% of assets at December 31, 2014.  The relatively high balance of non-performing assets at fiscal yearend 2013 consisted mostly of non-accruing construction and land loans ($2.4 million) and foreclosed commercial real estate loans ($1.6 million).  As shown in Exhibit I-12, non-performing assets at December 31, 2014 consisted of $859,000 of non-accruing loans and $351,000 of foreclosed assets.  Non-accruing 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprised the largest

 

I.15



 

concentration of the non-performing loan balance, accounting for $525,000 or 61.12% of total non-accruing loans at December 31, 2014.

 

To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, the Company has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines.  Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Board.  Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $2.4 million, equal to 1.44% of total loans outstanding and 279.74% of non-performing loans.  It should be noted that in January 2015, the Company recorded an $855,000 recovery on one of its loans.

 

Funding Composition and Strategy

 

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source and at December 31, 2014 deposits accounted for 93.81% of the Company’s combined balance of deposits and borrowings.  Exhibit I-13 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past two and one-half fiscal years.  Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 70.06% of total deposits at December 31, 2014, as compared to 67.22% of total deposits at June 30, 2013.  The increase in the concentration of core deposits comprising total deposits since fiscal yearend 2013 was primarily realized through growth of core deposits and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in CDs.  The largest source of core deposit growth since fiscal yearend 2013 has been interest-bearing NOW account deposits, followed by growth of money market account deposits.  As of December 31, 2014, money market account deposits comprised the largest concentration of the Company’s core deposits equal to 24.68% of total deposits and 35.22% of core deposits.

 

The balance of the Company’s deposits consists of CDs, which equaled 29.94% of total deposits at December 31, 2014 compared to 32.78% of total deposits at June 30, 2013.  Equitable Financial’s current CD composition reflects a slightly higher concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less).  The CD portfolio totaled $49.4 million at December 31, 2014 and $28.9 million or 58.61% of the CDs were scheduled to mature in one year or less.  Exhibit I-14 sets forth the maturity schedule of the Company’s CDs as of December 31, 2014.  As of December 31, 2014, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more)

 

I.16



 

amounted to $19.4 million or 39.31% of total CDs.  The Company held $2.2 million of brokered CDs at December 31, 2014.

 

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk.  Borrowings totaled $10.9 million at December 31, 2014 and consisted of variable rate FHLB advances with remaining maturities of less than two years.  At December 31, 2014, the weighted average interest rate on the FHLB advances was 0.31%.  Exhibit I-15 shows the Company’s borrowing activities over the past two and one half fiscal years.

 

Investment Services and Subsidiaries

 

The Bank provides wealth management advisory services through Equitable Wealth Management, which is operated as a division of the Bank.  As of December 31, 2014, Equitable Wealth Management maintained $142.6 million of assets under management.

 

The Bank also offers broker-dealer services through SII Investments, Inc., which offers non-deposit investment products to the Bank’s customers.  The Bank receives a portion of the commissions generated by SII Investments from sales to customers, which consist primarily of mutual funds and annuities.

 

Equitable Financial’s only direct subsidiary is the Bank and the Bank has no subsidiaries.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Periodically, the Company has been involved in routine legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business.  Such routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

I.17



 

II. MARKET AREA

 

Introduction

 

The Company is headquartered in Grand Island, Nebraska, where it maintains two full service branch offices and two drive through facilities. Grand Island is in south-central Nebraska approximately 150 miles west of Omaha and is located in Hall County.  Equitable Financial also maintains single branch locations in Omaha, which is located in Douglas County, and North Platt, which is located in Lincoln County.  North Platt is approximately 150 miles west of Grand Island.   Exhibit II-1 provides information on the Company’s office properties.

 

Future growth opportunities for the Company depend on the future growth and stability of the local and national economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment.  These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company, the relative economic health of the Company’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.

 

National Economic Factors

 

The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon various national and local economic trends.  In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, the employment report for July 2014 showed job growth slowing more than expected, as 209,000 jobs were added in July and the unemployment rate for July edged up to 6.2%.  Both manufacturing and non-manufacturing activity expanded at slightly higher rates in July compared to June’s readings.  Signs of the recovery in housing gaining traction were indicated by month-over-month increases for July housing starts and sales of existing homes, although new home sales declined from to June to July.  Aided by strong sales of aircraft, durable-goods orders jumped by more than 22% in July compared to June.  Manufacturing activity expanded at a faster rate in August, while service sector activity growth eased in August.  The employment report for August showed only 142,000 jobs were added, which was the smallest increase in eight months.  However, the unemployment rate for August edged down to 6.1%, as more people dropped out of the labor force.  In contrast to July, housing starts and existing home sales showed month-over-month declines in August, while new home sales were up solidly in August compared to July.  After posting a significant increase in July, orders for durable-goods were down by more than 18% in August.  The growth rates for manufacturing and service sector

 

II.1



 

activity slowed slightly in September.  A stronger-than-expected 248,000 jobs were added to the U.S. economy in September and the September unemployment rate declined to a six-year low of 5.9%.  September retail sales were down 0.3% compared to the prior month, while September housing starts showed a 6.3% increase compared to August and sales of existing homes climbed 2.4% in September.  New home sales edged up 0.2% in September compared to August.  Durable-goods orders fell 1.3% from August to September.  Third quarter GDP came in at a 3.5% annual growth rate, which was driven by an increase in military spending.

 

U.S employers added 214,000 jobs in October 2014, which provided for a decline in the national unemployment rate to 5.8%.  Manufacturing activity expanded at a faster rate in October compared to September, while the rate of expansion for the service sector declined slightly from September to October.  Retail sales rose 0.3% in October after declining 0.3% in September.  October existing home sales jumped to their highest level in more than a year, rising 1.5% from September.  Comparatively, new home sales increased 0.7% from September to October.  The pace of manufacturing and service sector activity both eased slightly in November compared to October.  U.S. employers added 321,000 jobs in November, which was the most in one month since January 2012.  The November unemployment rate was unchanged at 5.8% and wage growth showed a slight pick-up in November.  Retail sales rose 0.7% in November from October, as retailers got a boost from a sharp drop in gasoline prices.  November existing and new home sales declined 6.1% and 1.5%, respectively, from October.  Manufacturing and service activity slowed further in December, with service sector activity slipping to a six month low.  Employers added 252,000 jobs in December and the December unemployment rate dipped to 5.6%.  December retail sales fell 0.9% compared to November, which was largely related to a decline in gasoline spending due to falling oil prices.  New and existing home sales rebounded in December, with respective increases of 11.6% and 2.4% compared to the previous month.  Comparatively, durable goods orders for December fell 3.4% from November and fourth quarter GDP increased at an annual rate of 2.6% compared to a third quarter annual growth rate of 5.0%.

 

Manufacturing activity for January 2015 declined to its lowest level in a year with an index reading of 53.5 compared to 55.1 for December 2014, as slow global growth started to weigh on demand for goods made in the U.S.  Comparatively, service sector activity edged up slightly in January 2015 with an index reading of 56.7 compared to 56.5 for December 2014.  U.S. job growth showed a solid increase of 257,000 jobs in January 2015, although the unemployment rate for January edged up to 5.7%.

 

II.2



 

In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, better-than-expected job growth reflected in the June employment report contributed to long-term Treasury yields increasing slightly at the start of the third quarter of 2014.  Treasury yields eased lower in mid-July, as investors moved to safer assets on news that a jet was shot down over eastern Ukraine.  The 10-year Treasury yield hovered around 2.50% through the end of July.  The policy statement from the Federal Reserve’s end of July meeting indicated that the Federal Reserve would remain patient about raising interest rates and monthly bond purchases by the Federal Reserve would be scaled back by another $10 billion to $25 billion per month.  Weaker than expected job growth reflected in the July employment report and turmoil in the Mideast and Ukraine contributed to long-term Treasury yields edging lower in early-August.  Low inflation readings and mixed economic data provided for a stable interest rate environment through early-September.  Long-term Treasury yields edged higher ahead of the mid-September meeting of the Federal Reserve, with the yield on the on the 10-year Treasury approximating 2.60%.  The Federal Reserve concluded its mid-September by maintaining “considerable time” phrasing with respect to its stance on keeping short-term interest rates near zero and concluded its bond buying program with $15 billion of purchases in October.

 

Treasury yields dipped lower at the start of the fourth quarter of 2014, as investors moved into safe haven investments amid heightened concerns that slowing economic growth in Europe would negatively impact corporate earnings for the third quarter.  Heightened volatility in the stock market sustained the bond rally into mid-October.  Treasury yields remained fairly stable through the balance of October and the first half of November, as the Federal Reserve concluded its late-October session with a policy statement that confirmed the end of quantitative easing and reaffirmed its commitment to keep interest rates low for the foreseeable future.  The Federal Reserve’s policy statement also included a brighter economic outlook.  A sharp decline in oil prices and more signs of economic weakness in Europe and Japan served to push long-term Treasury yields lower during the first half of December, which was followed by relatively stable interest rates during the balance of 2014.

 

The 10-year Treasury yield dipped below 2.0% in early-January 2015 and continued to trend lower into mid-January, as investors moved into safe haven investments amid heightened concerns over global economic growth and an increase in financial market turmoil.  Long-term Treasury yields continued to edge lower through the end of January, as investors took into consideration economic data suggesting that the economic recovery was losing momentum and indications from the Federal Reserve that it would keep its target rate near zero until at least

 

II.3



 

mid-year.  A jump in oil prices and the strong job growth reflected in the January employment report pushed long-term Treasury yields higher in the first week of February, as expectations increased that the Federal Reserve would raise rates in mid-2015.  As of February 6, 2015, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.26% and 1.95%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 0.13% and 2.73%.  Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.

 

Based on the consensus outlook of economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in January 2015, GDP growth was projected to come in at 2.6% in 2014 and increase to 3.0% in 2015.  The unemployment rate was forecasted to decline to 5.2% in December 2015.  An average of 240,000 jobs were projected to be added per month during 2015.  On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until mid-2015 at the earliest and the 10-year Treasury yield would increase to 2.87% at the end of 2015.  The surveyed economists also forecasted home prices would rise 4.1% in 2015 and housing starts were forecasted to continue to trend slightly higher in 2015.

 

Market Area Demographics

 

Table 2.1 presents information regarding demographic trends for the Company’s market area counties from 2010 to 2014 and projected through 2019.  Data for the nation and the state of Nebraska is included for comparative purposes.  The data indicates that the primary market area counties of Hall and Lincoln Counties are somewhat rural in nature, with relatively small populations of 61,000 and 36,000, respectively.  Douglas County, which includes the city of Omaha, is the most populous county in the state of Nebraska with a population of 540,000.  For the 2010 to 2014 period, Hall and Douglas Counties’ populations experienced higher annual growth rates than the comparable state and national growth rates.  Comparatively, Lincoln County experienced a decline in population during the 2010 to 2014 period.

 

Over the next five years, population growth trends for the market area counties are projected to remain fairly consistent with growth trends experienced during the 2010 to 2014 period.  Household growth trends paralleled population growth trends, as historical household growth rates for Hall and Douglas Counties exceeded the state and national growth rates, while the number of households in Lincoln County declined slightly from 2010 to 2014.

 

II.4



 

Table 2.1

Equitable Financial Corp.

Summary Demographic Data

 

 

 

Year

 

Growth Rate

 

 

 

2010

 

2014

 

2019

 

2010-2014

 

2014-2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Population (000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

308,746

 

317,199

 

328,309

 

0.7

%

0.7

%

Nebraska

 

1,826

 

1,874

 

1,937

 

0.6

%

0.7

%

Hall County

 

59

 

61

 

65

 

1.2

%

1.1

%

Lincoln County

 

36

 

36

 

36

 

-0.2

%

0.0

%

Douglas County

 

517

 

540

 

568

 

1.1

%

1.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Households (000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

116,716

 

120,163

 

124,623

 

0.7

%

0.7

%

Nebraska

 

721

 

743

 

770

 

0.7

%

0.7

%

Hall County

 

22

 

23

 

24

 

1.2

%

1.0

%

Lincoln County

 

15

 

15

 

15

 

-0.1

%

0.1

%

Douglas County

 

202

 

212

 

223

 

1.1

%

1.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Median Household Income ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

NA

 

51,579

 

53,943

 

NA

 

0.9

%

Nebraska

 

NA

 

53,345

 

59,176

 

NA

 

2.1

%

Hall County

 

NA

 

50,264

 

56,275

 

NA

 

2.3

%

Lincoln County

 

NA

 

50,301

 

54,509

 

NA

 

1.6

%

Douglas County

 

NA

 

53,789

 

57,961

 

NA

 

1.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Capita Income ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

NA

 

27,721

 

29,220

 

NA

 

1.1

%

Nebraska

 

NA

 

27,942

 

31,192

 

NA

 

2.2

%

Hall County

 

NA

 

24,400

 

27,294

 

NA

 

2.3

%

Lincoln County

 

NA

 

27,297

 

29,956

 

NA

 

1.9

%

Douglas County

 

NA

 

29,123

 

31,643

 

NA

 

1.7

%

 

2014 HH Income Dist. (%)

 

Less Than
25,000

 

$25,000 to
50,000

 

$50,000 to
100,000

 

$100,000+

 

 

 

USA

 

24.4

 

24.4

 

29.8

 

21.3

 

 

 

Nebraska

 

21.8

 

25.5

 

32.9

 

19.8

 

 

 

Hall County

 

21.5

 

28.2

 

34.4

 

15.9

 

 

 

Lincoln County

 

26.1

 

23.6

 

32.6

 

17.6

 

 

 

Douglas County

 

22.9

 

24.2

 

31.0

 

21.9

 

 

 

 

Source: SNL Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.5



 

The 2014 median household income and per capita income measures for Hall and Lincoln Counties were slightly below the comparable Nebraska and the U.S. measures.  Comparatively, Douglas County exhibited higher median household and per capita income measures relative to the state and the nation.  Over the next five years, median household income and per capita income are projected to increase in all three market area counties, with all three counties and the state of Nebraska showing higher projected growth rates compared to the projected growth rates for the U.S.  Income distribution measures also indicated that Douglas County is a relatively affluent market, based on the relatively high percentage of households with incomes exceeding $100,000.  Comparatively, Lincoln County maintained a higher percentage of households with incomes of less than $25,000.

 

Local Economy

 

Table 2.2 provides an overview of employment by sector for the state of Nebraska and the Company’s market area counties.  The Company’s regional economy is based in agriculture (primarily corn, soybeans and livestock production) as well as the services, real estate and trading activity associated with agriculture.  Grand Island, where the Company is located, is also home to the Nebraska Law Enforcement Training Center and the Southern Power District serving southern Nebraska, as well as the Nebraska State Fair since 2010.

 

As shown in Table 2.2, the Company’s market area employment sectors are fairly consistent with the statewide employment sectors, with employment in services, wholesale/retail trade and finance/insurance/real estate serving as the largest employment sectors for the primary market area counties.  Construction jobs were the fourth largest employment sector for all three of the market area counties, while agriculture was a relatively prominent employment sector for Lincoln County and healthcare was a relatively prominent employment sector for Douglas County.

 

II.6



 

Table 2.2

Equitable Financial Corp.

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors as of 2014

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

 

 

 

 

Hall

 

Lincoln

 

Douglas

 

Employment Sector

 

Nebraska

 

County

 

County

 

County

 

 

 

(% of Total Employment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

32.6

%

31.2

%

32.9

%

35.8

%

Wholesale/Retail Trade

 

23.7

%

26.8

%

23.9

%

24.5

%

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

 

10.3

%

10.8

%

9.6

%

12.3

%

Construction

 

7.8

%

8.7

%

7.3

%

7.8

%

Government

 

5.9

%

4.5

%

5.2

%

1.7

%

Agriculture

 

5.1

%

3.5

%

6.3

%

2.5

%

Healthcare

 

4.8

%

4.6

%

5.0

%

6.4

%

Transportation/Utility

 

4.4

%

4.2

%

4.4

%

2.9

%

Manufacturing

 

3.1

%

3.3

%

2.4

%

3.3

%

Information

 

0.8

%

1.2

%

1.6

%

0.8

%

Other

 

1.5

%

1.2

%

1.4

%

2.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Source: SNL Financial

 

Unemployment Trends

 

Comparative unemployment rates for the market area counties, as well as for the U.S. and Nebraska, are shown in Table 2.3.  The December 2014 unemployment rates for the market area counties ranged from a low of 2.5% in Lincoln County to a high of 3.1% in Douglas County, with all three counties and the state of Nebraska reporting unemployment rates that were well below the U.S. unemployment rate of 5.6%.  Consistent with national and state unemployment rate trends, the unemployment rates for Lincoln and Douglas Counties were lower compared to a year ago.  Hall County’s December 2014 unemployment rate was unchanged from a year ago.

 

Table 2.3

Equitable Financial Corp.

Unemployment Trends

 

 

 

December 2013

 

December 2014

 

Region

 

Unemployment

 

Unemployment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

6.7

%

5.6

%

Nebraska

 

3.5

%

2.9

%

Hall County

 

3.2

%

3.2

%

Lincoln County

 

2.9

%

2.5

%

Douglas County

 

3.9

%

3.1

%

 

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

 

II.7



 

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Trends

 

Table 2.4 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2014 for the market area counties, as well as for the state of Nebraska.  Consistent with the state of Nebraska, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in each of the Company’s market area counties.  For the four year period covered in Table 2.4, savings institutions experienced a significant increase in deposits and deposit market share in Nebraska and Douglas County, which was related to a large increase in deposits held by the Mutual of Omaha Bank.  Comparatively, Hall and Lincoln County savings institutions experienced a decrease in deposit market share from June 30, 2010 to June 30, 2014.  The Company maintained its highest amount of deposits and largest deposit market share in Hall County, with $93.6 million of deposits and a 5.2% deposit market share.  The Company’s second largest market share of deposits is in Lincoln County, with $39.8 million of deposits representing a 4.2% market share at June 30, 2014.  Comparatively, the Company’s Douglas County branch had $16.6 million in deposits and a minimal 0.1% deposit market share at June 30, 2014.  During the four year period covered in Table 2.4, the Company’s deposit market share decreased in Hall and Lincoln Counties, with its market share in Hall County showing the largest decrease.  Deposit balances at the Company’s branches increased in all three counties over the past four years.

 

Table 2.4

Equitable Financial Corp.

Deposit Summary

 

 

 

As of June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2014

 

Deposit

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

No. of

 

 

 

Market

 

No. of

 

Growth Rate

 

 

 

Deposits

 

Share

 

Branches

 

Deposits

 

Share

 

Branches

 

2010-2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nebraska

 

$

43,025,175

 

100.0

%

1,092

 

$

58,085,822

 

100.0

%

1,090

 

7.8

%

Commercial Banks

 

41,415,060

 

96.3

%

1,046

 

53,360,064

 

91.9

%

1,044

 

6.5

%

Savings Institutions

 

1,610,115

 

3.7

%

46

 

4,725,758

 

8.1

%

46

 

30.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hall County

 

$

1,406,288

 

100.0

%

37

 

$

1,794,862

 

100.0

%

39

 

6.3

%

Commercial Banks

 

1,154,404

 

82.1

%

30

 

1,498,938

 

83.5

%

30

 

6.7

%

Savings Institutions

 

251,884

 

17.9

%

7

 

295,924

 

16.5

%

9

 

4.1

%

Equitable Bank

 

89,597

 

6.4

%

3

 

93,583

 

5.2

%

4

 

1.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lincoln County

 

$

769,415

 

100.0

%

22

 

$

959,526

 

100.0

%

27

 

5.7

%

Commercial Banks

 

712,807

 

92.6

%

20

 

902,800

 

94.1

%

25

 

6.1

%

Savings Institutions

 

56,608

 

7.4

%

2

 

56,726

 

5.9

%

2

 

0.1

%

Equitable Bank

 

33,901

 

4.4

%

1

 

39,844

 

4.2

%

1

 

4.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas County

 

$

14,280,241

 

100.0

%

201

 

$

23,009,591

 

100.0

%

195

 

12.7

%

Commercial Banks

 

13,656,332

 

95.6

%

192

 

19,238,451

 

83.6

%

185

 

8.9

%

Savings Institutions

 

623,909

 

4.4

%

9

 

3,771,140

 

16.4

%

10

 

56.8

%

Equitable Bank

 

12,831

 

0.1

%

1

 

16,552

 

0.1

%

1

 

6.6

%

 

Source: FDIC.

 

II.8



 

Competition

 

Competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is significant, particularly in light of the rural nature of the majority of the markets that are served by the Company’s branches.  Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by the Company.  Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks.  From a competitive standpoint, the Company has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches.  The Company holds the fifth and eighth largest market share of deposits in Hall and Lincoln Counties, among a total of 14 and 15 banking institutions, respectively.  The Company holds one of the smallest market share of deposits in Douglas County, among a total of 36 banking institutions.  Table 2.5 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the counties currently served by its branches, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.

 

Table 2.5

Equitable Financial Corp.

Market Area Deposit Competitors as of June 30, 2014

 

Location

 

Name

 

Market Share

 

Rank

 

Hall County

 

Hometown Banc Corp.

 

31.26

%

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo & Co.

 

15.11

%

 

 

 

 

Home FS&LA of Grand Island

 

11.27

%

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

5.21

%

5 out of 14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lincoln County

 

NebraskaLand Finl Svcs Inc.

 

28.42

%

 

 

 

 

Lauritzen Corp.

 

21.17

%

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo & Co.

 

9.92

%

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

4.15

%

8 out of 15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas County

 

Lauritzen Corp.

 

32.59

%

 

 

 

 

Omaha Financial Holdings Inc.

 

16.06

%

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo & Co.

 

15.22

%

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

0.07

%

30 out of 36

 

 

Source: SNL

 

II.9



 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

This chapter presents an analysis of Equitable Financial’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines.  The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Equitable Financial is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group.  Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Equitable Financial, key areas examined for differences are:  financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

 

Peer Group Selection

 

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines.  Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions.  Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks are typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value.  We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history.  A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics.  There are approximately 98 fully-converted, publicly-traded institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics.  To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences.   Since Equitable Financial will be a

 

III.1



 

full public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.  From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected eleven institutions with characteristics similar to those of Equitable Financial.  In the selection process, we applied the following “screen” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

·                                           Screen #1  Mid-West institutions with assets less than $600 million, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 8.0% and positive core earnings.   Eleven companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and all eleven were included in the Peer Group:  Cheviot Financial Corp. of Ohio, First Capital, Inc. of Indiana, First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp of Michigan, IF Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois, Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois, La Porte Bancorp, Inc. of Indiana, Madison County Financial, Inc. of Nebraska, Poage Bankshares, Inc. of Kentucky, United Community Bancorp of Indiana, Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. of Ohio and Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of Michigan.  Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Mid-West thrifts.

 

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the eleven Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies.  While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Equitable Financial, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments.  The following sections present a comparison of Equitable Financial’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.  Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, publicly-traded Nebraska thrifts and institutions comparable to Equitable Financial that have recently completed a second-step conversion offering have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.

 

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Equitable Financial’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

·                                           Cheviot Financial Corp. of Ohio.  Comparable due completed second-step conversion in 2012, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar interest-bearing funding composition, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and similar level of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

 

·                                           First Capital, Inc. of Indiana.  Comparable due to similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans as a percent of assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.

 

III.2



 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Banks

As of September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

Conv.

 

Stock

 

Market

 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

 

Exchange

 

City

 

State

 

Assets

 

Offices

 

Year End

 

Date

 

Price

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($Mil)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($)

 

($Mil)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

NASDAQ

 

Cheviot

 

OH

 

573

 

12

 

Dec

 

1/18/2012

 

14.35

 

96.41

 

FCAP

 

First Capital, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Corydon

 

IN

 

460

 

12

 

Dec

 

1/4/1999

 

23.58

 

64.62

 

FFNM

 

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Alpena

 

MI

 

312

 

9

 

Dec

 

4/4/2005

 

5.55

 

20.68

 

IROQ

 

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Watseka

 

IL

 

540

 

6

 

Jun

 

7/8/2011

 

16.70

 

72.46

 

JXSB

 

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Jacksonville

 

IL

 

314

 

6

 

Dec

 

7/15/2010

 

22.50

 

40.47

 

LPSB

 

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

La Porte

 

IN

 

511

 

7

 

Dec

 

10/5/2012

 

12.60

 

71.49

 

MCBK

 

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Madison

 

NE

 

302

 

5

 

Dec

 

10/4/2012

 

19.75

 

59.89

 

PBSK

 

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Ashland

 

KY

 

412

 

8

 

Dec

 

9/13/2011

 

14.99

 

58.19

 

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

 

NASDAQ

 

Lawrenceburg

 

IN

 

523

 

8

 

Jun

 

1/10/2013

 

12.01

 

55.66

 

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Wooster

 

OH

 

414

 

12

 

Dec

 

1/9/2003

 

13.88

 

38.96

 

WBKC

 

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

NASDAQ

 

Midland

 

MI

 

339

 

4

 

Dec

 

1/20/2011

 

23.84

 

54.08

 

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

 

III.3


 


 

·                                           First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc. of Michigan.  Comparable due to completed second-step conversion in 2005, relatively small asset size, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, relatively high ratio of operating expenses as a percent of average assets, similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans as a percent of assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.

 

·                                           IF Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois.  Comparable due to similar size of branch network, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar return on average assets ratio, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.

 

·                                           Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois.  Comparable due to completed second-step conversion in 2010, similar size of branch network, relatively small asset size, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively high ratio of operating expenses as a percent of average assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans.

 

·                                           La Porte Bancorp, Inc. of Indiana.  Comparable due to completed second-step conversion in 2012, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and similar level of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

 

·                                           Madison County Financial, Inc. of Nebraska.  Comparable due to Nebraska market area, similar size of branch network, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, relatively small asset size, similar interest-earning asset composition and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans.

 

·                                           Poage Bankshares, Inc. of Kentucky.  Comparable due to relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, similar interest-bearing funding composition, relatively high ratio of operating expenses as a percent of average assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.

 

·                                           United Community Bancorp of Indiana.  Comparable due to completed second-step conversion in 2013, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and similar level of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

 

·                                           Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. of Ohio.  Comparable due to completed second-step conversion in 2003, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar return on average assets ratio, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and similar level of non-performing assets as a percent of assets.

 

·                                           Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of Michigan.  Comparable due to same size of full service branch network, relatively high equity-to-assets ratio, relatively small asset size, similar interest-earning asset composition, similar return on average assets ratio, similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans as a percent of assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.

 

III.4



 

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a slightly higher level of tangible equity than the industry average (14.00% of assets versus 12.96% for all public companies), generated similar earnings as a percent of average assets (0.71% core ROAA versus 0.72% for all public companies), and earned a slightly lower ROE (5.06% core ROE versus 5.82% for all public companies).  Overall, the Peer Group’s average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were below and above the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

 

 

All

 

 

 

 

 

Publicly-Traded

 

Peer Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Characteristics (Averages)

 

 

 

 

 

Assets ($Mil)

 

$

3,165

 

$

429

 

Market capitalization ($Mil)

 

$

448

 

$

58

 

Tangible equity/assets (%)

 

12.96

%

14.00

%

Core return on average assets (%)

 

0.72

 

0.71

 

Core return on average equity (%)

 

5.82

 

5.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing Ratios (Averages) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Core price/earnings (x)

 

16.50

x

19.49

x

Price/tangible book (%)

 

113.89

%

96.00

%

Price/assets (%)

 

13.63

 

13.40

 

 


(1)  Based on market prices as of February 6, 2015.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to Equitable Financial in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies.  However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to Equitable Financial, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis.  Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, publicly-traded Nebraska thrifts and institutions comparable to Equitable Financial that have recently completed a second-step conversion offering have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.

 

Financial Condition

 

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Equitable Financial and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above.  The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios reflect balances as of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively.  Equity Financial’s equity-to-assets ratio of 10.35% was lower than the Peer Group’s average net worth ratio of 14.00%.  With the infusion of the net conversion proceeds, the Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets ratio will be

 

III.5



 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets

 

Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

 

 

 

Cash &

 

MBS &

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Borrowed

 

Sub.

 

Total

 

Goodwill

 

Tangible

 

 

 

MBS, Cash &

 

 

 

 

 

Borrows.

 

Total

 

Tangible

 

Tier 1

 

Tier 1

 

Risk-Based

 

 

 

 

 

Equivalents

 

Invest

 

BOLI

 

Loans (1)

 

Deposits

 

Funds

 

Debt

 

Equity

 

& Intang

 

Equity

 

Assets

 

Investments

 

Loans

 

Deposits

 

&Subdebt

 

Equity

 

Equity

 

Leverage

 

Risk-Based

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

NE

 

8.43

%

2.60

%

0.00

%

83.52

%

83.36

%

5.50

%

0.00

%

10.35

%

0.00

%

10.35

%

11.95

%

-14.69

%

18.84

%

14.23

%

-4.13

%

6.15

%

6.15

%

9.06

%

10.45

%

11.71

%

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

4.79

%

20.12

%

1.84

%

69.17

%

73.59

%

11.16

%

0.40

%

13.64

%

0.72

%

12.96

%

8.62

%

-0.75

%

12.99

%

7.08

%

21.69

%

19.61

%

19.27

%

12.80

%

20.16

%

21.24

%

Medians

 

 

 

3.48

%

17.25

%

1.83

%

71.20

%

74.92

%

9.52

%

0.00

%

12.76

%

0.02

%

11.71

%

4.33

%

-3.28

%

8.78

%

2.27

%

4.58

%

2.98

%

3.44

%

11.79

%

17.34

%

18.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State of NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

1.04

%

15.41

%

2.12

%

77.67

%

69.65

%

8.61

%

0.00

%

20.47

%

0.34

%

20.13

%

8.98

%

-0.92

%

10.68

%

3.21

%

333.33

%

-2.53

%

-2.35

%

17.22

%

16.67

%

17.93

%

Medians

 

 

 

1.04

%

15.41

%

2.12

%

77.67

%

69.65

%

8.61

%

0.00

%

20.47

%

0.34

%

20.13

%

8.98

%

-0.92

%

10.68

%

3.21

%

333.33

%

-2.53

%

-2.35

%

17.22

%

16.67

%

17.93

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Recent Conversions(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBHC Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

 

NY

 

3.60

%

24.57

%

1.92

%

65.26

%

83.36

%

6.43

%

0.98

%

8.33

%

0.87

%

7.46

%

4.14

%

3.81

%

2.66

%

2.33

%

25.38

%

6.71

%

5.49

%

8.73

%

12.53

%

13.83

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

3.88

%

26.47

%

1.95

%

63.88

%

77.04

%

7.06

%

0.15

%

14.72

%

0.72

%

14.00

%

10.74

%

6.18

%

13.12

%

15.01

%

20.82

%

4.50

%

3.86

%

12.84

%

19.80

%

20.89

%

Medians

 

 

 

2.85

%

30.31

%

2.12

%

61.51

%

77.27

%

6.84

%

0.00

%

15.22

%

0.55

%

14.40

%

2.81

%

-5.99

%

4.72

%

6.04

%

-14.48

%

1.74

%

2.17

%

12.52

%

18.24

%

19.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

OH

 

2.85

%

30.31

%

2.77

%

58.52

%

79.57

%

2.70

%

0.00

%

16.54

%

1.87

%

14.67

%

-3.20

%

-5.99

%

-0.55

%

-3.33

%

-23.19

%

1.74

%

2.17

%

14.07

%

24.88

%

25.57

%

FCAP

First Capital, Inc.

 

IN

 

5.82

%

22.45

%

1.33

%

65.90

%

87.13

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

12.23

%

1.17

%

11.06

%

2.81

%

-1.37

%

4.72

%

6.38

%

-100.00

%

6.43

%

7.16

%

10.75

%

14.57

%

15.82

%

FFNM

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

2.26

%

38.76

%

1.51

%

52.76

%

82.87

%

6.98

%

0.00

%

9.61

%

0.43

%

9.18

%

45.84

%

115.43

%

18.42

%

63.56

%

-28.80

%

25.68

%

20.37

%

8.78

%

15.90

%

16.75

%

IROQ

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

2.20

%

32.81

%

1.50

%

61.51

%

75.22

%

8.64

%

0.00

%

15.22

%

0.00

%

15.22

%

0.02

%

-7.19

%

4.54

%

6.71

%

-35.11

%

0.04

%

0.04

%

12.52

%

25.50

%

26.80

%

JXSB

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

1.32

%

34.01

%

2.19

%

57.98

%

76.62

%

6.84

%

0.00

%

14.22

%

0.87

%

13.35

%

-2.00

%

-9.84

%

3.76

%

-2.77

%

-13.88

%

6.62

%

7.08

%

12.69

%

18.24

%

19.50

%

LPSB

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

IN

 

2.58

%

31.75

%

2.88

%

58.40

%

67.19

%

14.69

%

1.01

%

16.09

%

1.69

%

14.40

%

2.19

%

-6.00

%

8.83

%

2.27

%

6.10

%

-1.49

%

-1.56

%

12.38

%

18.12

%

19.21

%

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

1.04

%

15.41

%

2.12

%

77.67

%

69.65

%

8.61

%

0.00

%

20.47

%

0.34

%

20.13

%

8.98

%

-0.92

%

10.68

%

3.21

%

333.33

%

-2.53

%

-2.35

%

17.22

%

16.67

%

17.93

%

PBSK

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

KY

 

4.20

%

17.25

%

1.72

%

72.57

%

77.27

%

5.00

%

0.65

%

16.22

%

0.55

%

15.67

%

41.50

%

-9.96

%

69.82

%

46.40

%

75.96

%

15.37

%

11.45

%

14.98

%

23.74

%

24.44

%

UCBA

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

 

7.53

%

38.74

%

3.26

%

47.06

%

83.11

%

2.87

%

0.00

%

13.44

%

0.58

%

12.86

%

2.23

%

4.26

%

-0.50

%

2.28

%

50.00

%

-4.21

%

-4.21

%

12.14

%

25.23

%

26.50

%

WAYN

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

OH

 

3.11

%

28.72

%

2.23

%

63.11

%

83.73

%

5.64

%

0.00

%

9.72

%

0.42

%

9.30

%

3.49

%

9.20

%

1.19

%

6.04

%

-20.89

%

4.48

%

4.86

%

8.83

%

14.34

%

15.42

%

WBKC

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

9.72

%

0.98

%

0.00

%

87.24

%

65.11

%

15.65

%

0.00

%

18.15

%

0.00

%

18.15

%

16.24

%

-19.59

%

23.44

%

34.40

%

-14.48

%

-2.59

%

-2.59

%

16.93

%

20.60

%

21.87

%

 


(1) Includes loans held for sale.

(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.6



 

comparable to or exceed the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio.  The increase in Equitable Financial’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs.  At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity.  Both Equitable Financial’s and the Peer Group’s capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements.

 

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both Equitable Financial and the Peer Group.  The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 83.52% was higher than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 63.88%.  Comparatively, the Company’s cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 11.03% was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 30.35%.  Overall, Equitable Financial’s interest-earning assets amounted to 94.55% of assets, which approximated the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.23%.  The Peer Group’s non-interest earning assets included bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) equal to 1.95% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.72% of assets, while the Company maintained zero balances of BOLI and goodwill/intangibles.

 

Equitable Financial’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group’s funding composition.  The Company’s deposits equaled 83.36% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s ratio of 77.04%.  Comparatively, the Company maintained a similar level of borrowings as the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 5.50% and 7.21% for Equitable Financial and the Peer Group, respectively.  Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 88.86% and 84.25%, respectively.

 

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its interest-earnings assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio.  Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 106.40% and 111.87%, respectively.  The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide Equitable Financial with an IEA/IBL ratio that is comparable to or exceeds the Peer Group’s ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

 

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items.  Equitable Financial’s growth rates are based on annualized growth for the 18 months

 

III.7



 

ended December 31, 2014 and the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on annual growth for the twelve months ended September 30, 2014 or the most recent twelve month period available.   Equitable Financial recorded an 11.95% increase in assets, versus a 10.74% increase in assets recorded by the Peer Group.  The Peer Group’s asset growth rate was supported by acquisition related growth, as First Federal of Northern Michigan and Poage Bankshares completed acquisitions during the twelve month period.  Asset growth for Equitable Financial was sustained by an 18.84% increase in loans, which was partially funded by a 14.69% decline in cash and investments.  Asset growth for the Peer Group was primarily sustained by a 13.12% increase in loans and supplemented with a 6.18% increase in cash and investments.

 

Asset growth for Equitable Financial was funded through a 14.23% increase in deposits, which also funded a 4.13% reduction in borrowings.  Comparatively, asset growth for the Peer Group was funded through deposit growth of 15.01% and a 20.82% increase in borrowings.  The Company’s tangible capital increased 6.15%, which was largely attributable to retention of earnings.  Comparatively, the Peer Group’s tangible capital increased 3.86%, as retention of earnings was partially offset by stock repurchases and dividend payments.  The Company’s post-conversion capital growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position.  Additional implementation of any stock repurchases and dividend payments, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also slow the Company’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.

 

Income and Expense Components

 

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group.  The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively.  Equitable Financial and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.57% and 0.69%, respectively.   Higher ratios for net interest income and non-interest operating income and a lower effective tax rate represented earnings advantages for the Company, which were more than offset by the Peer Group’s lower ratio for operating expenses.

 

The Company’s higher net interest income to average assets ratio was realized through a higher interest income ratio, as the Company and the Peer Group maintained similar interest expense ratios.  The Company’s higher interest income ratio was supported by maintaining a higher overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (4.20% versus 3.99% for the Peer Group).  The Peer Group’s slightly lower interest expense ratio was supported by a slightly lower cost of

 

III.8



 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

 

 

 

Non-Op. Items

 

 

 

Yields, Costs, and Spreads

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

NII

 

Gain

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEMO:

 

MEMO:

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provis.

 

After

 

on Sale of

 

Non-Int

 

Non-Int

 

Net Gains/

 

Extrao.

 

for

 

Yield

 

Cost

 

Yld-Cost

 

Assets/

 

Effective

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

Income

 

Expense

 

NII

 

on IEA

 

Provis.

 

Loans

 

Income

 

Expense

 

Losses (1)

 

Items

 

Taxes

 

On IEA

 

Of IBL

 

Spread

 

FTE Emp.

 

Tax Rate

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

(%)

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

0.57

%

3.85

%

0.58

%

3.27

%

0.12

%

3.14

%

0.39

%

0.83

%

3.74

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.02

%

4.20

%

0.76

%

3.44

%

$

2,909

 

2.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

0.64

%

3.63

%

0.62

%

3.00

%

0.09

%

2.92

%

0.24

%

0.59

%

2.96

%

-0.01

%

0.00

%

0.14

%

3.88

%

0.79

%

3.11

%

$

6,024

 

27.74

%

Medians

 

 

 

0.60

%

3.58

%

0.61

%

3.02

%

0.07

%

2.92

%

0.04

%

0.44

%

2.75

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.26

%

3.84

%

0.81

%

3.13

%

$

5,128

 

31.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State of NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

1.01

%

4.29

%

0.61

%

3.68

%

0.47

%

3.20

%

0.16

%

0.48

%

2.52

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.32

%

4.44

%

0.86

%

3.58

%

$

6,037

 

23.82

%

Medians

 

 

 

1.01

%

4.29

%

0.61

%

3.68

%

0.47

%

3.20

%

0.16

%

0.48

%

2.52

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.32

%

4.44

%

0.86

%

3.58

%

$

6,037

 

23.82

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Recent Conversions(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBHC

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

 

NY

 

0.46

%

3.66

%

0.59

%

3.06

%

0.17

%

2.88

%

0.00

%

0.54

%

2.94

%

0.15

%

0.00

%

0.16

%

4.10

%

0.76

%

3.34

%

$

4,654

 

25.69

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

0.69

%

3.75

%

0.57

%

3.18

%

0.14

%

3.04

%

0.10

%

0.53

%

2.80

%

0.07

%

0.00

%

0.23

%

3.99

%

0.74

%

3.25

%

$

4,564

 

24.27

%

Medians

 

 

 

0.62

%

3.76

%

0.57

%

3.30

%

0.08

%

3.06

%

0.11

%

0.48

%

2.60

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.18

%

3.94

%

0.69

%

3.20

%

$

4,536

 

24.35

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

OH

 

0.45

%

3.18

%

0.63

%

2.54

%

0.23

%

2.32

%

0.11

%

0.37

%

2.31

%

0.14

%

0.00

%

0.18

%

3.67

%

0.80

%

2.87

%

$

5,787

 

28.72

%

FCAP

First Capital, Inc.

 

IN

 

1.24

%

4.08

%

0.27

%

3.81

%

0.08

%

3.74

%

0.15

%

0.87

%

3.03

%

0.04

%

0.00

%

0.53

%

4.32

%

0.37

%

3.95

%

$

3,475

 

29.98

%

FFNM

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

0.77

%

3.76

%

0.46

%

3.30

%

0.24

%

3.06

%

0.08

%

0.58

%

3.67

%

0.80

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

3.94

%

0.62

%

3.32

%

$

3,246

 

0.00

%

IROQ  

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

0.62

%

3.40

%

0.57

%

2.83

%

0.08

%

2.76

%

0.01

%

0.55

%

2.32

%

-0.03

%

0.00

%

0.35

%

3.52

%

0.69

%

2.83

%

$

5,871

 

35.62

%

JXSB

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

0.95

%

3.87

%

0.49

%

3.38

%

0.07

%

3.31

%

0.05

%

1.08

%

3.29

%

0.11

%

0.00

%

0.31

%

4.16

%

0.64

%

3.52

%

$

3,239

 

24.35

%

LPSB

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

IN

 

0.85

%

3.51

%

0.64

%

2.88

%

-0.04

%

2.92

%

0.13

%

0.31

%

2.39

%

0.06

%

0.00

%

0.18

%

3.85

%

0.78

%

3.07

%

$

4,536

 

17.41

%

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

1.01

%

4.29

%

0.61

%

3.68

%

0.47

%

3.20

%

0.16

%

0.48

%

2.52

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.32

%

4.44

%

0.86

%

3.58

%

$

6,037

 

23.82

%

PBSK

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

KY

 

0.22

%

4.24

%

0.57

%

3.67

%

0.01

%

3.66

%

0.14

%

0.36

%

3.46

%

-0.38

%

0.00

%

0.10

%

4.52

%

0.73

%

3.79

%

$

3,777

 

30.97

%

UCBA

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

 

0.38

%

2.86

%

0.49

%

2.36

%

0.06

%

2.30

%

0.02

%

0.67

%

2.51

%

-0.02

%

0.00

%

0.08

%

3.09

%

0.61

%

2.48

%

$

4,841

 

17.99

%

WAYN

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

OH

 

0.60

%

3.59

%

0.52

%

3.06

%

0.14

%

2.93

%

0.05

%

0.38

%

2.60

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.17

%

3.75

%

0.64

%

3.11

%

$

4,099

 

22.25

%

WBKC

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

0.55

%

4.49

%

0.99

%

3.50

%

0.26

%

3.24

%

0.21

%

0.13

%

2.73

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.31

%

4.58

%

1.38

%

3.20

%

$

5,293

 

35.90

%

 


(1) Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.

(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.9



 

funds (0.74% versus 0.76% for the Company), as well as maintaining a lower concentration of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets.  Overall, Equitable Financial and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.27% and 3.18%, respectively.

 

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Company maintained a higher level of operating expenses than the Peer Group.  For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 3.74% and 2.80%, respectively. The Company’s higher operating expense ratio was consistent with the comparatively higher number of employees maintained relative to its asset size and was consistent with the higher administrative costs associated with generation of revenues derived from sources of non-interest operating income, which was a more significant contributor to the Company’s earnings.   Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $2.909 million for the Company, versus $4.564 million for the Peer Group.

 

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrift’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities.  In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s earnings were less favorable than the Peer Group’s.  Expense coverage ratios for Equitable Financial and the Peer Group equaled 0.87x and 1.14x, respectively.

 

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a larger contribution to the Company’s earnings, with such income amounting to 1.22% and 0.63% of Equitable Financial’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively.  Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, Equitable Financial’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 83.30% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 73.49%.

 

Loan loss provisions had a similar impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, as the Company and the Peer Group recorded loan loss provisions to average assets ratios of 0.12% and 0.14%, respectively.

 

Net non-operating gains and losses were not a factor in the Company’s earnings and were a small factor in the Peer Group’s earnings.   Typically, gains and losses generated from

 

III.10



 

the sale of assets and other non-operating activities are viewed as earnings with a relatively high degree of volatility, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations.  Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Company’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.

 

Taxes had a less significant impact on the Company’s earnings, as the Company and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 2.60% and 24.27%, respectively.  As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 36.50%.

 

Loan Composition

 

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities).  The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a lower concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities in the aggregate compared to the Peer Group (18.98% of assets versus 36.07% for the Peer Group), as the Peer Group maintained higher concentrations of both mortgage-backed securities and 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans.  Loans serviced for others equaled 44.76% and 15.65% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively, thereby indicating that loan servicing income had a larger impact on the Company’s earnings.  Loan servicing intangibles constituted a relatively small balance sheet item for both the Company and the Peer Group.

 

Overall, diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Company, which was mostly attributable to the Company’s higher concentrations of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans.  Commercial real estate loans constituted the most significant type of lending diversification for the Company and the Peer Group, equaling 30.71% of the Company’s assets and 19.80% of the Peer Group’s assets.  Commercial business loans accounted for the second largest area of lending diversification for the Company amounting to 20.39% of assets, versus 5.90% of assets for the Peer Group.  The Company also maintained higher concentrations of construction/land loans, consumer loans and multi-family loans.   In total, construction/land, commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and consumer loans comprised 65.94% and 38.54% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively.   Overall, the Company’s asset

 

III.11



 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4

 

Constr.

 

Multi-

 

 

 

Commerc.

 

 

 

RWA/

 

Serviced

 

Servicing

 

 

 

 

 

MBS

 

Family

 

& Land

 

Family

 

Comm RE

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

Assets

 

For Others

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

($000)

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

0.52

%

18.46

%

3.28

%

5.06

%

30.71

%

20.39

%

6.50

%

85.96

%

$

88,525

 

$

541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

12.17

%

29.05

%

3.46

%

8.32

%

17.83

%

4.86

%

5.46

%

65.03

%

$

1,780,287

 

$

12,933

 

Medians

 

 

 

10.72

%

28.06

%

2.53

%

3.26

%

16.85

%

3.68

%

4.53

%

65.25

%

$

68,170

 

$

347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State of NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

0.00

%

11.35

%

1.35

%

2.59

%

47.34

%

14.73

%

2.62

%

102.99

%

$

72,200

 

$

0

 

Medians

 

 

 

0.00

%

11.35

%

1.35

%

2.59

%

47.34

%

14.73

%

2.62

%

102.99

%

$

72,200

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Recent Conversions(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBHC

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

 

NY

 

10.51

%

31.79

%

0.23

%

3.19

%

16.32

%

9.82

%

4.82

%

66.76

%

$

27,856

 

$

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

11.98

%

24.09

%

2.43

%

4.81

%

19.80

%

5.90

%

5.60

%

66.89

%

$

67,121

 

$

446

 

Medians

 

 

 

11.96

%

22.82

%

1.66

%

3.26

%

15.37

%

5.31

%

3.90

%

62.79

%

$

66,962

 

$

363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

OH

 

3.61

%

36.65

%

0.66

%

3.55

%

12.76

%

1.18

%

3.90

%

55.57

%

$

147,027

 

$

1,265

 

FCAP

First Capital, Inc.

 

IN

 

10.03

%

19.55

%

4.90

%

3.28

%

18.04

%

6.22

%

14.99

%

72.68

%

$

524

 

$

0

 

FFNM

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

19.83

%

22.82

%

3.01

%

0.70

%

16.76

%

5.31

%

3.45

%

55.13

%

$

126,365

 

$

736

 

IROQ

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

11.96

%

27.23

%

0.05

%

10.55

%

15.37

%

5.76

%

3.30

%

59.78

%

$

74,449

 

$

515

 

JXSB

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

14.44

%

13.88

%

1.66

%

0.86

%

22.63

%

12.07

%

7.81

%

67.71

%

$

140,796

 

$

646

 

LPSB

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

IN

 

15.88

%

9.53

%

1.85

%

3.26

%

13.82

%

3.58

%

3.23

%

68.35

%

$

62,612

 

$

363

 

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

0.00

%

11.35

%

1.35

%

2.59

%

47.34

%

14.73

%

2.62

%

102.99

%

$

72,200

 

$

0

 

PBSK

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

KY

 

7.91

%

41.63

%

1.96

%

1.70

%

13.96

%

6.45

%

7.26

%

62.79

%

$

0

 

$

313

 

UCBA

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

 

27.14

%

24.99

%

0.91

%

4.28

%

9.50

%

1.32

%

7.12

%

47.65

%

$

66,962

 

$

668

 

WAYN

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

OH

 

20.95

%

36.90

%

0.95

%

3.02

%

15.05

%

3.82

%

4.24

%

61.39

%

$

32,642

 

$

319

 

WBKC

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

0.00

%

20.50

%

9.46

%

19.10

%

32.52

%

4.46

%

3.70

%

81.73

%

$

14,752

 

$

84

 

 


(1)  Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source:        SNL Financial LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.12


 


 

composition provided for a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 85.96%, versus a comparable Peer Group ratio of 66.89%.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group.  In terms of balance sheet composition, Equitable Financial’s interest rate risk characteristics were overall considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s measures.  Most notably, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were below the comparable Peer Group ratios.  Non-interest earning assets as a percent of assets were comparable for the Company and the Peer Group.   On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to eliminate the current comparative advantages reflected in the Peer Group’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics.

 

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Equitable Financial and the Peer Group.  In general, the more significant fluctuations in the Company’s ratios implied that the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s net interest income was greater compared to the interest rate risk associated with the Peer Group’s net interest income, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5.  The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding Equitable Financial’s assets.

 

Credit Risk

 

Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Company’s implied credit risk exposure was considered to be more significant than the Peer Group’s credit risk exposure.  As shown in Table 3.6, the Company’s ratios for non-performing/assets and non-performing loans/loans equaled 2.48% and 2.72%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 1.54% and 2.14% for the Peer Group.  It should be noted that the measures for non-performing assets and non-performing loans include accruing loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings, which accounted for more than two-thirds of the Company’s non-performing assets.  The Company’s and Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 52.87% and 80.63%, respectively.  Loss reserves maintained as percent of loans

 

III.13



 

Table 3.5

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible

 

 

 

Non-Earn.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity/

 

IEA/

 

Assets/

 

Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

IBL

 

Assets

 

9/30/2014

 

6/30/2014

 

3/31/2014

 

12/31/2013

 

9/30/2013

 

6/30/2013

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

10.4

%

106.4

%

5.5

%

7

 

18

 

-20

 

-49

 

99

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

13.0

%

108.6

%

7.7

%

0

 

1

 

-1

 

5

 

3

 

-1

 

State of NE

 

 

 

20.2

%

121.7

%

5.6

%

1

 

9

 

-9

 

12

 

17

 

-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Recent Conversions(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBHC

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

 

NY

 

7.5

%

102.9

%

6.6

%

2

 

6

 

0

 

-9

 

6

 

-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

14.1

%

112.0

%

5.8

%

-1

 

4

 

-1

 

7

 

4

 

0

 

Median

 

 

 

14.6

%

111.8

%

6.0

%

0

 

1

 

-2

 

7

 

6

 

-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

OH

 

14.9

%

111.4

%

8.3

%

1

 

1

 

5

 

7

 

-4

 

-4

 

FCAP

First Capital, Inc.

 

IN

 

11.2

%

108.1

%

5.8

%

-5

 

8

 

-8

 

11

 

14

 

-1

 

FFNM

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

9.2

%

104.4

%

6.2

%

-6

 

-13

 

-3

 

7

 

-4

 

8

 

IROQ

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

15.2

%

115.1

%

3.5

%

-1

 

-1

 

3

 

-1

 

10

 

5

 

JXSB

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

13.5

%

111.8

%

6.7

%

1

 

-4

 

-2

 

11

 

15

 

-2

 

LPSB

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

IN

 

14.6

%

111.9

%

7.3

%

11

 

7

 

-9

 

5

 

-13

 

-3

 

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

20.2

%

120.3

%

5.9

%

1

 

9

 

-9

 

12

 

17

 

-7

 

PBSK

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

KY

 

15.8

%

113.4

%

6.0

%

-13

 

55

 

7

 

6

 

19

 

6

 

UCBA

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

 

12.9

%

108.6

%

6.7

%

7

 

-12

 

-3

 

8

 

3

 

-5

 

WAYN

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

OH

 

9.3

%

106.2

%

5.1

%

-8

 

-3

 

1

 

10

 

6

 

-7

 

WBKC

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

18.1

%

121.3

%

2.1

%

0

 

1

 

8

 

1

 

-18

 

7

 

 


(1)  Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source:  SNL Financial LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.14



 

Table 3.6

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAs &

 

Adj NPAs &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rsrves/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REO/

 

90+Del/

 

90+Del/

 

NPLs/

 

Rsrves/

 

Rsrves/

 

NPAs &

 

Net Loan

 

NLCs/

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Assets (1)

 

Assets (3)

 

Loans (1)

 

Loans HFI

 

NPLs (1)

 

90+Del (1)

 

Chargeoffs (2)

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

0.17

%

2.48

%

0.82

%

2.72

%

1.44

%

52.87

%

49.08

%

$

221

 

0.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

0.34

%

2.03

%

1.53

%

2.36

%

1.26

%

79.15

%

67.78

%

$

3,522

 

0.21

%

Medians

 

 

 

0.17

%

1.40

%

1.07

%

1.71

%

1.13

%

59.84

%

49.20

%

$

774

 

0.12

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State of NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

0.00

%

0.14

%

0.14

%

0.18

%

2.95

%

NM

 

NM

 

$

0

 

0.00

%

Medians

 

 

 

0.00

%

0.14

%

0.14

%

0.18

%

2.95

%

NM

 

NM

 

$

0

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Recent Conversions(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBHC

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

 

NY

 

0.13

%

1.83

%

0.00

%

2.57

%

1.44

%

55.85

%

51.81

%

$

640

 

0.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

0.21

%

1.54

%

1.11

%

2.14

%

1.53

%

80.63

%

61.22

%

$

375

 

0.17

%

Medians

 

 

 

0.13

%

1.32

%

1.09

%

1.67

%

1.25

%

72.46

%

41.71

%

$

353

 

0.11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

OH

 

0.40

%

2.53

%

1.21

%

3.63

%

0.66

%

18.13

%

15.28

%

$

680

 

0.20

%

FCAP

First Capital, Inc.

 

IN

 

0.01

%

1.16

%

0.79

%

1.67

%

1.64

%

98.21

%

94.89

%

$

189

 

0.06

%

FFNM

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

0.93

%

1.32

%

1.74

%

0.58

%

0.89

%

153.14

%

35.60

%

$

867

 

0.62

%

IROQ

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

0.11

%

1.11

%

0.75

%

1.57

%

1.20

%

76.56

%

67.27

%

$

357

 

0.11

%

JXSB

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

0.13

%

0.93

%

0.69

%

1.36

%

1.62

%

118.93

%

102.40

%

$

493

 

0.27

%

LPSB

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

IN

 

0.06

%

2.12

%

0.98

%

3.49

%

1.25

%

35.58

%

34.54

%

$

281

 

0.10

%

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

0.00

%

0.14

%

0.14

%

0.18

%

2.95

%

NM

 

NM

 

$

0

 

0.00

%

PBSK

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

KY

 

0.33

%

0.97

%

1.74

%

0.87

%

0.59

%

68.37

%

44.43

%

$

233

 

0.10

%

UCBA

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

 

0.13

%

2.73

%

1.76

%

5.39

%

2.21

%

41.01

%

38.98

%

$

353

 

0.14

%

WAYN

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

OH

 

0.03

%

2.22

%

1.09

%

3.06

%

1.04

%

33.88

%

29.80

%

$

868

 

0.33

%

WBKC

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

0.14

%

1.68

%

1.37

%

1.72

%

2.80

%

162.46

%

148.98

%

$

(192

)

-0.07

%

 


(1)  Includes TDRs for the Company and the Peer Group.

(2)  Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

(3) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source:  SNL Financial, LC and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obrained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.15



 

receivable equaled 1.44% for the Company, versus 1.53% for the Peer Group.  Net loan charge-offs were a slightly larger factor for the Peer Group, as the Company and the Peer Group recorded net charge-offs equal to 0.13% and 0.17% of loans, respectively.

 

Summary

 

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company.  Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint.  Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 

III.16



 

IV.  VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s conversion transaction.

 

Appraisal Guidelines

 

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC and state banking agencies specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting thrift.  Pursuant to this methodology:  (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences.  In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

 

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

 

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines.  Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques.  Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, particularly second-step conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings.  It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

 

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock.  Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will:  (1) review changes in Equitable Financial’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Equitable Fnancial’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental

 

IV.1



 

changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks and Equitable Financial’s stock specifically; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, particularly second-step conversions, (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally.  If, during the conversion process, material changes occur, RP Financial will determine if updated valuation reports should be prepared to reflect such changes and their related impact on value, if any.  RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

 

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts.  Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Equitable Financial’s value, or Equitable Financial’s value alone.  To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

 

Valuation Analysis

 

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III.  The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation.  Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform.  We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.

 

1.                                       Financial Condition

 

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and

 

IV.2



 

quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness.  The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

·                   Overall A/L Composition .  In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition showed a higher concentration of loans and a lower concentration of cash and investments.  Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was more significant for the Company, while the Peer Group maintained a slightly higher concentration of 1-4 family loans.  Overall, in comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition provided for a slightly higher yield earned on interest-earning assets and a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio.  Equitable Financial’s funding composition reflected a higher level of deposits and a slightly lower level of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group measures, which translated into a similar cost of funds for the Company and the Peer Group.  Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained a similar level of interest-earning assets and a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company.  After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio should be comparable to or slightly exceed the Peer Group’s IEA/IBL ratio.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Credit Quality.   The Company’s ratios for non-performing assets as a percent of assets and non-performing loans as a percent of loans were higher than the comparable ratios for the Peer Group.  In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company maintained lower loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans and slightly lower loss reserves as a percent of loans.  Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were slightly higher for the Peer Group.  The Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was higher than the Peer Group’s ratio.   Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Balance Sheet Liquidity .  The Company operated with a lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (11.03% of assets versus 30.35% for the Peer Group).  Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the net proceeds realized from the second-step offering will be initially deployed into cash and investments.  The Company was viewed as having similar future borrowing capacity relative to the Peer Group, based on the similar levels of borrowings currently funding the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets.   Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Funding Liabilities .  The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and a slightly lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a similar cost of funds for the Company and the Peer Group.  Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were higher for the Company.  Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Company’s assets to a ratio that is comparable to or lower than the Peer Group’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

IV.3



 

·                   Capital The Company currently operates with a lower tangible equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group.  Following the stock offering, Equitable Financial’s pro forma tangible capital position is expected to be comparable to or slightly exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio.  The increase in the Company’s pro forma capital position will result in greater leverage potential and reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities utilized to fund assets.  At the same time, the Company’s more significant capital surplus will likely result in a lower ROE.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

On balance, Equitable Financial’s balance sheet strength was considered to be similar to the Peer Group’s balance sheet strength and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.

 

2.                                       Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings.  The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

·                   Reported Earnings .  The Company’s and the Peer Group’s reported earnings were fairly similar on a ROAA basis (0.57% of average assets versus 0.69% for the Peer Group), as the Company’s earnings advantages with respect to net interest income, non-interest operating income and effective tax rate were more than offset by the Peer Group’s earnings advantage with respect to operating expenses.   Reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by implementation of additional stock benefit plans in connection with the second-step offering.  Overall, the Company’s pro forma reported earnings were considered to be comparable to the Peer Group’s earnings and, thus, RP Financial concluded that this was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Core Earnings .  Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s core earnings.  The Company maintained a higher net interest income ratio, a higher operating expense ratio and a higher level of non-interest operating income.  The Company’s more favorable net interest income ratio and less favorable operating expense ratio translated into a lower expense coverage ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio (equal to 0.87x versus 1.14x for the Peer Group).  Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio of 83.30% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 73.49%.  Loan loss provisions had a similar impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings.  Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Company should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets and leveraging of post-conversion capital, which will be

 

IV.4



 

somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans, indicate that the Company’s pro forma core earnings will remain slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s core earnings.  Therefore, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Interest Rate Risk .  Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated a higher degree of volatility was associated with the Company’s net interest margin.  Measures of balance sheet interest rate risk, such as capital and IEA/IBL asset ratios were more favorable for the Peer Group.  On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that will be comparable to or slightly exceed the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings

 

·                   Credit Risk .  Loan loss provisions were a similar factor in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings (0.12% of average assets versus 0.14% of average assets for the Peer Group).  In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, lending diversification into higher risk types of loans was more significant for the Company.  The Company’s credit quality measures generally implied a higher degree of credit risk exposure relative to the comparable credit quality measures indicated for the Peer Group.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Earnings Growth Potential .  Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential.  First, the Company maintained a higher interest rate spread than the Peer Group, which would tend to facilitate continuation of a higher net interest margin for the Company going forward based on the current prevailing interest rate environment.  Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Company with similar growth potential through leverage as currently maintained by the Peer Group.  Third, the Company’s higher ratio of non-interest operating income and the Peer Group’s lower operating expense ratio were viewed as respective advantages to sustain earnings growth during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates.  Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Return on Equity .  Currently, the Company’s core ROE approximates the Peer Group’s core ROE.  As the result of the increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Company’s equity, the Company’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will initially be lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE.  Accordingly, this was a slightly negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

On balance, Equitable Financial’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a slight downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

IV.5



 

3.                                       Asset Growth

 

Comparative asset growth rates for the Company and the Peer Group showed an 11.95% increase in the Company’s assets, versus a 10.74% increase in the Peer Group’s assets.  The Peer Group’s similar asset growth rate was attributable to acquisition related growth by two of the Peer Group companies.  Asset growth for the Company was sustained by an 18.84% increase in loans, which was partially funded with cash and investments.  Comparatively, the Peer Group’s asset growth showed a lower loan growth rate of 13.12% and was supplemented with an increase in cash and investments.  Overall, the Company’s recent asset growth trends, particularly in terms of organic growth, would tend to be viewed more favorably than the Peer Group’s asset growth trends in terms of supporting future earnings growth.  On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will approximate or slightly exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating similar leverage capacity for the Company.  On balance, a slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth.

 

4.                                       Primary Market Area

 

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served.   Operating in the eastern and central markets of southern Nebraska, the Company serves a mostly rural market area with the exception of Omaha where the Company maintains one branch office.  Hall County, where the Company maintains its main office and largest branch presence, experienced relatively strong population growth during the 2010 to 2014 period.  Hall County’s population is forecasted to increase at a similar rate over the next five years.  Hall County’s December 2014 unemployment rate was slightly above the comparable unemployment rate for Nebraska, but was well below the comparable U.S. unemployment rate.

 

The majority of the Peer Group companies operate in markets with similarly sized populations as Hall County.  Population growth for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies reflect a range of growth rates, but overall population growth rates in the markets served by the Peer Group companies were well below Hall County’s population growth rate in recent years.  Hall County has a lower per capita income compared to the average per capita income of the Peer Group’s primary market area counties and the Peer Group’s primary market area counties were relatively more affluent markets within their respective states compared to Hall County, which had a comparatively lower per capita income

 

IV.6



 

compared to Nebraska’s per capita income.  The Company’s competitive position in its primary market area, as indicated by deposit market share, was viewed to be not as strong as maintained by the Peer Group companies in general.  Equitable Financial’s deposit market share equaled 5.2% in Hall County, versus a 23.1% average and a 21.8% median deposit market shares indicated for the Peer Group companies in their respective primary market area counties.   Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-3.  As shown in Table 4.1, December 2014 unemployment rates for ten out of the eleven primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies were higher than the December 2014 unemployment rate for Hall County.  On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.

 

Table 4.1

Market Area Unemployment Rates

Equitable Financial Corp. and the Peer Group Companies(1)

 

 

 

 

 

December 2014

 

 

 

County

 

Unemployment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial Corp. - NE

 

Hall

 

3.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peer Group Average

 

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cheviot Financial Corp. — OH

 

Hamilton

 

4.0

 

First Capital, Inc. - IN

 

Harrison

 

5.3

 

First Fed of N. Michigan — MI

 

Alpena

 

6.4

 

IF Bancorp, Inc. - IL

 

Iroquois

 

5.6

 

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. — IL

 

Morgan

 

6.0

 

La Porte Bancorp, Inc. - IN

 

La Porte

 

8.0

 

Madison County Financial, Inc. - NE

 

Madison

 

2.6

 

Poage Bankshares, Inc. - KY

 

Boyd

 

5.3

 

United Community Bancorp - IN

 

Dearborn

 

5.3

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares - OH

 

Wayne

 

3.7

 

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. — MI

 

Midland

 

4.4

 

 


(1)          Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.

 

Source:  SNL Financial.

 

IV.7



 

5.                                       Dividends

 

At this time the Company has not established a dividend policy.  Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

 

Ten out of the eleven Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.60% to 3.56%.  The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 1.63% as of February 6, 2015.  Comparatively, as of February 6, 2015, the average dividend yield on the stocks of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts equaled 1.81%.  The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

 

While the Company has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting, the Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization.  On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

6.                                       Liquidity of the Shares

 

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets.  All of the Peer Group companies trade on NASDAQ.  Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock.  The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $21 million to $96 million as of February 6, 2015, with average and median market values both equal to $58 million.  The shares issued and outstanding of the Peer Group companies ranged from 1.8 million to 6.7 million, with average and median shares outstanding equal to 3.8 million and 3.7 million, respectively.  The Company’s second-step stock offering is expected to provide for a pro forma market value that will in the lower end of the Peer Group’s ranges for market value and shares outstanding.  Following the second-step conversion, the Company’s stock will be traded on NASDAQ.  Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a less liquid trading market compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded a slight downward adjustment was necessary for this factor.

 

IV.8



 

7.                                       Marketing of the Issue

 

We believe that four separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Equitable Financial:  (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted company; (C) the acquisition market for thrift and bank franchises based in Nebraska; and (D) the market for the public stock of Equitable Financial.  All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

A.                                     The Public Market

 

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations.  Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts.  In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general.  Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks.  Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices for thrifts.

 

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. At the start of the third quarter of 2014, the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) closed above 17000 for the first time as better-than-expected job growth reflected in June employment report contributed to stock market gains.  The DJIA retreated back under 17000 following the record close, as caution prevailed ahead of the second quarter earnings season.  Some better-than-expected earnings reports coming out of the banking and technology sectors helped to propel the DJIA to record highs in mid-July.  Global tensions in Ukraine and the Middle East pressured stocks lower heading into late-July.  Stocks tumbled lower at the end of July, as worries about the global economy, including Europe’s prolonged economic slump and Argentina defaulting on its debt, translated into a broad-based sell-off.  In the first full trading week of August, weaker—than-expected job growth reflected in the July employment report and ongoing geopolitical concerns pushed the DJIA to its lowest close since late-April which was followed by the DJIA rebounding on the last trading day of the week.  Following the first week of August, the broader stock market generally drifted

 

IV.9



 

higher through the balance of August as investors were encouraged by the absence of more negative geopolitical news coming out of the Middle East and Ukraine along with a favorable report on housing starts for July.  The S&P 500 closed above 2000 for the first time in late-August.  Stocks traded higher to close out the first week of September, as weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the August employment report lessened expectations of a near term rate hike by the Federal Reserve.  Escalating tensions in Ukraine and the upcoming meeting of the Federal Reserve weighed on the stock market heading into mid-September.  Reassuring comments from the Federal Reserve that short-term rates will remain near zero for a “considerable time” contributed to the DJIA closing at a record high following the Federal Reserve’s mid-September policy meeting.  Concerns about the pace of China’s economic growth and some favorable economic reports on the U.S. economy provided for an up and down stock market at the close of third quarter.

 

Volatility continued to prevail in the broader stock market at the start of the fourth quarter of 2014, with concerns about a softening global economy contributing to a sell-off at the beginning of the fourth quarter that was followed by a rebound supported by a favorable employment report for September.  Heightened concerns over slowing economic growth in Europe, a disappointing retail sales report for September and the uncertain outlook for third quarter earnings fueled a sharp decline in the broader stock market in mid-October, with the DJIA declining 5% over five trading sessions.  Stocks rallied following the sell-off with such factors as some favorable third quarter earnings reports, increased expectations that the European Central Bank would increase stimulus, a rise in U.S. consumer sentiment in October and an increase in September housing starts contributing to the gains.  The upward trend in the broader stock market continued into the first half of November, with the DJIA closing at record highs for five consecutive trading sessions following the mid-term election.  The positive trend in the broader stock market continued during the second half of November and into early-December, as investors cheered China’s rate cut.  Led by a rebound in big energy stocks and a favorable employment report for November, the DJIA and S&P 500 closed at record highs in early-December.  Pressured by steepening decline in oil prices and fresh signs of economic weakness in Europe and Japan, stocks retreated heading into mid-December.  The Federal Reserve’s pledge to be patient when it comes to raising interest rates and stronger-than-expected third quarter GDP growth helped stocks to rally in the second half of December.  The DJIA closed above 18000 for the first time on December 23, 2014 and posted gains for seven consecutive trading sessions through December 26, 2014.  Stocks retreated at the close of

 

IV.10



 

2014, which was largely attributable to profit taking.

 

Stocks tumbled at the start of 2015, as oil fell below $50 per barrel and fresh worries about Europe’s economy stoked fears of deflation.  A rebound in oil prices supported a two day rebound in the broader stock market, which was followed by a downward trend through mid-January.  Factors contributing to the downturn included a further drop in oil prices, a weak reading for December wage growth, disappointing retail sales for December and lackluster fourth quarter earnings results posted by some of the nation’s largest banks.  After five consecutive sessions of losses, some upbeat reports on the U.S. economy, a rebound in energy shares and a new round of stimulus efforts proposed by the European Central Bank contributed to a stock market rally heading into the second half of January.  Volatility prevailed in the broader stock at the end of January and into early-February, as investors reacted to mixed earnings reports, fluctuating oil prices and weaker-than-expected fourth quarter GDP growth.  Higher oil prices contributed to stocks closing out the first week of trading in February with a net gain.  On February 6, 2015, the DJIA closed at 17824.29, an increase of 14.0% from one year ago and no change year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 4744.40, an increase of 16.9% from one year ago and an increase of 0.2% year-to-date.  The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 2055.47 on February 6, 2015, an increase of 15.9% from one year ago and a decrease of 0.2% year-to-date.

 

The market for thrift stocks has also experienced varied trends in recent quarters. The favorable employment report for June boosted thrift stocks, along with the broader stock market, at the start of the third quarter of 2014.  Financial shares eased lower ahead of the second quarter earnings season.  Mixed second earnings reports coming out of the banking sector provided for a narrow trading range for thrift shares through mid-July.  Thrift stocks faltered along with stocks in general heading into the second half of July, as investors moved to safe haven investments on reports of a Malaysian airliner being shot down and Israel’s invasion of Gaza.  Merger activity in the banking sector helped to lift thrift stocks heading into late-July.  Thrift shares traded lower to close out July and at the start of August, as concerns that an improving U.S. economy could prompt the Federal Reserve to raise rates sooner than expected weighed on interest rate sensitive issues.  In the first full week trading in August, thrift shares stabilized and then rebounded along with the broader stock market to close out the week.  Thrift stocks edged higher along with the broader stock market during the last three weeks of August, with the favorable report for July housing starts contributing to stock market gains in the thrift sector.  Investors shrugged off the disappointing employment report for August, as the thrift

 

IV.11



 

sector showed little movement during the first two weeks of September.  Financial shares edged higher following the Federal Reserve’s mid-September policy meeting, based on comments that the Federal Reserve was staying the course regarding interest rate monetary policies.  Concerns about a global economic slowdown dragged bank and thrift stocks lower at the close of the third quarter.

 

Financial shares traded in line with the broader stock market in early-October 2014, initially trading lower on the global economic outlook and then rebounding in response to September employment data showing stronger-than-expected job growth.  The rebound was short-lived, as the financial sector participated in the broader stock market sell-off in mid-October.  Third quarter earnings releases posted by some of the big banks showed net interest margins continued to be squeezed by low interest rates.  Some favorable reports on September housing starts and existing home sales helped thrift stocks to rebound modestly following the sell-off.  Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally that extended into mid-November, as the Federal Reserve’s late-October policy statement repeated its pledge to keep interest rates low for the foreseeable future and indicated a brighter economic outlook.  Signs of financial sector merger activity picking up also contributed to the gains in thrift stocks heading into mid-November.  Thrift shares traded in a narrow range during the second half of November and then retreated at the start of December, as disappointing economic reports coming out of China and Europe impacted the broader stock market.  November’s favorable employment report boosted the thrift sector at the close of the first week of December, which was followed by a downturn in financial shares going into mid-December as the prolonged slump in oil prices raised doubts about the health of the global economy and sparked a sell-off in the broader stock market.  Financial shares rebounded along with the broader stock market during the second half of December, as the Federal Reserve’s comments on remaining patient with its approach to future rate increases were well received by bank investors.

 

Thrift stocks followed the broader stock market lower during the first half of January 2015, as a weak report for December retail sales and fourth quarter bank earnings showing net interest margins continued to be squeezed depressed financial stocks in general.  The broader stock market rally at the start of the second half of January boosted thrift shares as well.  Financial shares rallied heading into late-January in response to Royal Bank of Canada’s $5.4 billion acquisition of City National.  Thrift stocks retreated at the close of January and then rebounded during the first week of February, as investors reacted to some encouraging news on home prices, the January employment report showing strong-than-expected job growth and

 

IV.12



 

signs of acquisition activity heating up in the banking sector.  On February 6, 2015, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 727.1, an increase of 8.0% from one year ago and a decrease of 1.6% year-to-date.

 

B.                                     The New Issue Market

 

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value.  The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically:  (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials.  The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value.  Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

 

As shown in Table 4.2, three standard conversions and two second-step conversion have been completed during the past three months.  For purposes of comparable data in connection with the valuation of the Company, recent second-step conversion offerings are viewed to be the most relevant.  The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the two recent second-step conversion offerings equaled 75.50%.  On average, the two second-step conversion offerings had price appreciation of 6.00% after their first week of trading.  As of February 6, 2015, the two recent second-step conversion offerings showed an average price increase of 8.60% from their respective IPO prices.

 

Shown in Table 4.3 are the current pricing ratios for the three fully-converted offerings completed during the past three months and trade on NASDAQ, which includes Beneficial Bancorp’s second-step offering.  The current average P/TB ratio of the NASDAQ traded, fully-converted recent conversions equaled 93.95%, based on closing stock prices as of February 6, 2015.

 

IV.13



 

Table 4.2

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in the Last Three Months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insider Purchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution to

 

% Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger Shares

 

 

 

Pre-Conversion Data

 

Offering Information

 

Char. Found.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional Information

 

Financial Info.

 

Asset Quality

 

Excluding Foundation

 

 

 

% of

 

Benefit Plans

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion

 

 

 

 

 

Equity/

 

NPAs/

 

Res.

 

Gross

 

%

 

% of

 

Exp./

 

 

 

Public Off.

 

 

 

Recog.

 

Stk

 

Mgmt.&

 

Institution

 

Date

 

Ticker

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Cov.

 

Proc.

 

Offer

 

Mid.

 

Proc.

 

Form

 

Inc. Fdn.

 

ESOP

 

Plans

 

Option

 

Dirs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($Mil)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($Mil.)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Northwest Bancorp - WA*

 

1/30/15

 

FNWB-NASDAQ

 

$

788

 

10.39

%

0.80

%

137

%

$

121.7

 

100

%

132

%

2.7

%

C/S

 

$400K/7.12%

 

8.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

1.1

%

MW Bancorp, Inc. - OH

 

1/30/15

 

MWBC-OTC Pink

 

$

90

 

9.75

%

1.70

%

115

%

$

8.8

 

100

%

103

%

12.7

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

8.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

14.3

%

MB Bancorp, Inc. - MD

 

12/30/14

 

MBCQ-OTC Pink

 

$

136

 

12.75

%

3.02

%

43

%

$

21.2

 

100

%

132

%

5.0

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

8.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

2.7

%

 

 

Averages - Standard Conversions:

 

 

 

$

338

 

10.96

%

1.84

%

98

%

$

50.5

 

100

%

123

%

6.8

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

8.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

6.0

%

 

 

Medians - Standard Conversions:

 

 

 

$

136

 

10.39

%

1.70

%

115

%

$

21.2

 

100

%

132

%

5.0

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

8.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

2.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second Step Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ben Franklin Financial, Inc. - IL

 

1/22/15

 

BFFI-OTCQB

 

$

87

 

9.96

%

2.38

%

95

%

$

3.9

 

56

%

92

%

28.4

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

7.0

%

3.0

%

10.0

%

7.2

%

Beneficial Bancorp, Inc. - PA*

 

1/13/15

 

BNCL-NASDAQ

 

$

4,360

 

14.03

%

0.86

%

146

%

$

503.8

 

61

%

92

%

1.7

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

4.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

0.2

%

 

 

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

 

 

 

$

2,224

 

12.00

%

1.62

%

121

%

$

253.9

 

59

%

92

%

15.1

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

5.5

%

3.5

%

10.0

%

3.7

%

 

 

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

 

 

 

$

2,224

 

12.00

%

1.62

%

121

%

$

253.9

 

59

%

92

%

15.1

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

5.5

%

3.5

%

10.0

%

3.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual Holding Companies(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oconee Fed. Fin. Corp, - SC

 

1/14/11

 

OFED-NASDAQ

 

$

346

 

17.49

%

1.85

%

19

%

$

20.9

 

33

%

132

%

5.3

%

C/S

 

2%/6%

 

11.2

%

5.6

%

14.0

%

8.4

%

 

 

Averages - MHC Conversions:

 

 

 

$

346

 

17.49

%

1.85

%

19

%

$

20.9

 

33

%

132

%

5.3

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

11.2

%

5.6

%

14.0

%

8.4

%

 

 

Medians - MHC Conversions:

 

 

 

$

346

 

17.49

%

1.85

%

19

%

$

20.9

 

33

%

132

%

5.3

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

11.2

%

5.6

%

14.0

%

8.4

%

 

 

Averages - All Conversions:

 

 

 

$

1,092

 

11.38

%

1.75

%

107

%

$

131.9

 

83

%

110

%

10.1

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

7.0

%

3.8

%

10.0

%

5.1

%

 

 

Medians - All Conversions:

 

 

 

$

136

 

10.39

%

1.70

%

115

%

$

21.2

 

100

%

103

%

5.0

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

8.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

2.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-IPO Pricing Trends

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Data

 

 

 

Closing Price:

 

Institutional Information

 

Initial

 

Pricing Ratios(2)(5)

 

Financial Charac.

 

 

 

First

 

 

 

After

 

 

 

After

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion

 

 

 

Div.

 

 

 

Core

 

 

 

Core

 

 

 

Core

 

IPO

 

Trading

 

%

 

First

 

%

 

First

 

%

 

Thru

 

%

 

Institution

 

Date

 

Ticker

 

Yield

 

P/TB

 

P/E

 

P/A

 

ROA

 

TE/A

 

ROE

 

Price

 

Day

 

Chge

 

Week(3)

 

Chge

 

Month(4)

 

Chge

 

2/6/15

 

Chge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(x)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

Standard Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Northwest Bancorp - WA*

 

1/30/15

 

FNWB-NASDAQ

 

0.00

%

69.9

%

64.6

x

14.7

%

0.2

%

21.0

%

1.1

%

$

10.00

 

$

12.18

 

21.8

%

$

12.49

 

24.9

%

$

12.49

 

24.9

%

$

12.49

 

24.9

%

MW Bancorp, Inc. - OH

 

1/30/15

 

MWBC-OTC Pink

 

0.00

%

56.9

%

NM

 

9.0

%

-0.5

%

15.9

%

-3.4

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.50

 

15.0

%

$

12.00

 

20.0

%

$

12.00

 

20.0

%

$

12.00

 

20.0

%

MB Bancorp, Inc. - MD

 

12/30/14

 

MBCQ-OTC Pink

 

0.00

%

60.6

%

NM

 

13.8

%

-1.3

%

22.7

%

-5.9

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.45

 

4.5

%

$

10.59

 

5.9

%

$

10.55

 

5.5

%

$

10.60

 

6.0

%

 

 

Averages - Standard Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

62.4

%

64.6

x

12.5

%

-0.5

%

19.9

%

-2.7

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.38

 

13.8

%

$

11.69

 

16.9

%

$

11.68

 

16.8

%

$

11.70

 

17.0

%

 

 

Medians - Standard Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

60.6

%

64.6

x

13.8

%

-0.5

%

21.0

%

-3.4

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.50

 

15.0

%

$

12.00

 

20.0

%

$

12.00

 

20.0

%

$

12.00

 

20.0

%

Second Step Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ben Franklin Financial, Inc. - IL

 

1/22/15

 

BFFI-OTCQB

 

0.00

%

62.8

%

NM

 

7.8

%

-1.8

%

12.4

%

-14.2

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.11

 

1.1

%

$

10.45

 

4.5

%

$

10.30

 

3.0

%

$

10.30

 

3.0

%

Beneficial Bancorp, Inc. - PA*

 

1/13/15

 

BNCL-NASDAQ

 

0.00

%

88.2

%

57.9

x

17.2

%

0.3

%

20.0

%

1.3

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.82

 

8.2

%

$

10.75

 

7.5

%

$

11.41

 

14.1

%

$

11.41

 

14.1

%

 

 

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

75.5

%

57.9

x

12.5

%

-0.7

%

16.2

%

-6.4

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.47

 

4.7

%

$

10.60

 

6.0

%

$

10.86

 

8.6

%

$

10.86

 

8.6

%

 

 

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

75.5

%

57.9

x

12.5

%

-0.7

%

16.2

%

-6.4

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.47

 

4.7

%

$

10.60

 

6.0

%

$

10.86

 

8.6

%

$

10.86

 

8.6

%

Mutual Holding Companies(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oconee Fed. Fin. Corp, - SC

 

1/14/11

 

OFED-NASDAQ

 

0.00

%

57.6

%

29.66

 

16.5

%

0.7

%

21.2

%

3.2

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.96

 

19.6

%

$

11.90

 

19.0

%

$

12.50

 

25.0

%

$

11.85

 

18.5

%

 

 

Averages - MHC Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

57.6

%

29.7

x

16.5

%

0.7

%

21.2

%

3.2

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.96

 

19.6

%

$

11.90

 

19.0

%

$

12.50

 

25.0

%

$

11.85

 

18.5

%

 

 

Medians - MHC Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

57.6

%

29.7

x

16.5

%

0.7

%

21.2

%

3.2

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.96

 

19.6

%

$

11.90

 

19.0

%

$

12.50

 

25.0

%

$

11.85

 

18.5

%

 

 

Averages - All Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

67.7

%

61.2

x

12.5

%

-0.6

%

18.4

%

-4.2

%

$

10.00

 

$

11.01

 

10.1

%

$

11.26

 

12.6

%

$

11.35

 

13.5

%

$

11.36

 

13.6

%

 

 

Medians - All Conversions:

 

 

 

0.00

%

62.8

%

61.2

x

13.8

%

-0.5

%

20.0

%

-3.4

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.82

 

8.2

%

$

10.75

 

7.5

%

$

11.41

 

14.1

%

$

11.41

 

14.1

%

 


Note:  * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

(1)  As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.

(2)  Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.

(3)  Latest price if offering is less than one week old.

(4)  Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.

(5)  Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.

(6)  Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.

(7)  Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.

(8) Former credit union.

 

February 6, 2015

 

IV.14



 

Table 4.3

Market Pricing Comparatives

Prices As of February 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalization

 

Core

 

Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends(4)

 

Financial Characteristics(6)

 

 

 

Price/

 

Market

 

12 Month

 

Value/

 

Pricing Ratios(3)

 

Amount/

 

 

 

Payout

 

Total

 

Equity/

 

Tang Eq/

 

NPAs/

 

Reported

 

Core

 

Financial Institution

 

Share(1)

 

Value

 

EPS(2)

 

Share

 

P/E

 

P/B

 

P/A

 

P/TB

 

P/Core

 

Share

 

Yield

 

Ratio(5)

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

ROA

 

ROE

 

ROA

 

ROE

 

 

 

($)

 

($Mil)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(x)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(x)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($Mil)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Non-MHC Public Companies

 

$

16.79

 

$

448.26

 

$

0.96

 

$

15.78

 

17.31

x

105.72

%

13.63

%

113.89

%

16.50

x

$

0.30

 

1.81

%

49.60

%

$

3,165

 

13.47

%

12.90

%

2.02

%

0.67

%

5.60

%

0.72

%

5.82

%

Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)

 

$

11.95

 

$

553.70

 

$

0.16

 

$

13.60

 

69.06

x

87.90

%

18.95

%

93.95

%

75.19

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

2,801

 

21.56

%

20.49

%

0.83

%

0.28

%

1.30

%

0.27

%

1.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNWB

First Northwest Bancorp

 

$

12.49

 

$

163.62

 

$

0.15

 

$

14.31

 

78.06

x

87.28

%

18.31

%

87.28

%

83.27

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

788

 

20.98

%

20.97

%

0.80

%

0.24

%

1.15

%

0.23

%

1.08

%

BNCL

Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.

 

$

11.41

 

$

943.78

 

$

0.17

 

$

12.89

 

60.05

x

88.52

%

19.60

%

100.62

%

67.12

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

4,814

 

22.14

%

20.01

%

0.86

%

0.32

%

1.44

%

0.30

%

1.34

%

 


(1)  Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.

(2)  EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis.

(3)  P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.

(4)  Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.

(5)  Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.

(6)  ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.

(7)  Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source:        SNL Financial, LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

IV.15



 

C.                                     The Acquisition Market

 

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Equitable Financial’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other financial institutions operating in Nebraska.  As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 24 acquisitions of Nebraska based thrifts and banks completed from the beginning of 2011 through February 6, 2015 and there are currently two acquisitions pending for a Nebraska financial institution.   The recent acquisition activity involving Nebraska financial institutions may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock.  To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group that could be subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Equitable Financial’s stock.  However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Equitable Financial’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

 

D.                                     Trading in Equitable Financial’s Stock

 

Since Equitable Financial’s minority stock is currently quoted under the symbol “EQFC” on the OTC Pink tier, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity in the valuation analysis.  Equitable Financial had a total of 3,183,004 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014, of which 1,369,374 shares were held by public shareholders and traded as public securities.  The Company’s stock, which trades infrequently, showed a 52 week trading range of $3.95 to $7.00 per share and its closing price on February 6, 2015 was $6.00 per share.  There are significant differences between the Company’s minority stock (currently being traded) and the conversion stock that will be issued by the Company.  Such differences include different liquidity characteristics, a different return on equity for the conversion stock and the stock is currently traded based on speculation of a range of exchange ratios.  Since the pro forma impact has not been publicly disseminated to date, it is appropriate to discount the current trading level.  As the pro forma impact is made known publicly, the trading level will become more informative.

 

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue

 

IV.16



 

market for second-step conversions, the acquisition market, and recent trading activity in the Company’s minority stock.  Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8.               Management

 

The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations.  Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management.  The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure.  The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.

 

Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies.  Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9.                                       Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

 

As a fully-converted regulated institution, Equitable Financial will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions.  Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios.  On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

 

Summary of Adjustments

 

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

IV.17



 

Key Valuation Parameters:

 

Valuation Adjustment

 

 

 

Financial Condition

 

No Adjustment

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

Slight Downward

Asset Growth

 

Slight Upward

Primary Market Area

 

Slight Upward

Dividends

 

No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

 

Slight Downward

Marketing of the Issue

 

No Adjustment

Management

 

No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

 

No Adjustment

 

Valuation Approaches

 

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the FRB, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds.  In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).  In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

 

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

·                   P/E Approach .  The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock and we have given it significant weight among the valuation approaches.  Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation.  At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for the Company; and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging their offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

·                   P/B Approach .  P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds.  RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches.  We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

IV.18



 

·                   P/A Approach .  P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings.  Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio.  At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

·                   Trading of EQFC stock .  Converting institutions generally do not have stock outstanding.  Equitable Financial, however, has public shares outstanding due to the mutual holding company form of ownership and first-step minority stock offering.  Since Equitable Financial’s stock is currently quoted on the OTC Pink tier, it is an indicator of investor interest in the Company’s conversion stock and therefore received some weight in our valuation.  Based on the February 6, 2015 closing stock price of $6.00 per share and the 3,183,004 shares of Equitable Financial stock outstanding, the Company’s implied market value of $19.1 million was considered in the valuation process.  However, since the Company’s stock is thinly traded, the conversion stock will have different characteristics than the minority shares, and the pro forma information has not been publicly disseminated to date, the current trading price of Equitable Financial’s stock was somewhat discounted herein but will become more important towards the closing of the offering.

 

The Company has adopted “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares.  For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted.  However, we did consider the impact of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

 

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC’s net assets (i.e., unconsolidated equity) that will be consolidated with the Company and, thus, will slightly increase equity.  At December 31, 2014, the MHC had pro forma net assets of $34,000, which has been added to the Company’s December 31, 2014 pro forma equity to reflect the consolidation of the MHC into the Company’s operations.  Exhibit IV-9 shows that after accounting for the impact of the MHC’s net assets, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced by approximately 0.07%.  Accordingly, for purposes of the Company’s pro forma valuation, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced from 43.02% to 42.95% and the MHC’s ownership interest was increased from 56.98% to 57.05%.

 

IV.19



 

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, RP Financial concluded that as of February 6, 2015, the aggregate pro forma market value of Equitable Financial’s conversion stock equaled $21,034,880 at the midpoint, equal to 2,629,360 shares at $8.00 per share.  The $8.00 per share price was determined by the Equitable Financial Board.  The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 57.05% ownership interest to the public, which provides for a $12,000,000 public offering at the midpoint value.

 

1.                                       Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) .  The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base.  In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds.  The Company’s reported earnings equaled $1.048 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and were viewed to be representative of the Company’s core earnings as well.

 

Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $21.0 million midpoint value both equaled 20.63x, indicating premiums of 7.22% and 5.85% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core earnings multiples of 19.24x and 19.49x, respectively (see Table 4.4).  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples of 17.46x and 17.20x, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 18.16% and 19.94%, respectively.  The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 17.49x and 27.45x, respectively.

 

2.               Price-to-Book (“P/B”) .  The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value.  Based on the $21.0 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 69.14%.  In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 90.53% and 96.00%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 23.63% on a P/B basis and 27.98% on a P/TB basis.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 88.14% and 95.73%,respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value

 

IV.20



 

Table 4.4

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Equitable Financial Corp. and the Comparables

As of February 6, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalization

 

Core

 

Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends(3)

 

Financial Characteristics(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price/

 

Market

 

12 Month

 

Value/

 

Pricing Ratios(2)

 

Amount/

 

 

 

Payout

 

Total

 

Equity/

 

Tang. Eq./

 

NPAs/

 

Reported

 

Core

 

Exchange

 

Offering

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Value

 

EPS(1)

 

Share

 

P/E

 

P/B

 

P/A

 

P/TB

 

P/Core

 

Share

 

Yield

 

Ratio(4)

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

T. Assets

 

Assets

 

ROAA

 

ROAE

 

ROAA

 

ROAE

 

Ratio

 

Range

 

 

 

 

 

($)

 

($Mil)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(x)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(x)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($Mil)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(x)

 

($Mil)

 

Equitable Financial Corp.

 

NE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Super Maximum

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

$

27.82

 

$

0.29

 

$

9.75

 

27.45

x

82.05

%

13.17

%

82.05

%

27.45

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

211

 

16.05

%

16.05

%

2.32

%

0.48

%

2.99

%

0.48

%

2.99

%

1.0907

x

$

15.87

 

Maximum

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

$

24.19

 

$

0.34

 

$

10.59

 

23.79

x

75.54

%

11.55

%

75.54

%

23.79

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

209

 

15.30

%

15.30

%

2.34

%

0.49

%

3.17

%

0.49

%

3.17

%

0.9484

x

$

13.80

 

Midpoint

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

$

21.03

 

$

0.39

 

$

11.57

 

20.63

x

69.14

%

10.13

%

69.14

%

20.63

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

208

 

14.64

%

14.64

%

2.36

%

0.49

%

3.35

%

0.49

%

3.35

%

0.8247

x

$

12.00

 

Minimum

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

$

17.88

 

$

0.46

 

$

12.88

 

17.49

x

62.11

%

8.67

%

62.11

%

17.49

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

$

206

 

13.97

%

13.97

%

2.38

%

0.50

%

3.55

%

0.50

%

3.55

%

0.7910

x

$

10.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

$

16.79

 

$

448.26

 

$

0.96

 

$

15.78

 

17.31

x

105.72

%

13.63

%

113.89

%

16.50

x

$

0.30

 

1.81

%

49.60

%

$

3,165

 

13.47

%

12.90

%

2.02

%

0.67

%

5.60

%

0.72

%

5.82

%

 

 

 

 

Median

 

 

 

$

13.88

 

$

114.72

 

$

0.81

 

$

14.54

 

15.41

x

98.46

%

12.76

%

102.24

%

15.10

x

$

0.24

 

1.48

%

40.91

%

$

980

 

12.70

%

11.63

%

1.38

%

0.65

%

5.29

%

0.72

%

5.27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Non-MHC State of NY(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

$

19.02

 

$

57.68

 

$

1.01

 

$

19.99

 

19.41

x

95.15

%

20.00

%

96.84

%

18.78

x

$

0.24

 

1.26

%

24.49

%

$

291

 

21.02

%

20.73

%

0.15

%

0.99

%

4.54

%

1.03

%

4.69

%

 

 

 

 

Medians

 

 

 

$

19.02

 

$

57.68

 

$

1.01

 

$

19.99

 

19.41

x

95.15

%

20.00

%

96.84

%

18.78

x

$

0.24

 

1.26

%

24.49

%

$

291

 

21.02

%

20.73

%

0.15

%

0.99

%

4.54

%

1.03

%

4.69

%

 

 

 

 

State of NE (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

$

19.02

 

$

57.68

 

$

1.01

 

$

19.99

 

19.41

x

95.15

%

20.00

%

96.84

%

18.78

x

$

0.24

 

1.26

%

24.49

%

$

291

 

21.02

%

20.73

%

0.15

%

0.99

%

4.54

%

1.03

%

4.69

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

 

 

$

16.34

 

$

57.54

 

$

0.90

 

$

17.86

 

19.24

x

90.53

%

13.40

%

96.00

%

19.49

x

$

0.26

 

1.63

%

38.56

%

$

429

 

14.78

%

14.04

%

1.52

%

0.71

%

5.01

%

0.71

%

5.06

%

 

 

 

 

Medians

 

 

 

$

14.99

 

$

58.19

 

$

0.81

 

$

17.21

 

17.46

x

88.14

%

13.67

%

95.73

%

17.20

x

$

0.24

 

1.42

%

30.19

%

$

418

 

15.23

%

14.46

%

1.23

%

0.64

%

4.69

%

0.62

%

4.84

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEV

Cheviot Financial Corp.

 

OH

 

$

14.35

 

$

96.41

 

$

0.36

 

$

14.32

 

30.53

x

100.24

%

16.88

%

114.57

%

NM

 

$

0.36

 

2.51

%

76.60

%

$

571

 

16.84

%

14.67

%

2.53

%

0.53

%

3.28

%

0.41

%

2.53

%

 

 

 

 

FCAP

First Capital, Inc.

 

IN

 

$

23.58

 

$

64.62

 

$

2.14

 

$

21.10

 

11.62

x

115.02

%

13.67

%

127.22

%

11.03

x

$

0.84

 

3.56

%

41.38

%

$

473

 

12.23

%

11.06

%

1.08

%

1.23

%

10.04

%

1.24

%

10.13

%

 

 

 

 

FFNM

First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

$

5.55

 

$

20.68

 

$

0.64

 

$

8.04

 

10.67

x

69.01

%

6.63

%

72.27

%

8.66

x

$

0.08

 

1.44

%

15.38

%

$

312

 

9.61

%

9.22

%

1.23

%

0.77

%

7.05

%

0.77

%

7.97

%

 

 

 

 

IROQ

IF Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

$

16.70

 

$

72.46

 

$

0.79

 

$

19.29

 

19.65

x

86.55

%

13.18

%

86.55

%

21.11

x

$

0.10

 

0.60

%

11.76

%

$

550

 

15.23

%

15.23

%

1.11

%

0.62

%

4.19

%

0.62

%

4.10

%

 

 

 

 

JXSB

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

 

IL

 

$

22.50

 

$

40.47

 

$

1.50

 

$

25.02

 

13.64

x

89.93

%

12.97

%

95.73

%

14.98

x

$

0.32

 

1.42

%

19.39

%

$

312

 

14.43

%

13.67

%

0.93

%

0.95

%

6.81

%

0.87

%

6.20

%

 

 

 

 

LPSB

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

 

IN

 

$

12.60

 

$

71.49

 

$

0.81

 

$

14.52

 

15.56

x

86.78

%

13.79

%

96.94

%

15.64

x

$

0.16

 

1.27

%

19.75

%

$

519

 

15.89

%

14.46

%

2.12

%

0.86

%

5.38

%

0.86

%

5.35

%

 

 

 

 

MCBK

Madison County Financial, Inc.

 

NE

 

$

19.75

 

$

59.89

 

$

1.05

 

$

20.35

 

19.36

x

97.06

%

19.87

%

98.71

%

18.76

x

$

0.24

 

1.22

%

23.53

%

$

302

 

20.47

%

20.20

%

0.14

%

1.01

%

4.69

%

1.04

%

4.84

%

 

 

 

 

PBSK

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

 

KY

 

$

14.99

 

$

58.19

 

$

0.48

 

$

17.21

 

NM

 

87.10

%

14.13

%

90.16

%

30.96

x

$

0.20

 

1.33

%

100.00

%

$

412

 

16.22

%

15.76

%

0.97

%

0.22

%

1.30

%

0.47

%

2.76

%

 

 

 

 

UCBA

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

 

$

12.01

 

$

55.66

 

$

0.42

 

$

15.27

 

27.30

x

78.63

%

10.94

%

83.97

%

28.69

x

$

0.24

 

2.00

%

40.91

%

$

509

 

13.91

%

12.86

%

2.73

%

0.40

%

2.88

%

0.38

%

2.74

%

 

 

 

 

WAYN

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

 

OH

 

$

13.88

 

$

38.96

 

$

0.89

 

$

14.25

 

14.61

x

97.39

%

9.33

%

101.77

%

15.61

x

$

0.36

 

2.59

%

36.84

%

$

418

 

9.58

%

9.21

%

2.22

%

0.64

%

6.62

%

0.60

%

6.24

%

 

 

 

 

WBKC

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

 

MI

 

$

23.84

 

$

54.08

 

$

0.81

 

$

27.05

 

29.43

x

88.14

%

16.00

%

88.14

%

29.43

x

$

0.00

 

0.00

%

NM

 

$

339

 

18.15

%

18.15

%

1.68

%

0.55

%

2.84

%

0.55

%

2.84

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35.0%

(2)  P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.  P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x. 

(3)  Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.

(4)  Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(5)  ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.

(6)  Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

IV.21



 

reflected discounts of 21.56% and 27.782%, respectively.  At the super maximum of the range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 82.05%.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the super maximum of the range reflected discounts of 9.37% and 14.53%, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the super maximum of the range reflected discounts of 6.91% and 14.29%, respectively.  RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which tends to mathematically result in a ratio discounted to book value.

 

3.                                       Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) .  The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases.  In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein.  At the $21.0 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 10.13% of pro forma assets.  Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 13.40%, which implies a discount of 24.40% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio.   In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.67%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 25.90%.

 

Comparison to Recent Offerings

 

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value.  Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals).  As discussed previously, the two recently completed second-step offerings had an average forma price/tangible book ratio at closing of 75.50% (see Table 4.2).  In comparison, the Company’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 8.42%.

 

The most recent second-step offering that is comparable to Equitable Financial’s second-step offering was completed by Pathfinder Bancorp of New York, which closed in October 2014.  Pathfinder Bancorp’s offering closed at the top of its super range, with a second-

 

IV.22



 

step offering of $26.4 million and an aggregate pro forma market value of $43.5 million.  Pathfinder Bancorp’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at closing equaled 86.73%.  In comparison, the Company’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 20.28%.  Pathfinder Bancorp’s closing stock price on February 6, 2015 was 1.1% below its IPO price.  Comparative pre-conversion financial data for Pathfinder Bancorp has been included in the Chapter III tables and show that, in comparison to Equitable Financial, Pathfinder Bancorp maintained a lower tangible equity-to-assets ratio (7.46% versus 10.35% for Equitable Financial Financial), a lower return on average assets (0.46% versus 0.57% for Equitable Financial and a lower ratio of non-performing assets (inclusive of accruing troubled debt restructurings) as a percent of assets (1.54% versus 2.48% for Equitable Financial).

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of February 6, 2015, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering — including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company - was $21,034,880 at the midpoint, equal to 2,629,360 shares at a per share value of $8.00.  The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $8.00 per share, are shown below.

 

The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering

 

Issued to Public

 

Foundation

 

Exchange

 

 

 

Total Shares

 

Shares

 

Shareholders

 

Shares

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum, as Adjusted

 

3,477,329

 

1,983,750

 

1,493,579

 

 

1.0907

 

Maximum

 

3,023,764

 

1,725,000

 

1,298,764

 

 

0.9484

 

Midpoint

 

2,629,360

 

1,500,000

 

1,129,360

 

 

0.8247

 

Minimum

 

2,234,956

 

1,275,000

 

959,956

 

 

0.7010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum, as Adjusted

 

100.00

%

57.05

%

42.95

%

0.00

%

 

 

Maximum

 

100.00

%

57.05

%

42.95

%

0.00

%

 

 

Midpoint

 

100.00

%

57.05

%

42.95

%

0.00

%

 

 

Minimum

 

100.00

%

57.05

%

42.95

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate Market Value at $8 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum, as Adjusted

 

$

27,818,632

 

$

15,870,000

 

$

11,948,632

 

$

 

 

 

Maximum

 

$

24,190,112

 

$

13,800,000

 

$

10,390,112

 

$

 

 

 

Midpoint

 

$

21,034,880

 

$

12,000,000

 

$

9,034,880

 

$

 

 

 

Minimum

 

$

17,879,648

 

$

10,200,000

 

$

7,679,648

 

$

 

 

 

 

IV.23



 

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

 

Conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority shareholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company.  The Boards of Directors of the MHC and EQFC have independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company (adjusted for the dilution resulting from the consolidation of the MHC’s unconsolidated equity into the Company).  The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the second-step conversion offering and the final appraisal.  Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $8.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 0.8247 shares of the Company for every one public share held by public shareholders.  Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 0.7010 at the minimum, 0.9484 at the maximum and 1.0907 at the super maximum.  RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public shareholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

 

IV.24


Exhibit 99.6

 

 

 

March 9, 2015

 

Boards of Directors
Equitable Financial MHC
Equitable Financial Corp.
Equitable Bank
113 North Locust Street

Grand Island, Nebraska  68802

 

Re:                              Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

Equitable Financial MHC
Equitable Financial Corp.

 

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of Equitable Financial MHC (the “MHC”) and Equitable Financial Corp. (the “Mid-Tier”).  The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization.  Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Mid-Tier and the Mid-Tier will merge with Equitable Financial Corp., a newly-formed Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist.  As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Equitable Bank.  The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of Equitable Bank (or the Company and Equitable Bank).

 

In the unlikely event that either Equitable Bank (or the Company and Equitable Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of September 30, 2013 and depositors as of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date on which the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) approves the MHC’s application for conversion, of the liquidation account maintained by the Company.  Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Equitable Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Equitable Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Equitable Bank has positive net worth, Equitable Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Equitable Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Equitable Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

Toll Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 



 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Equitable Bank (or the Company and Equitable Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Equitable Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Equitable Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to Equitable Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Equitable Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Equitable Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above.  We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

GRAPHIC

 

RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

2


Exhibit 99.7

 

REVOCABLE PROXY

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP.
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

[MEETING DATE]

 

The undersigned hereby appoints the Board of Directors of Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of Equitable Financial Corp. that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders (“Special Meeting”), to be held at [Meeting Location] , at [Meeting Time] , Central Time, on [Meeting Date] .  The Board of Directors is authorized to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows:

 

 

 

FOR

 

AGAINST

 

ABSTAIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.                                       The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby Equitable Financial MHC and Equitable Financial Corp., a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the proxy statement/prospectus;

 

o

 

o

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.                                       The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;

 

o

 

o

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following informational proposals:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3a.                                Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to New Equitable’s articles of incorporation;

 

o

 

o

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3b.                                Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to New Equitable’s bylaws;

 

o

 

o

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3c.                                 Approval of a provision in New Equitable’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of New Equitable’s outstanding voting stock; and

 

o

 

o

 

o

 

Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” each of the above-listed proposals.

 

VOTING FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION WILL ALSO INCLUDE APPROVAL OF THE EXCHANGE RATIO, THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF NEW EQUITABLE (INCLUDING THE ANTI-TAKEOVER/LIMITATIONS ON STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PROVISIONS AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR THE BENEFIT OF ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORS OF EQUITABLE BANK).

 

THE PROVISIONS OF NEW EQUITABLE’S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION THAT ARE SUMMARIZED AS INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS 3a THROUGH 3c WERE APPROVED AS PART OF THE PROCESS IN WHICH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF EQUITABLE FINANCIAL CORP. APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION.  THESE PROPOSALS ARE

 



 

INFORMATIONAL IN NATURE ONLY, BECAUSE FEDERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING MUTUAL-TO-STOCK CONVERSIONS DO NOT PROVIDE FOR VOTES ON MATTERS OTHER THAN THE PLAN.  WHILE WE ARE ASKING YOU TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE, THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR WHICH AN INFORMATIONAL VOTE IS REQUESTED WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE IF STOCKHOLDERS APPROVE THE PLAN, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE ANY OR ALL OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS.

 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE UNVOTED PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Should the undersigned be present and elect to vote at the Special Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of Equitable Financial Corp. at the Special Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect.  This proxy may also be revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of Equitable Financial Corp. at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Special Meeting.

 

The undersigned acknowledges receipt from Equitable Financial Corp. prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated [Prospectus Date] .

 

Dated:                    , 2015

o

Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Special Meeting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

 

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

 

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

 

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign, but only one holder is required to sign.

 

Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly

in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

 

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at                                       .